Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout14-183Crrv OF C ou.EGE STAT I ON Home ofTt= A&M Univers ity" CASE N~O:R OFFIC 14E..:'lf2.e> DATESUBMrry ED : OB/ leY{ ILf TIME 2, 7_0 STAFF : T-A__.-;:~) ______ _ PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT SERVICES TRANSMITTAL LETTER Please check one of the options below to clearly define the purpose of your submittal. D New Proj ect Submittal D Incomplete Project Submittal -documents needed to complete an application . Case No .: r$. Existing Project Submittal. Case No .: \L\-\0 3 Project Name 1CJl~lAi(L~ Nt~-\-5-k? £'D2)<2d Contact Name -~~-=-ti~~v'--B1J~~kr~rM____'--'-______ Phone Number g 1 q -Z~(-( St I We are transmitting the following for Planning & Development Services to review and comment (check all that apply): D Comprehensive Plan Amendment D Rezo ni ng Applicat ion D Conditional Use Permit D Prelim inary Plan D Final Plat D Deve lopment Pla t ~ Site Plan D Special District Site Plan D Special District Building I Sign D Landscape Plan INFRASTRUCTURE AND ENGINEERING DOCUMENTS D Non-Residential Architectural Standards D Irrigation Plan D Variance Request D Development Permit D Development Exaction Appeal D FEMA CLOMA/CLOMR/LOMA/LOMR D Grading Plan D Other -Please specify below All infrastructure documents must be submitted as a complete set. T he followi ng a re included in the complete set: D Comprehensive Plan Amendment D Waterline Construction Documents D TxDOT Dri veway Perm it D Sewerline Construction Document s D TxDOT Utility Perm it D Street Construction Documents ~ Drainage Letter or Report D Easement Application D Fire Flow Analys is D Other -Please specify Special Instructi ons : 10/10 t Lischka Engineering 6754 Hwy 36 N. Bellville, TX 77418 August 6, 2014 Ms. Caroll Cotter, P.E. Senior Assistant City Engineer City of College Station P.O. Box 9960 College Station, TX 77842 Re : Fellowship Church Next Step Project (SDSP) 1001 Colgate Drive Abbreviated Drainage Report Ms . Cotter, A development that will consist of church offices and related parking is proposed for the Fellowship Church Next Step Project on a 2.50 acre tract of land located at 1001 Colgate Drive. The site is currently undeveloped and consists of short vegetative cover. The proposed development will create approximately 25-percent impervious cover. The remainder of the property will remain similar to the pre -developed conditions. Wolf Pen Creek abuts the northwestern line of the property. The current drainage conditions of the site consist of overland and shallow concentrated flow that generally flow in a northwesterly direction and discharges into Wolf Pen Creek . The drainage does not enter any adjoining properties before discharging into Wolf Pen Creek . This drainage pattern will remain similar for the post-development cond itions. Responses to the requirements of the Unified Stormwater Design Guidelines for an abbreviated drainage report are included below. 1. A site plan drawn to a standard engineering or architectural scale showing vertical dimensional controls and proposed site grading The submittal package includes a site grading sheet (Sheet C-1). 2. Finish floor elevations of structures and illustration of how stormwater is to be routed around and away from them. Finished floor elevations and locations of underground drainage, swales and berms are shown on Sheet C-1. I i i i i i i l ! I l } I I I j i I I I I f 3. Illustration of any flumes, walls, berms, and/or landscaping features proposed for the purpose of managing runoff. Locations of drainage features are shown on Sheet C-1. Per conversations with City of College Station staff, detention is not required for this project. However, in an effort to mitigate runoff, an earthen berm is proposed on the northern portion of the property. This berm is intended to slow runoff rates from the property. It is not designed, nor is it intended, as a detention pond. 4. Documentation of how erosion and sedimentation will be prevented as a permanent part of the project. Concrete rip -rap and block sod are proposed in areas of concentrated flow to mitigate erosion. 5. Description of how runoff is to be routed away from the Property. Runoff will be routed away from the property by utilizing proposed underground drainage, swales and berms. The post-development drainage is proposed to maintain the same flow direction as the pre-developed conditions. 6. Measures employed to preclude any negative effects on downstream properties. The property discharges directly into Wolf Pen Creek . Adjacent properties will not be affected by the development. 7. Measures to preclude any negative effects on public or private watercourses to which runoff will be directed . An earthen berm is proposed to slow post-development runoff rates. If you have any questions, or require additional information, please contact me by email at grant .lischka@gmail.com . Respectfully, fi~ Lischka Engineering TPBE Firm No. 16026 lischka Engineering 6754 Hwy 36 N. Be llville, TX 77418 August 6, 2014 Ms. Caroll Cotter, P.E . Senior Assistant City Engineer City of College Station P.O. Box 9960 College Station, TX 77842 Re: Fellowship Church Next Step Project (SDSP) 1001 Colgate Drlve Abbreviated Drainage Report Ms . Cotter, A development that will consist of church offices and related parking is proposed for the Fellowship Church Next Step Project on a 2.50 acre tract of land located at 1001 Colgate Drive. The site is currently undeveloped and consists of short vegetative cover. The proposed development will create approximately 25-percent impervious cover. The remainder of the property will remain similar to the pre -developed conditions. Wo lf Pen Creek abuts the northwestern line of the property. The current drainage conditions of the site consist of overland and shallow concentrated flow that generally flow in a northwesterly di rection and discharges into Wolf Pen Creek . The drainage does not enter any adjoining properties before d ischarging into Wolf Pen Creek . This drainage pattern will remain similar for the post-development cond itions. Responses to the requirements of the Unified Stormwater Design Guidelines for an abbreviated dra inage report are included below. 1. A site plan drawn to a standard engineering or architectural scale showing vertical dimensional controls and proposed site grading The submittal package includes a site grad i ng sheet (Sheet C-1). 2. Finish floor elevations of structures and illustration of how stormwater is to be routed around and away from them. Finished floor elevations and locations of underground drainage, swales and berms are shown on Sheet C-1. I I I j 3. Illustration of any flumes, walls, berms, and/or landscaping features proposed for the purpose of managing runoff. Locations of drainage features are shown on Sheet C-1. Per conversations with City of College Station staff, detention is not required for this project. However, in an effort to mitigate runoff, an earthen berm is proposed on the northern portion of the property. This berm is intended to slow runoff rates from the property. It is not designed, nor is it intended, as a detention pond. 4 . Documentation of how erosion and sedimentation will be prevented as a permanent part of the project. Concrete rip -rap and block sod are proposed in areas of concentrated flow to mitigate erosion. 5. Description of how runoff is to be routed away from the Property. Runoff will be routed away from the property by utilizing proposed underground drainage, swales and berms. The post-development drainage is proposed to maintain the same flow direction as the pre-developed conditions . 6. Measures employed to preclude any negative effects on downstream properties. The property discharges directly into Wolf Pen Creek. Adjacent properties will not be affected by the development. 7. Measures to preclude any negative effects on public or private watercourses to which runoff will be directed. An earthen berm is proposed to slow post-development runoff rates. If you have any questions, or require additional information, please contact me by email at grant.lischka@gmail.com . Respectfully, !ti.~ Lischka Engineering TPBE Firm No. 16026 LE TTE:R O F :C01'11'.PLET l ON CffY ENG1 NEER CITY OF COLLE·GE ST ATaON COLLEGE STA TiON, TEXAS Dear Sir : The purpose of our letter is to request' that the following listed improvements be approved and acceptad as being constructed under City inspection and completed according to plans and specifications as approved and required by the City of College Station, Texas . This approval and acceptance by the City is requested in .order that we may finalize any subcontracts and to affirm their warranty on the work . This approval and accaptance by the City of the improvements listed below does hereby void the letter of guarantee for the listed impro1Jements on the above r.efaranced project. · Tne one-year warranty is hereby affirm~d and agreed to by C o U-l tfYl-Cot-1s1flv i..:no-,J and by their subcontractors as ir.dicatad bJ' signatures below. WORK COMPLETED ld6: J.-~~5 Owner: ~dfb ri<l4,~ C/w«t.. !Phone Number: f71,,-Gfi( '( 3 cf 7 Addrsss: /00( f.e-(1efc: f)I',. Cf' ?;-7 7!'to ~i ~P~c .;.-Bo4'e'f />/?"·· Sign,ature: ~ /? ~ ACCEPTANCE & APPROVAL C¢ntractor: · j){ S ~/?;;QC tr g Phone Number: 'l?~dJ>o-tf ;l.J ~ Ad~ress: J7C5 J!t' 9/j() G-tf¥1 f6t.9r\ ?7 }</..2 Signatur:;J;;!/J;!l. ~~ l o ·-2../-t< City Representativ e ' Revised 1131/07 ! I / SOP: Filing of Final Plats -Letters of Completion Engineering Inspector/Date: 10/14/2015 Project Engineer/Date: DP Number: Inspectors shall acquire written (i.e . email) punchlist comments and subsequently written confirmation from the following contacts before forwarding Letter of Completion to development review engineer: ~Erosion/Drainage: Donnie Willis (0: 764 -6375) o/" CS Water Services -General: Charles "Butch" Willis (0: 764-3435 , C: 777-1202) • Water -coordinate fire flow analyses (or the design engineer for non-city utilities) and confirm test results meets min requirements with the dev review engineer (specific hydrants to test, if simultaneous, and min allowable flow) • Sanitary NI+ o CS Water Service -Liftstation: Doug Wallace (0: 764-6333) o/ CS Electric and Streetlights: Gilbert Martinez (0: 764 -6255) o/ CS Public Works -Traffic Signs/Markings): Lee Robinson (0: 764-3695) IV/t o BTU Electric and Streetlights: Sonia Creda (0: 821-5770) John Fontinoe or Randy Trimble (0: 821 -5728) Confirm with development review engineer that service agreement is in place with BTU !VA o Non-City Utility Service Providers: (Wellborn Water SUD, Brushy Creek SUD, Wickson Creek SUD, etc) confirm with development review engineer that infrastructure is complete and for outstanding issues, <:/ Digital Constrution Pictures: From contractor on CD-R, Inspector to confirm and file w Record Drawings: (2 Red-Lined Copies) for all Public Infrastructure with the following attestation: "I, General Contractor for development, certify that the improvements shown on this sheet were actually built, and that said improvements are shown substantially hereon. I hereby certify that to the best of my knowledge, that the materials of construction and sizes of manufactured items, if any are stated correctly hereon." General Contractor o Record Drawings: (2 Red-Lined Copies) for Public Drainage Infrastructure includ ing Private Detention Facilities with the following attestations: "I hereby attest that I am familiar with the approved drainage plan and associated construction drawings and furthermore, attest that the drainage facilities have been constructed within dimensional tolerances prescribed by the Bryan & College station Un ified Stormwater Design Guidelines and in accordance with the approved construction plans or amendments thereto approved by the City of College Station." (affix seal) Licensed Professional Engineer State of Texas No. ___ _ "I certify that the subdivision improvements shown on this sheet were actually built, and that said improvements are substantially as shown hereon . I further certify, to the best of my knowledge, that the materials of construction and sizes of manufactured items, if any, are stated correctly hereon." General Contractor Inspectors to review Red-lined Record Drawings, upon acceptable confirmation of drawings, inspector to: o file one set of Record Drawings in Public Works files, and o forward one set of Record Drawings to Jeffery Speed (CSU) Inspectors should forward Letters of Completion to the development review engineer that reviewed and stamped the construction plans after confirming: o the date on the Letter of Completion Warranty should reflect the date when all associated punchlist items are completed, and o the Owner is shall be listed as the one affirming the one-year warranty Development review engineer to: o add Dev Permit Number to Letter of Completion o stamp the Letter of Completion to confirm by initialing that the final plat is filed (or mylar is ready to be filed), all necessary easements (including offsite) have been filed, and blanket easement issues are resolved, and o Initial and route the Final Plat Mylar for filing. (Note if the developer provided surety the plat it may have been filed ahead of construction.) Deborah Grace-Rosier (Planning) to file the Final Plat utilizes a coversheet to confirm: o infrastructure is accepted by Letter of Completion -or-Surety is provided and acceptable, o signed and notarized mylar of final plat, o parkland dedication has been paid, o digital file of final plat is provided, o a current paid tax certificate has been submitted, o sidewalk fee in lieu paid (if applicable), and Development review engineer, upon the filing of Final Plat, stamp the Letter of Completion with the new stamp and verify-initial-n/a the Final Plat was filed, offsite easements have been filed, we have all necessary easements, etc -and then forward the Letter of Completion to Alan Gibbs (City Engineer) for final signature. Carol (Sr. Asst. City Engineer) to: o enter the engineer's estimate and Letter of Completion date into Inspection List o forward hard original of finalized Letter of Completion to Crystal (P&DS). Crystal to: verify o signatures on the Letter of Completion, o forward scanned copy of Letter of Completion and associated Engineers Estimate to the owner, developer, contractor, Terry Boriskie (Building), Ben McCarty (Building), Brian Binford (Building), Carol Thompson (Accounting), Kristina Keller (Accounting), Courtney Kennedy (Accounting), Jeffery Speed (CSU), Stephen Maldonado Sr. (CSU), Charles "Butch" Willis (CSU), Carol Cotter (Engineering), Alan Gibbs (Engineering), Erika Bridges (Engineering), Danielle Singh (Engineering), Gilbert Martinez (Electric) and Deborah Grace - Rosier (Planning). Kristina Keller will forward to Diane Broadhurst (CSU) after her review . o If don't have email addresses, mail copies to the owner and contractor, and attach it to the project in TRAKiT. Deborah to place a hard copy of the Letter of Completion in the associated Planning Final Plat file . Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Fellowship Church Public Waterline Improvements Quantity Unit Description Unit Pr ice Total 45 LF 8" DR -14 Waterline $35 .00 $1,575 .00 31 LF 6" DR-14 Waterline $33 .00 $1,023 .00 2 EA 8"x8" DI Tee $490.00 $980 .00 5 EA 8" 45 Deg DI Bend $380.00 $1,900 .00 4 EA 8" Gate Valve and Box $1,230 .00 $4,920 .00 1 EA 6" Gate Valve and Box $850.00 $850 .00 1 EA 6 11 Anchor Coupling $380.00 $380.00 1 EA 6" Fire Hydrant Assymbly $2,360.00 $2,360.00 1 EA 6 " 45 Deg DI Bend $305 .00 $305 .00 1 EA 6 "x8" DI Reducer $285 .00 $285.00 Construction $14,578.00 Engineering $1,457.80 Total Construction and Engineering $16,035.80 L ~ c_ ~ k0--E. ~' Y\e~x ~ " Y ~ ..... ~~~,. f -l!o0 20 1 1-(p ~l5 DEVELOPMENT REVIEW FELLOWSHIP CHURCH NEXT STEP PROJECT lease: ;4-183 SD SITE PLAN I Gerardo Cuaron From: Sent: To: Cc: Subject: Attachments: Good morning Jerry, Katie Burch < katie@collierconstruction .com > Monday, October 13, 2014 11:09 AM Gerardo Cuaron Carol Cotter plans/permit app building permit app 10132014.pdf I am attaching a copy of our building permit application to this email. If you would not mind forwarding it on to the proper authorities, I would be very appreciative. Darcee Haveman from our office will be over just after lunch to drop off the sets of building plans for Ben, in addition to a printed copy of this application . We will drop off the updated landscape plan, and electrical site plan, in addition to the other copies of the approved civil plans , by Wednesday, as well as the items needed for DRB . Thanks, Katie Burch, AIA COLLIER CONSTRUCTION Construction Managers General Contractors Ph (979)836-4477 Fx (979)836-4940 1 Gerardo Cuaron From: Sent: To: Cc : Subject: Attachments: Good morning Carol, Katie Burch < katie@collierconstru ction .com > Wednesday, October 08 , 2014 10:49 AM Carol Cotter; Gerardo Cuaron grant.lischka@gmail.com; kenjura @swbell.net; Ken Burch ; Rick Conl in < rick @cmetesting .com > (rick@cmetesting.com ) FW: Updated drawings Fellowship C-4 PS -LA .pdf; Fellowship C-3 PS -LA .pdf; Fellowship C-2 PS-LA .pdf; Fellowship C-1 PS -LA .pdf We've got some i nterim sketches going for you to review the layout over at Fellowship. Grades and contours are still in progress so please understand that those will be updated once this gets the "ok". Thanks for checking on the fire issue for us ! Please let us know your thoughts when you can. Thanks again, Katie Burch, AIA COLLIER CONSTRUCTION Construction Managers General Contractors Ph (979)836-4477 Fx (979)836-4940 1 Gerardo Cuaron From: Sent: To: Cc: Subject: Attachments: Good Morning, Katie Burch < katie@collierconstruction.com > Monday, September 29, 2014 9:58 AM Gerardo Cuaron; Gilbert Martinez; Carol Cotter Ken Burch Fellowship site plan _ken burch _transformer location.pdf I was copied on a few emails on Friday and just wanted to check in . If there is anything that your team needs from us, please let me know . I am attaching a marked up copy of your site plan, showing some comments from Collier's project manager, Ken . He would like to request that the future power supply be routed at a later date, and he proposes putting sleeves at the new transformer pad (which is shown by the yellow square). This location is preferred because it is in a space planned as future green space . Please contact Ken (979)251-4506 or myself with any questions. We are ready to get started as soon as you give us the word! Thanks, Katie Burch, AIA COLLIER CONSTRUCTION Construction Managers General Contractors Ph (979)836-4477 Fx (979)836-4940 1 DATE : TO : FROM : SUBJECT: October 1, 2014 C ITY OF C OLLEGE STATION Home o/Texas A&M University • MEMORANDUM Katie Burch , A1A , via ; katie@collierconstruction .com Jerry Cuar6n , Staff Planner FELLOWSHIP CHURCH NEXT STEP PROJECT (SDSP) Staff reviewed the above-mentioned site plan as requested . The following page is a list of staff review comments detailing items that need to be addressed . City of College Station Transmittal Letter One (1) complete sets of site civil construction documents for the proposed development with the revised site and landscaping plans attached (one set will be returned to you , please submit additional copies if you want more than one approved set) One (1) revised site plans Please note that this application will expire in 90 days from the date of this memo, if the applicant has not provided written response comments and revised documents to the Administrator that seek to address the staff review comments contained herein . If there are comments that you are not addressing with the revised site plan , please attach a letter explaining the details . If you have any questions or need additional information, please call me at 979 .764 .3570. Attachments: Staff review comments cc: Case file #14-00900183 Planning & Development Services P.O . BOX 9960 • 1101 TEXAS AVENUE ·COLLEGE STAT ION ·TEXAS • 77342 TEL 97'J.764.35 7 0 ·FAX. 979.764.:WJ6 cstx.gov/devservices STAFF REVIEW COMMENTS NO. 2 Project: Fellowship Church Next Step Project (SDSP) -14-00900183 Planning Comments No. 2 1. Please align driveway spacing for Central Park Lane and Fellowship Drive with centerlines no more than a distance of 15 feet apart . 2 . Please provide end island for parking spaces where Note #11 is shown . 3. Please note that any changes made to the plans , that have not been requested by the City of College Station , must be explained in your next transmittal letter and "bubbled " on your plans . Any additional changes on these plans that the City has not been made aware of will constitute a completely new review . Reviewed by : Jerry Cuar6n Date : September 29 , 2014 Engineering Comments No. 2 J. Add it ional valve on main line is needed when cutting in a tee . Add 8-inch valve to exiting 8- j inch line west of tee proposed at Sta 0+00 . There is confl icting information between Plan and Profile regarding line sizes on the public section of line . Notes 2 and 3 are still called out even though line is 8". Should Note 17 in I P&P actually be Note 15? ~ Isolation valve is required to be public . \Y Due to length of fire line and limited use , a double check valve at a minimum will be required at the junction between public and private waterline . If the fire suppression system uses chem icals , then an RPZ is required . @ FDC needs to be immediately accessible from paved fire lane . As proposed it is not. 6. Show limits of proposed PUE required for fire hydrant. Is any of the electrical proposed for this project required to be in PUE? Proposed PUEs should also be delineated as required for electric . 7 . City has standard PUE dedication instruments . Easement dedication sheet with required / documents are what is needed to be submitted for easement dedication , both temporary blanket easement and PUE(s). Blanket is sufficient to start project , but specific PUEs will be requ ired ahead of Letter of Completion . Show limits of actual floodplain (BFE 265) on Site Plan . Repeat Comment: Development blocking overland flow in drainage easement swale along southwest property line . Clarification ; The parking lot pavement and/or fill cannot block flow in dra inage easement. This swale carries flows to the creek that exceed the design storm j capacities of street and storm sewer . Your proposed parking and/or fill cannot divert flow to ad j acent property. . Detention Pond will be hard to maintain without bottom grading and low volume flume to outlet. Bottom will stay wet and difficult to mow . Reviewed by : Carol Cotter Date : September 22 , 2014 ,, Carol Cotter From: Sent: To: Cc: Subject: Attachments: Rodger, Alan Gibbs Wednesday, June 17, 2015 6:18 PM 'rodger@fellowshipbcs.org' Katie -Plan North; 'Rick Conlin'; Ray Muenich; Carol Cotter RE: get heads together? Fellowship Church Email.pdf Afternoon of July 1st looks better for Carol and I to attend. We are happy to give more background on this regulation/concern or even specifics with this project. I should acknowledge that the inevitable bottom-line if FC is requesting a modification to the pond as designed and approved -is that the city will need a revised drainage plan and letter. As Rick previously provided for the approved plan in place, this letter is required by ordinance to be sealed by an engineer with a specific certification language. This is in keeping with our regulations as communicated with the attached prior correspondence. The approved (phase 1) plan does not yet resolve the pond and future parking issue. Our understanding was your team chose to address that with phase 2 -but again the above drainage plan and letter requirements would still apply at that time. I've included Carol and Rick in this correspondence as well. Let us know if this meeting firms up, or if you have questions in the meantime. Thanks, Alan Alan Gibbs, P.E., CFM City Engineer City of College Station From: Rodger Lewis [mailto :rodger@fellowshipbcs.org] Sent: Wednesday, June 17, 2015 5:06 PM To: Alan Gibbs Cc: Katie -Plan North; Ray Muenich Subject: get heads together? Hi Alan, Thanks for getting back to me last week. Sorry I couldn't answer some questions since I wasn't in the middle of exchanges last year between Carol Cotter and the project engineers Rick Conlin and Grant Lischka concerning site plans . Our architect Katie Burch met with Rick & Grant today to review the drawings and events . She found they have clear recall about the steps last spring & summer which led to where we are now--mainly about comments received back from city which they think could/should be options rather than requirements, but came across to them as mandates that were not quite consistent with the understanding between you and Rick (and what FC needs). 1 r' They think that probably the only way to arrive at a good understanding of how to proceed with wrapping up this project this summer so that the site is left in a good order for future development would be ... to get the two engineers and you and Carol in the same room (with Katie, Ray and I there to listen/respond). And, that it could best be done where you all can actually look at the place as it is. So , we know you're busy, but... Would it be possible to get a meeting on your calendar for one of these dates? • Monday, June 29, after noon • Wednesday, July 1, after noon There is a meeting table in the job trailer over there OR I'll put one in Ray's future office where his office window is 20' from the pond. {sheetrock being finished this wk) Thank you. Pastor Rodger Lewis '76 rodger@fellowshipbcs .org Office : 979 -694-1387 1700 George Bush East, Su ite 140 College Station, Texas 77840-3312 fl fellowship church New Office Address after Sept . 1, 2015 : 1001 Colgate Dr . College Station, Texas 77840 2 ~carol Cotter From: Ca rol Cotter Sent: To: Monday, April 27 , 2015 2:22 PM 'Kat ie Burch ' Cc: Subject: Attachments: Jason Schubert; Walter J. Jone s; Alan Gibbs FW : Fellowship Church Ne xt Step Proj ect RE : plans/permit app ; Fel lowship Ch urch Hi Katy, I am guessing our inspector was able to make due with what the co ntracto r has on site since the items requested below were never submitted. I am not sure the status of progress on the project, bu t please be aware that these outstanding items could hold up Letter of Completion and/or CO on the proj ect. The req u ired record drawings will need to reflect all that is still outstanding as wel l as any changes made i n the field . I am also st i ll waiti ng o n the your engineer's cost estimate for the pub li c water l ine improvements. Respectfully, Carol From: Carol Cotter Sent: Thursday, January 29, 2015 10:00 AM To: 'Kat ie Burch ' Subject: FW : Fellowship Church Next Step Project Hi Katie, I'm still waiting on your submittal. Please see email string belo w . Please ca ll me if you have any questions . Thanks, Carol From: Carol Cotter Sent: Tuesday , December 09, 2014 4:25 PM To: 'Katie Burch ' Cc: 'Gerardo Cuaron' Subject: RE: Fellowship Church Next Step Project Hi Ka t ie, We received a copy of the approved building plans today. However, this is not what we needed. Please see my email from December 1 st (below) in which I listed sheets and number of each . Also , sheets should reflect or note changes discussed, such as; Utility Plan still calls for 3" water meter, but 2" was all that was approved and paid for with Building Permit. Light poles should be located outside PUE. Trees proposed in PUE should be planted as close to PUE edge as possible . Landscaping required around transformer. I have attached emails where these issues were mentioned . I also need an engineer's cost estimate for public portion of waterline . Than ks, Caro l 1 From :' Katie Burch [mai lto :katie@collierconstruction.com ] .-S ent: Monday, December 01, 2014 6:16 PM To: Carol Cotter Subject: RE : Fellowship Church Next Step Project Carol , We'll get those over right away! M y apol ogies . I w i ll send them t o Copy Corner this evening and have someone deliver t hem to your office t o morrow. Katie From: Carol Cotter [mailto:ccotte r @cstx .gov ] Sent: Monday, December 01 , 2014 6 :15 PM To: Katie Burch Cc: Gerardo Cuaron; Jennifer Prochazka; Jason Schubert Subject: FW : Fellowship Church Next Step Project Hi Katie, Looks like we never received the additional sets of civil plans, site plans and landscape plan for stamping for full Development Permit after DRB meeting (email below). I did stamp some plans for "Utility and Grading Only" ahead of DRB and full permit approval but indicated I would need additional sets. I tried to see if we can work with what has already been submitted, but believe the inspection process will run more smoothly with less delays if we have complete approved sets for distribution especially since there have been some discussions on changes since the initial "Utility and Grading Only" permit. I still need additional sets for stamping, but can work with 5 sets instead of the 8 originally requested . To clarify, the sheets needed for what we call Civil Plans are ; t-1 thru C-12, Al.03 (Landscape), and El.01, (need 5 sets) ll\lso need 2 add itional C-1 Sheets and a Sheet Al.03. Please call me if you have any questions. Thanks, Caro l From: Gerardo Cuaron Sent: Friday, October 10 , 2014 3:54 PM To: 'katie@collierconstruction .com' Cc: Jason Schubert; Carol Cotter Subject: Fellowship Church Next Step Project Good afternoon Katie, I am writing to you to apologize for any confusion there may have been . Please provide an updated Landscape Plan for review. The proposed Fellowship Church development is tentatively scheduled for review by the Design Review Board (DRB) on October 24, 2014 at 11:00 a.m. in the City Hall Chambers . Please provide ten (10) 11x17 copies of the current Site Plan (C-1), Elevations & Signage (A7.01), and Landscape Plan (Al.03) by October 15. Once the ORB approves the item we can stamp the full plans. To expedite the process please 'provide eight (8) civil J:>lans, two (2) site J:>lans and one {1) landscape plan for stam ing prior to the ORB meeting. 2 In orc:ter to receive a building permit a building permit application must be completed . A sign permit will also be needed .in order to install signage. If you have any questions please feel free to contact me . Thank you, Jerry Cuar6n Staff Planner Planning & Development Services City of College Station, Texas -http://www.cstx.gov Tel. {979) 764-5030 I Fax {979) 764-3496 mailto : gcuaron@cstx.gov City of College Station Mission Statement On behalf of the citizens of College Station, home of Texas A&M University, we will continue to promote and advance the community's quality of life. If this email is pr inted, please recycle . City of College Station Home of Texas A&M University® City of College Station Home of Texas A&M University® 3 ...Carol Cotter From: Carol Cotter Sent: To: Friday, October 17, 2014 5:18 PM 'Ka ti e Burch ' Cc: Subject: Jennifer Procha zka ; Gerardo Cuaron RE : plans/perm it app Hi Katie, I forwarded the Electrical Plan to Gil bert for his review, and it is as discussed. However, I am curious if the black dots represent light poles? One of them looks li ke it is to be placed on top of t he storm sewer. This should be re located outside the PUE or as close to easement edge as possib le. Landscape Plan does not need to be revised, but trees should be planted as far to the easement edge as possible so as to not in terfere with storm sewe r. People get upset when mature trees are removed or damaged when utilities have to be worked on . Also , this is first time transformer has been shown in this location. It needs to be screened with landscaping . All of these can be addressed as fie ld changes during constructi o n and the n reflected in the record drawi ngs. Thanks, Carol From : Kat ie Bu rc h [mailto:katie@collierconstruction.com] Sent: Monday, October 13 , 2014 11:09 AM To: Gerardo Cuaron Cc: Carol Cotte r Subject: plans/permit ap p Good morning Jerry, I am attach i ng a copy of our building permit application to this ema i l. If you would not mind forwa rding it on to th e pro per authorities, I would be very app r eciative. Darcee Haveman from our office will be over just after lunch to drop off th e sets of bu il ding pla ns for Ben, in addit ion to a printed copy of this application . We w ill drop off t he upd ated landscape plan, and electrica l site plan , i n addition t o th e other copies of the approved civ il plan s, by Wednesday, as we l l as the items needed for DRB . Thanks , Katie Burch, AIA COLLIER CONST RU CTIO N Construction Managers General Contractors Ph (979)836-44 77 Fx (979)836-4940 1 .Carol Cotter From: Sent: To: Subject: Hi Katie , Carol Cotter Thursday, October 23 , 2014 10:44 AM 'Katie Burch ' Fellowship Church During the Building Permit review our Plans Examiner reviewed the proposed fixture units and specified demand. The resultant flow corresponds to a 2" meter which is what will be permitted. Site Plan indicated a 3-inch meter. Just giving you a heads up . Carol 1 Alan Gibbs From: Alan Gibbs Sent: To: Wednesday , July 31 , 2013 11 :36 AM 'rodger@fellowshipbcs .org' Subject: RE : See ya tomorrow Rodger, Talked with Fire Dept staff, they can enter the s i te with a truck ideally straight i n and out without having to turnaround, etc -if a 150 ft radius from the end of the truck reaches covering the entire building(s). It appears that would cover the first building but possibly not the second based on the footprint. Also, if the buildings are sprinkled the FDC would need to be in the front of the building and close to where the fire truck would pull in. Again, if any part of the building exceeds 30 ft in height, additional requirements apply. For more definitive fire input, I would need to forward a site plan to Steve Smith in the Fire Dept -or your team can contact him. A couple of other items I noticed looking at this site plan briefly (by no means comprehensive) is that the drive aisles appear to be narrow or one-way as depicted, so the aisles would need to be widened or angled parking, etc. Also, dumpsters would need to be provided -which would need adequate truck width, turnaround, etc. I also see what we have on shared parking agreements. Alan From: Rodger Lewis [mailto:rodger@fellowshipbcs.org] Sent: Tuesday, July 30, 2013 4:26 PM To: Alan Gibbs Subject: See ya tomorrow Hey Alan, hope I'm not overflowing your inbox with these . Mostly what I wanted to find out with you was related to process and how to avoid things that would cost money or cause delay. Maybe your dept already has a handy flowchart or some king of "dummy's guide to CS development." © I'm definitely hoping the flood info hasn't changed so as to require us to detain water ... although it probably could be done in the parking lots. One engineering question may be if we could scrape off some of the crown near the street and push it toward the back right corner to reduce the slope over there and allow easier situation for a future building and parking/loop driveway. Please let me know if your office is NOT somewhere in City Hall. Blessings, Rodger Lewis " ... tho se who receive God 's abu nd ant provis ion of gra ce and of th e gift of rig hteou snes s (wi ll ) reig n in life t hro ug h the on e m an, Jes us Chris t." Roman s 5 :17b {NIV) Cfjfellowsh ip church 1700 George Bush East, #140 1 Kelli Schlicher From: Sent: To: Cc: Subject: Rick, Erika Bridges Wednesday, January 22, 2014 5:29 PM 'rconlin@txcyber.com ' 'katie@collierconstruction .com '; Jenifer Paz; Jason Schubert; Kelli Schlicher; Alan Gibbs Fellowship Church PAC -1/22/14 I was able to confirm with Alan Gibbs that the site may be grandfathered from our current detention requirements provided we receive a certification letter in accordance with Section 11.C.3 .b. of the Stormwater Design Guidelines. The letter should verify that detention is really not needed and the proposed development will not negatively impact upstream/downstream properties. While the property is grandfathered from detention, please note that this is an area that has recently been i dentified as needing detention. We would encourage that some detention be provided with th i s project even if not explicitly mandated. Please let me know if you have any questions. Thanks, Eri ka Bridges, EIT, CFM Gr aduate Civ il Engineer Planning & Developmen t Services 1101 Texas Avenue, College Station, TX 77842 (979) 764-35 70 City of College St ation Home of Texas A&M Unive rsity " 1 Kelli Schlicher From: Sent: To: Cc: Subject: Rick, Erika Bridges Wednesday, January 22, 2014 5:29 PM 'rconlin@txcyber.com' 'katle@colllerconstructlon .com'; Jenifer Paz; Jason Schubert; Kelli Schlicher ; Alan Gibbs Fellowshlp Church PAC -1/22114 I was able to confirm with Alan Gibbs that the site may be grandfathered from our current detention requirements provided we receive a certification letter Jn accordance with Section 11.C .3.b. of the Stormwater Design Guldelfnes . The letter should verify that detention Is really not needed and the proposed development wlll not negatively Impact upstream/downstream properties. While the property Is grandfathered from detention, please note that this Is an area that has recently been Identified as needing detention . We would encourage that some detention be provided with this project even tf not expllcftly mandated. Please let me know If you have any questions . Thanks, Erika Bridges, EIT, CFM Graduate Ci vil Enginee r Planning & Development Services 1101 Texas Avenue , Coll ege Stat ion, TX 77842 (9 79) 764 -3570 City of College Station Home of Te xas A&M Un iversity • 1 C ME TESTING AND ENGINEERING, INC. 1806 WELSH AVENUE, SUITE C • COLLEGE STATION, TEXAS 77840 979.764.8700 •FAX 979.764.6900 July 18, 2014 Mr. Alan Gibbs, P .E ., City Engineer Ms . Erika Bridges , Graduate Civil Engineer Planning & Development Department City of College Station 1107 Texas Avenue College Station , TX 77840 Re: Certification Letter Concerning Optional Detention Facility Proposed Fellowship Church Development 1001 Colgate Drive College Station, Texas CME Project No. 54070 Texas Board of Professional Engineers Firm Registration Number: F-1078 Dear Mr. Gibbs and Ms. Bridges: In accordance with your e-mail communication dated January 22 , 2014 , CME Testing and Engineering, Inc. (CME) is pleased to submit to the City of College Station (City) this letter concerning optional stonnwater detention facilities as outlined in Section II -Policies, C. Watershed Management, 3. Detention/Mitigation , b. Detention Facilities May Be Optional of the Unified Stormwater Design Guidelines of the City of Bryan/City of College Station dated August, 2012 . As can be seen from a rev iew of the grading and drainage plan prepared by Lischka Engineering for the subject site, efforts have been made in the development of the site to detain some of the increases in stonnwater runoff associated with the proposed paved drive and parking areas and the proposed building, although a fom1al stormwater detention report has not been prepared. Consequently, CME can state the following : I have conducted a topographic review and field investigation of the existing and proposed flow patterns for stormwater runoff from the proposed Fellowship Church site to the main stem of Wolf Pen Creek. At build-out conditions of the currently planned development, allowable by zoning, restrictive cov enant, or plat note, the stormwater flows from the subject site project will not cause any significant increase in flooding conditions to the interior of existing buildings structures, including basement areas, for storms of magnitude up through the JOO-y ear event." C M E TESTING AND ENGINEERING, INC. Mr. Alan Gibbs, P .E., City Engineer; Ms . Erika Bridges, Graduate Civil Engineer Planning & Development Department; City of College Station Certification Letter Concerning Optional Detention Facility Proposed Fellowship Church Development ; 1001 Colgate Dr iv e ; College Station , Texa s Page 2 CME would like to thank you for the opportunity to submit this information for consideration by the City of College Station . If you have any questions or need any additional information , please do not hesitate to contact us at (979) 690-3600 . Kindest regards , 'th.~~~ M. Frederick Conlin , Jr., P .E . Senior Engineer MFC:rc Enclosures Via Hand Delivery With Design Review Board Application CME TESTING AND ENGINEERING, INC. l .. Lischka Engineering 6754 Hwy 36 N. Bellville, TX 77418 August 6, 2014 Ms. Caroll Cotter, P.E . Senior Assistant City Engineer City of College Station P.O. Box 9960 College Station, TX 77842 Re : Fellowship Church Next Step Project (SDSP) 1001 Co lgate Drive Abbreviated Drainage Report Ms. Cotter, A development that will consist of church offices and related parking is proposed for the Fellowship Church Next Step Project on a 2.50 acre tract of land located at 1001 Colgate Drive. The site is currently undeveloped and consists of short vegetative cover. The proposed development will create approxi mately 25-percent impervious cover. The remainder of the property will remain similar to the pre -developed conditions. Wolf Pen Creek abuts the northwestern line of the property. The current drainage conditions of the site consist of overland and shallow concentrated flow that generally flow in a northwesterly direction and discharges into Wolf Pen Creek. The drainage does not enter any adjoining properties before discharging into Wolf Pen Creek . This drainage pattern will remain similar for the post-development cond itions. Responses to the requirements of the Unified Stormwater Design Guidelines for an abbreviated drainage report are included below. 1. A site plan drawn to a standard enginee r ing or architectural scale showing vertical dimensional controls and proposed site grading The submittal package includes a site grading sheet (Sheet C-1). 2 . Finish floor elevations of structures and illustration of how stormwater is to be routed around and away from them. Finished floor elevations and locations of underground drainage, swales and berms are shown on Sheet C-1. 3. Illustration of any flumes, walls, berms, and/or landscaping features proposed for the purpose of managing runoff. Locations of drainage features are shown on Sheet C-1. Per conversations with City of College Station staff, detention is not required for this project. However, in an effort to mitigate runoff, an earthen berm is proposed on the northern portion of the property. This berm is intended to slow runoff rates from the property. It is not designed, nor is it intended, as a detention pond. 4 . Documentation of how erosion and sedimentation will be prevented as a permanent part of the project. Concrete rip-rap and block sod are proposed in areas of concentrated flow to mitigate erosion . 5. Description of how runoff is to be routed away from the Property. Runoff will be routed away from the property by utilizing proposed underground drainage, swales and berms. The post-development drainage is proposed to maintain the same flow direction as the pre -developed conditions. 6. Measures employed to preclude any negative effects on downstream properties. The property discharges directly into Wolf Pen Creek . Adjacent properties will no t be affected by the development. 7. Measures to preclude any negative effects on public or private watercourses to which runoff will be directed. An earthen berm is proposed to slow post-development runoff rates. If yo u have any questions, or require additional information, please contact me by email at grant.lischka@gmail .com . Respectfully, '~chka, P.E. Lischka Engineering TPBE Firm No. 16026 CITY OF Coll.EGE STATION Ho~ of Texas A&M Univerrity • FOR OFFICE USE ONLY CASE NO .: \~ ~ l ~ DATESUBMITIED: j o I IV/t L1 TIME : \:;;:f-L/ s STAFF : _(\-4-""J'-------- PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT SERVICES TRANS MITT AL LETTER Please check one of the options below to clearly define the purpose of your submitta l. 0 New Project Submittal O/ Incomplete Project Submittal -documents neede~ to complete an application . Case No .: --------- 0 Existing Project Submittal. Case No .: \4 --l)5 3> Project Name fe\ \OW~\\\? LhUYch Contact Name }(.t?c\\-e fuvC1J Phone Number ------------~ We are transmitting the following for Planning & Development Services to review and comment (check all tha t apply): O Comprehensive Plan Amendment D Rezoning Application D Conditional Use Permit 0 Preliminary Plan D Final Plat D Development Plat D Site Plan D Special District Site Plan D Special District Building I Sign 0 Landscape Plan INFRASTRUCTURE AND ENGINEERING DOCUMENTS D Non-Residential Architectural Standa rds 0 Irrigation Plan 0 Variance Request D Development Permit D Development Exaction Appeal 0 FEMA CLOMNCLOMR/LOMA/LOMR D Grading Plan D Other -Please specify below All infrastructure documents must be submitted as a complete set. The following are included in the complete set O Comprehensive Plan Amendment D D TxDOT Driveway Permit TxDOT Utility Permit D Drainage Letter or Report D Fire Flow Analysis Special Instructions: 10/10 D Waterline Construction Documents 0 0 D 0 Sewerline Construction Documents Street Construction Documents Easement Application Other -Please specify DEVELOPMENT PERMIT PERMIT NO . 14-183 C r rv OF COLLE<;£ STMION l¥.i1111i~ 0-lkt.vi,;pmnr1 Sf.n.,....,- FOR AREAS OUTSIDE THE SPECIAL FLOOD HAZARD AREA RE : CHAPTER 13 OF THE COLLEGE STATION CITY CODE SITE LEGAL DESCRIPTION: South Creek-Phase 1 Lot 2, Block 2 Fellowship Church Next Step Project DATE OF ISSUE: 10/10/14 OWNER: Roger Lewis 1701 George Bush East , Suite 140 College Station , Texas 77840 TYPE OF DEVELOPMENT: CONDITIONS: 1. No work beyond limits covered in permit is authorized . SITE ADDRESS: 1001 Colgate Drive DRAINAGE BASIN: Wolf Pen Creek VALID FOR 24 MONTHS CONTRACTOR: 2. T he perm it may be revoked if any false statements are made herein . If revoked , all work must cease until permit is re- issued . 3. The permit w ill expire if no significant work is progressing within 24 months of issuance . 4 . Other permits may have been required to fulfill local , state and federal requirements . Construction w ill be in compliance w ith all necessary State and Federal Permits . 5 . Stormwater mitigation , including detention ponds will be constructed first in the construct ion sequence of the project. 6. In accordance with Chapter 13 of the Code of Ordinances of the City of College Station , measures shall be taken to insure that all debris from construction , erosion , and sedimentation shall not be deposited in city streets , or existing drainage faci li ties. Construct ion Site Notice or Not ice of Intent (NOi) along with Stormwater Pollution Prevent ion Plan (SWP3) w ill be kept and maintained on-site during construction as per TPDES permitting requirements. If it is determined that the prescribed erosion control measures are ineffective to retain all sediment on -site , it is the Contracto r's responsib ility to implement measures that will meet City , State , and Federal requirements . 7 . All disturbed areas will be re -vegetated prior to Letter of Completion or Certificate of Occupancy . 8 . All trees required to be protected as part of the landscape plan must be completely barricaded in accordance with the Landscaping and Tree Protection Section of the City 's Unified Development Ordinance , prior to any operations of this permit. The cleaning of equipment or materials within the drip line of any tree or group of trees that are protected and required to remain is strictly prohibited . The disposal of any waste material such as , but not limited to , paint , oil , solvents , asphalt , concrete , mortar , or other harmful liquids or materials within the drip line of any tree required to remain is also prohibited. 9 . All construct ion shall be in accordance with the stamped approved plans and specifications for the above-named project and all of the codes and ordinances of the City of College Station , as well as State and Federal Regulations that app ly. Only those deviations from BCS Unified Design Guidelines , Specifications and Details specifically requested and approved will be allowed . 10 . Special Condit ions : ****Site Utilites and Grading Only **** l ,_,_¥---"--m--~----1'~._..._....L-..C'----fri'-. +----' the Contractor, hereby agree to comply with all conditions here in. Oat I ~'e(iU G@l ~er a VI4-mch'6ri -~ E-mail ENGINEERING COMMENTS NO. 1 1. Overall utility plan needs to be indicated on Site Plan since this sheet is only one kept in Site Plan file for future reference and use . Utility demands (average and max) should also be provided . Also provide fire sprinkler demand . 2. I don 't think a 6-inch line can provide the combined fire flow and fire sprinkler demands you require without exceeding max velocity of 12 fps . Probably need to extend an 8- inch , reducing down to 6-inch after the hydrant. 3. Provide Fire Flow Report/Letter indicating construction type , square footage , subsequent flow requirement , allowed reduction for sprinklering (50%), and resultant need (flow and number of hydrants). Location of/distance to existing hydrants should also be depicted on Site Plan . I realize most of this information is provided in building plans you submitted , but documentation is needed in file . 4 . Show location of FDC . Cannot be any further than 100 feet from fire hydrant. Will water design/fire protection you are proposing work for future building expansion? FDC for future building will also need to be a max of 100 feet from hydrant. If future building 's eve or parapet height is greater than 30 ', 26-foot fire lane required. 5. Isolation gate valve for fire line needs to specify AmPro USE, LL562 lockable lid or equivalent approved by City. 6. Site Utilities Plan does not measure to provided scale. Might be a printing error. 7. Tapping sleeve may only be used if tap diameter is less than or equal to half the main line diameter. Will need to cut in tee and with additional valve on main line. 8. PUE dedication needed for public main outside limits of existing PUE . 9. Structural backfill required on public utilities under pavement. 10 . Waterline cover shall be a minimum of 4 feet. For bury less than 4 feet , ductile iron pipe is required with cement stabilized sand backfill . 11 . If flowline of connection to sanitary sewer main 2 feet or higher than flowline of existing main , then drop connection required . Provide flow line of service . 12 . Development blocking overland flow in drainage easement swale along southwest property line . 13. Outfall from downspout drainage and parking lot shall be graded to drain to creek , not released toward adjacent property . 14. Base flood elevation in this area is 265'. Although flood map may pictorially indicate floodplain off of property , the 265 ' elevation should be delineated and defined as floodplain on this property . Although you may be exempt from detention requirments , you are proposing fill in the floodplain and need to address impacts . You may want to do a cut/fill balance for encroachment in this floodplain area. 15 . Erosion Control -Silt fence does not encompass all disturbed area . Northern third of berm is outside silt fencing . Add inlet protection to inlets in Colgate Drive . Include delineation and detail for construction exit. 16 . Driveway connection to Colgate shall refer to Driveway Detail ST2-03. 17 . Tree proposed in Landscape Plan may conflict with access to fire hydrant. 18 . It is City 's preference that screening structures (sanitation) be placed outside any PUE. If maintenance of City utilities requires the removal of the screening structure , it must be replaced at Owner's expense . 19 . Sanitation enclosures shall not be placed in drainage flow areas . 20 . Striped end islands? 21 . Phase Lines? Reviewed by : Carol Cotter Date : September 3, 2014 APPLICATION FOR PERMIT O rv OF Cou..EGE STAT ION l>iltlfNi"I,· (f-{,)tw/qpmcnt .~n:u:t'1 TO CONDUCT OPERATIONS FOR THE DISCOVERY AND PRODUCTION OF OIL , GAS , ANDASSOCIATED HYDROCARBONS WITHIN THE CITY OF COLLEGE STATION , TEXAS (ORDINANCE NO. 1916, OCTOBER 10 , 1991) ORIGINAL $2 ,000 0 RURAL URBAN HIGH IMPACT Please provide the following information for your permit request: 1. Applicant's name and address . 2. Name and address of drilling company . 3. Name and address of Operator. 4 . Proposed name of well. 5. Proposed depth of well. 0 0 0 6. Location and description of all improvements and structures within one thousand (1000 ft) of the well. 7. Site plan of proposed operation , showing location of all improvements and equipment. (13 copies) 8. Area Map showing proposed transportation route and roads for equipment , chemicals , or waste products used or produced by the oil or gas operation , and all natural features of the site . (13 copies) 9. Description of type , kind , size and amount of major equipment used before completion and re-working . 10 . Description of surface equipment after drilling and completion. 11 . Well surface casing and cementing program . 12 . Copies of Railroad Commission forms and drilling permit. 13 . Security instrument consisting of an irrevocable letter of credit, indemnity bond , or certificate of deposit , as required by this ordinance and in an amount determined by the City Council within 30 days after Council approval. 14. Name of representative with supervisory authority over all oil or gas operation site activities and phone number where he can be reached twenty-four (24) hours a day. 15 . Legal description of the property to be used for the oil or gas operation , the parcel , and the production unit (plat description or metes and bound bearings) and name of the geologic formation as used by the Railroad Commission . Property recorded by plat should reference subdivision , block and lot numbers . 16 . Mineral Lessee name and address . 17 . Surface owner name and address . 18 . Name and address of an individual representing the owner/applicant designated to receive notice . 10/18/07 , Oil Well Page 1 of 2 19 . Evidence of insurance information as required by Ordinance No. 1916. (a) Commercial General Liability $500 ,000 (b) Automobile Liability $500 ,000 (c) Worker's Compensation $100 ,000 20 . Survey of production unit at a scale of 1 per 300 or greater by a Texas certified surveyor including : (a) Lengths and bearings of all boundary lines for production. (b) Exact acreage of the production unit. (c) Exact location of the well within production un it with distances of a minimum of two adjacent boundary line of the production unit. (d) Length of maximum diagonal within the production unit. 21 . Owner and address of each parcel of property within one thousand feet (1000 ') of the proposed drill site . 22 . Copies of all reports required by the Department of Water Resources and Commiss ion . 23 . Statement under oath s igned by applicant that the information submitted in the application is true and correct. 2 Information for Se ismic Permits . Appl icant's name and address Name and address of Operator ame of representative with supervisory authority ver all oil or gas operation site ac · ities and phone number where this perso can be reached twenty-four (24) hour day. (d) Mineral (e) (f) Name and ad epresenting the owner/applicant designated to (g) (h) (i) U) (k) (I) Commercial Gener Automobile Liabilit (3 ) Worker's Com ~ sation System to be emR oyed . Beg inning date f work. End ing date f work . Release city from any damages liability cla i Draw_il;l of area proposed to be covered by surv Must include surface property owy e rship and topology (including topography , veg tion cover, buildings , road i ~p~ovements , public utilities , public infrastructure , drivew s , fences, pipel ines as a m inimum. Additional detail may be required in urban areas .) 10/18/07 , Oil Well Page 2 of 2 Crystal Derkowski From: Sent: Katie Burch <katie@collierconstruction .com > Fr iday , July 25 , 2014 10 :22 AM To: Crystal Derkowski Cc: grant.lischka@gmail .com Subject: Attachments: RE : FELLOWSHIP CHURCH NEXT STEP PROJECT (SDSP) Colgate .jpg ; E-084 22May14.x ls Hi Crys tal, Than ks so much for the update . If you could, please forward the attached documents on to t he appropriate part ies. Attached here are the fire flow reports . The othe r two items w i ll come directly from the civil engineer, Grant Lischka . We wo u ld also be happy to drop these off in person if that is what your office prefers . Than ks again , Kat ie Burc h, AIA 979-251-4145 From: Crystal Derkowski [mailto :cderkowski@cstx .gov] Sent: Wednesday , July 23, 2014 4:40 PM To: Katie Burch Subject: FELLOWSHIP CHURCH NEXT STEP PROJECT (SDSP) Good a fternoon ! Please see t h e att ach e d m e m o regarding y our proj ect. Thank y ou! Cry;-lab VerkowJ/ci/ Staff Assistant City of College Station P l anning a n d D evelopment S e rvices 979 .764.6361 Phone 979 .764.3496 Fax Home of Texas A&M University City of Coll ege Stati on Home of Texas A&M University ® 1 .•. Colle:ge_ Stati.oo~u1 :nitieg Reliable, Affordable, Communfty Owned Date test completed Thursday May 22, 2014 Time completed 9:00 A.M. Test completed by Jeff Boriski Witness Euaene Marshall .. ,. ' ,, FLOW HYDRANT Location 2301 Eastmark Nozzle size 2.5 Hydrant number E-084 Pitot reading in PSI 82.5 Flow in G.P.M. 1525 I STATIC HYDRANT Location 2301 Eastmark Hydrant number E-118 Static PSI 99 Residual PSI 94 Comments Requested 0 -'S ,.,, I ..... ..., ..... Alan Gibbs From: Sent: To: Subject: Looks really nice. Alan Gibbs Tuesday, March 25 , 2014 4:15 PM 'rodger@fellowshipbcs .org' RE: excellent, thanks ! " ... small overhang ... " -this would be Fire Marshall's call . Hydrants -not sure of specifics, but 2nd hydrant could be triggered for several reasons such as building coverage, flow requirements, general spacing , spacing to FDCs, etc -that being said, I'm not surprised this site requires 2 hydrants ... Alan ----·---··~------------------------ From : Rodger Lewis [mailto:rodger@fellowshipbcs.org] Sent: Tuesday, March 25, 2014 3:48 PM To: Alan Gibbs Subject: RE: excellent, thanks! Thanks so much! Didn't think my hearing or memory was failing yet. © Assuming that they wouldn't call a small overhang along the slope to be an eave . Guessing they won't back off on adding TWO hydrants (one now, one be h ind future worship bldg) rather than one in middle to serve both? Rodger Lewis rodger@fellowsh i pbcs .org (979) 694-1387 office, (979) 777-0 888 cel l W fell ow ship church www.Fellowsh i pBCS .org From: Alan Gibbs [mailto:agibbs@cstx.gov] Sent: Tuesday, March 25, 2014 3:23 PM To: 'rodger@fellowshipbcs.org' Subject: RE: quick fact check? Rodger, ----------·----·-- Sorry hear you've had challenges. Yes, the allowed maximum of 30 ft height (to avoid requirements for fire ladder truck) is measured to the eave (edge of roof) per 2012 International Fire Code D105.1. If a portion of the eave jutted above 30 ft the Fire Marshall's office would have to consider the specifics. Hope that helps. Alan 1 FOR OFFICE USE ONLY CASE NO.: \ Lj - \ 0 '3 CITY OF C OLLEGE STATION Ho m<ofT<XtJsA&M llniv<Nity' DATE SUBMITTED: O"J /21 / jLi TIME : y : O D STAFF : ft1 DESIGN REVIEW BOARD APPLICATION WOLF PEN CREEK DEVELOPMENT REVIEW (Check all that apply. Note: All items checked must be presented to the Design Review Board at the same time): ~ Site Plan I Building D Building D Sign MINIMUM SUBMITIAL REQUIREMENTS: [8] $350 Design Review Board Application Fee. / [8] · Application completed in full. This application form provided by the City of College Station must be used and may not be adjusted or altered . Please attach pages if additional information is provided . For S ite P lan I Building consideration : /[8] $932 Site Plan Application Fee. I [8] $600 (minimum) Development Permit Application I Public Infrastructure Review and Inspection Fee . Fee is 1% of acceptable Engineer's Estimate for public infrastructure , $600 minimum (if fee is> $600, the ba lance is due prior to the issuance of any plans or development permit). rHtft' $350 Non-Residential Architectural Standards Building Review Application Fee (if applicable). J [8] Six (6) folded copies of site plan . ~ One (1) folded copy of the landscape plan . D One (1) copy of the following for bu ilding review {if applicable). [8] Building elevations to scale for all buildings . [8] A list of building materials for all facade and screening . [8] Color samples for all buildings or list colors to be used from the approved color palette . v [8] Two (2) copies of the grading , drainage, and erosion control plans with supporting drainage report . D Two (2) copies of the public infrastructure plans and supporting documents (if applicable). [g] The attached Site Plan and Non-Residential Architectural Standards Building Review checklists {if applicable) with all items checked off or a brief explanation as to why they are not check off. For Building consideration : D $350 Non-Residential Architectural Standards Building Review Application Fee (if applicable). O One (1) copy of building elevations to scale for all buildings. A list of building materials for all facades and screening . Color samples for all buildings or list colors to be used from the approved color palette . D D D The attached Non-Residential Architectural Standards Building Review checklist with all items checked off or a brief explanation as to why they are not checked off (if appl icable). For Sign consideration : O Ten (10) copies of sign details w ith dimensions. D Ten (10) copies of the bu ilding elevation showing sign placement {if attached signage is proposed ). O Ten {10) copies of color samples. 0 Material samples . NOTE: Proposed development in Wolf Pen Creek must be reviewed by the Design Review Board . When staff has completed their technical review of the proposal , it will be scheduled for consideration by the Design Review Board . Ten (10) copies of all current design plans and color samples will be required for the Board . Revised 4/14 Page 1 of 11 - - -_______________ ___I Date of Optional Preapplication or Stormwater Management Conference January 22, 2014 at 3:00 pm NAME OF PROJECT Fellowship Church : The Next Step Project ADDRESS 1001 Colgate Drive LEGAL DESCRIPTION (Lot, Block, Subdivision) Lot 2, Block 2, South Creek-Phase 1 APPLICANT/PROJECT MANAGER'S INFORMATION (Primary contact for the project): Name Katie Burch, AIA E-mail katie@collierconstruction .com Street Address 1601Hwy290 West City Brenham State Texas Zip Code 77833 ------- Phone Number 979-251-4145 Fax Number 979-836-4940 ------------·---~ PROPERTY OWNER'S INFORMATION : Name Rodger Lewis E-mail rodger@fellowshipbcs .org Street Address 1701 George Bush East Suite #140 City College Station State TX Zip Code 77840 ----------------- Phone Number 979-764-8776 Fax Number NIA ---------------~ -------------- OTHER CONTACTS (Please specify type of contact , i.e . project manager, potential buyer, local contact , etc.): Name NIA E-mail -----------------~ Street Address City State ________ Zip Code Phone Number Fax Number This information is necessary to help staff identify the appropriate standards to rev iew the application and w ill be used t o help determine if the application qualifies for vesting to a previous ordinance. Notwithstanding any assertion made , vesting is limited to that wh ich is provided in Chapter 245 of the Texas Local Government Code or other applicable law. Is this application a continuation of a project that has received prior City platting approva l(s) and you are requesting the application be reviewed under previous ordinance as applicable? D Yes !R No If yes , provide information regard ing the first approved application and any related subsequent applications (prov ide additional sheets if necessary): Project Name : N/A City Project Number (in known): Date I T imeframe when submitted : Revised 4/14 Page 2of11 Proposed use of property Worship/Office Building (Phase I) Is there Special Flood Hazard Area (Zone A or Zone AE on FEMA FIRM panels) on the property? n Yes Square footage of attached sign NIA ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Square footage of freestanding sign NIA ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~- IX! No For Site Plan consideration , describe how the following proposed elements meet the goals of the special district plan and related regulations : Site Lighting : Ese reference sheet A 1. 01, E Sheets Solid Waste : IP/ease rnference sheet A1 .01 Relationsh ip of building(s ) to site : I Please reference sheet A 1. 01 Relationship of building(s) and site to adjoining areas : I Please referenoo swvey Building footprint design : IP/ease refernnce sheet A2.01 , A2.02 Miscellaneous structures and street hardware : nla Landscaping : IP/ease refernnce sheet A1 .03 Site Ma intenance : nla Revised 4/14 Page 3 of11 For Building consideration , describe how the following proposed elements meet the goals of the spec ial district plan and related regulations : Building Lighting : I Please refenmce sheet A 1. 01 , E Sheets Solid Waste Screening : I Please reference sheet A 1. 01 Relationship of building(s) to site: I Please reference sheet A 1. 01 Relationship of building(s) and site to adjoining areas: I Please reference suNey Building design : IP/ease reference sheet A7.01, A7.02 Maintenance (as related to Building design): n/a For Sign consideration, describe how the following proposed elements meet the goals of the special district plan and related regulations: Signs : nla Maintenance : nla The applicant has prepared this application and certifies that the facts stated herein and exhibits attached hereto are true, correct, and complete. ~"~· AIA-~ /4-, C¥Jt Revised 4/14 Page 4of11 CERTIFICATIONS REQUIRED FOR ALL DEVELOPMENT Owner Certification: 1. No work of any kind may start until a permit is issued . 2 . The permit may be revoked if any false statements are made herein . 3 . If revoked, all work must cease until permit is re -issued . 4. Development shall not be used or occupied until a Certificate of Occupancy is issued . 5 . The permit will expire if no significant work is progressing within 24 months of issuance . 6 . Other permits may be required to fulfill local, state, and federal requirements . Owner will obtain or show compliance with all necessary State and Federal Permits prior to construction including NOi and SWPPP . 7 . If requ ired, Elevation Certificates will be provided with e levations certified during construction (forms at sla b pre-pou r) and post construction . 8 . Owner hereby gives consent to City representatives to make reasonable inspections required to verify compl iance. 9 . If, stormwater mitigation is required , including de tention ponds proposed as part of this project , it shall be designed and constructed first in the construction sequence of the project. 10. In accordance with Chapter 13 of the Code of Ordinances of the City of College Station , measures sha ll be taken to insure that all debris from construction, erosion, and sedimentation shall not be deposited in city streets , or existing drainage facilities . All development shall be in accordance with the plans and specifications subm itted to and approved by the City Engineer for the above named project. All of the applicable codes and ordinances of t he City of College Station shall apply . 11 . The information and conclusions contained in the attached plans and supporting documents will comply with the current requirements of the City of College Station , Texas City Code, Chapter 13 and associated BCS Unifi ed Design Guidelines Technical Specifications, and Standard Details . All development has been designed in accordance with all applicable codes and ordinances of the City of College Station and State and Federa l Regulations. . _1, 1 12 . Release of plans to c:::;ctdd~ ~ctz~me or firm) is authorized for bidding purposes only. I understand that final app;:ai and release of plans and development for construction is contingent on contractor signature on approved Development Permit. 13 . I, THE OWNER , AGREE TO AND CERTIFY THAT ALL STATEMENTS HEREIN , AND IN ATIACHMENTS FOR THE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT APPLICATION , ARE , TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE , TRUE, AND ACCURATE . Property Owner(s ) Date Engineer Certification: 1. The project has been designed to ensure that stormwater mitigation, including detention ponds , proposed as part of the project will be constructed first in the construction sequence. 2 . I will obtain or can show compliance with all necessary Local , State and Federal Permits prior to construction including NOi and SWPPP. Design will not preclude compliance with TPDES : i.e ., projects over 10 acres may require sedimentation basin . 3. The information and conclusions contained in the attached plans and supporting documents comply with the current requirements of the City of College Station , Texas City Code , Chapter 13 and associated BCS Unified Design Guidelines. All development has been designed in accordance with all applicable codes and ordinances of the City of College Station and State and Federal Regulations . 4 . I, THE ENGINEER, AGREE TO AND CERTIFY THAT ALL STATEMENTS HERE IN, AND IN ATTACHMENTS FOR THE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT APPLICATION , ARE, TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE , TRUE , AND ACCURATE. I .I Engineer Revised 4/14 o 7 /tit, / L 4- Date Page 5of11 07/2 1 /14 02 :44PM PDT Fellowship Church -> Amber Johnson 9797643496 Pg 2/2 CERTIFICATIONS REQUIRED FOR ALL DEVELOPMENT Owner Certification : 1. No work of any ki nd may start unlil a permit ls issued . 2 . The permit may be revoked if any false statements are made here in. 3. If revoked , all work must cease until permit is re-issued . 4 . Development shall not be used or occupied until a Cert1frcate of Occupancy is issued . 5. The permit will expire If no s1gn1ficant wot1( is progressing w1th1n 24 months of issuance . 6. Other permits may be required to fulfill local , state , and federal requ irements . Owner will obtain or show compliance with all necessary State and Federal Permits prior to construction Inc lud ing NOi and SWPPP 7 . If req ui red, Elevat ion Certificates will be provided with elevations certif ied during construction (forms at slab p re-pour) and post construct ion , 8 . Owner hereby gives consent to City rep<esentatlves to make reasonable inspections required to venfy compliance . 9 . If , stonnwater mitigation is required . includ ing detent ion ponds proposed as part of this project . 11 shall be designed and constructed first in the construction sequence ot the project. 1 o In accordance with Chapter 13 of the Code of Ordinances of the City of College Station , measures sha ll be taken to insure that all debr is from construction , erosion, and sedimentation shall not be deposited 1n city streets , or ex ist ing drainage fac ilities . All development shall be In accordance with the plans and specifications submi tted to and approved by the Crty Engineer for the above named project . All of the applicab le codes and ord inances of the City of College Stat ion shall apply . 1 1. The information and conclusions contained in the attached plans and supporting documents will comp ly with the current requirements of the City of College Station , Texas City Code , Chapter 13 and associated BCS Unified De si gn Gulde lln es Techn ical Specifications . and Standard Delails All development h!IB been designed in accordance with all applicable codes and ord inances of the City of Co ll ege Station and State and Fede ral Regulalions . 12 . Re lease of plans to (name or fi rm) is authorized for bidd ing purposes only . I understand that final approval and release of plans and deve lopment for construction 1s contingent on contractor signature on approved Development Perm it , 'l3 I, THE OWNER , AGREE TO AND CERTIFY THAT AL L STATEMENTS HEREIN , AND IN ATTACHMENTS FOR THE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT APPLICATION , ARE , TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE . TRUE , AND ACCURATE . Date \ Engineer Certification: 1. The project has been designed to ensure that stormwater mitigation , including detent ion ponds , proposed as part of the project will be con5tructed first in the construction sequence . 2 . I will obtain or can show comp ll ance with all necessary Local , Slate and Federal Permits prior to construc ti on including NO i ;ind SWPPP . Design wlll not preclude compliance wit h TPDES i e., projects over 1 O acres may requ ire Mtdlmentation bas in. 3 . The Information and conclusions contained in the attached plans and supportrng documents comply with the cu rrent requlremenls of the City of College Station , Texas Cily Code , Chapter 13 and associated BCS Unifi ed Design Guidel ines . All development has been designed m accordance with all app li cable codes and ordinance s of the C1ly of Coll ege Station and State and Federal Regula hons . 4 . I, THE ENGINEER , AGREE TO ANO CERTIFY THAT ALL STATEMENTS HERE IN. AND IN ATTACHMENTS FOR THE DEVE LOPMENT PERM IT APPLICATION , ARE . TO THE BEST OF MY KNOW LEDGE , TRUE , AND ACCURATE •': ~ f .' \ ·-~-~ :;_~ .. ~ ·._;;_::.1 ~ ·• -·--. ~f ~L ... _.'_ .. _. --·~~---- Date Re11 i~11 ~ <4114 Pago 5of 11 The following CERTIFICATIONS apply to development in Special Flood Hazard Areas . Required for Site Plans , Final Plats, Construction Plans, Fill /Grading Permits, and Clearing Only Permits:* certify , as demonstrated in the attached dra inage stu dy , that the alterations or development covered by this permit. shall not: (i) increase the Base Flood elevation ; (i i) create additiona l areas of Special Flood Hazard Area ; (iii) decrease the conveyance capac ity to that part of the Special Flood Hazard Area that is not in the floodway and where the velocity of flow in the Base Flood event is greater than one foot per second . This area can also be approximated to be either areas within 100 feet of the boundary of the regulatory floodway or areas where the depth of from the BFE to natural ground is 18 inches or greater; (iv) reduce the Base Flood water storage volume to the part of the Special Flood Hazard Area that is beyond the floodway and conveyance area where the velocity of flow in the Base Flood is equal to and less than one foot per second without acceptable compensation as set forth in the City of College Station Code of Ordinances , Chapter 13 concerning encroachment into the Special Flood Hazard Area ; nor (v) increase Base Flood velocities . beyond those areas exempted by ordinance in Section 5.11 .3a of Chapter 13 Code of Ordinances . Eng ineer Date Init ial [:ol • If a platting-status exemption to this requirement is asserted, provide written justification under ~ separate letter in lieu of certification . Required for Site Plans, Final Plats, Construction Plans, and Fill/ Grading Permits: B. I, M. ~eJ.e-c \c." C v\""'..-1....i'f\ , J<: , certify to the following : ; (i) that any nonresidential or multi-family structure on or proposed to be on this site as part of this application is designed to prevent damage to the structure or its contents as a result of flooding from the 100-year storm . Date Additional certification for Floodway Encroachments: C . I, , certify that the construction, improvement, or fill covered by this ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~- permit shall not increase the base flood elevation . I will apply for a variance to the Zoning Board of Adjustments . Engineer Date Revised 4/14 Page 6 of11 Required for all projects proposing structures In Special Flood Hazard Area (Elevation Certificate required). Residential Structures: D . I, , certify that all new construction or any substantial improvement of any residential structure shall have the lowest floor, including all utilities, ductwork and any basement, at an elevation at least one foot above the Base Flood Elevation . Required Elevation Certificates will be provided with elevations certified during construction (forms at slab pre-pour) and post construction. Engineer I Surveyor Date Commercial Structures: E. I, ----------------, certify that all new construction or any substantial improvement of any commercial , industrial, or other non-residential structure are designed to have the lowest floor, including all utilities, ductwork and basements, elevated at least one foot above the Base Flood Elevation Engineer I Surveyor Date OR I, , certify that the structure with its attendant utility , ductwork, basement and sanitary facilities is designed to be flood-proofed so that the structure and utilities , ductwork , basement and sanitary facilities are designed to be watertight and impermeable to the intrusion of water in all areas below the Base Flood Elevation, and shall resist the structural loads and buoyancy effects from the hydrostatic and hydrodynamic conditions . Required Elevation Certificates will be provided with elevations certified during construction (forms at slab pre-pour) and post construction. Engineer I Surveyor Date Conditions or comments as part of approval : Revised 4/14 Page 7of11 CITY OF COLT.EGE STATION Home ofTo:its .Ac!rM Univn-si~·l SITE PLAN MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS (ALL CITY ORDINANCES MUST BE MET) INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: (8) Sheet size -24" x 36" (minimum). (8) A key map (not necessarily to scale). (8) Title b lock to include : ~ Name, address , location, and legal description ~ Name, address , and telephone number of applicant O Name, address , and telephone number of developer/owner (if differs from applicant) ~ Name, address , and telephone number of architect/engineer (if differs from applicant) ~ Date of submittal ~ Total site area ~ North arrow. ~ Scale should be largest standard engineering scale possible on sheet. ~ Ownership and current zoning of parcel and all abutting parcels . 0 The total number of multi-family buildings and un its to be constructed on the proposed project site . O The density of dwelling units per acre of the proposed project. ~ The gross square footage of all buildings and structures and the proposed use of each . If different uses are to be located in a single building, show the location and size of the uses within the build ing. Building separation is a minimum of 15 feet w/o additional fire protection . Locations of the following on or adjacent to the subject site: Designate between existing and proposed O The density of dwelling units per acre of the proposed project. ~ Phasing . Each phase must be able to stand alone to meet ordinance requirements . D Buildings (Existing and Proposed). ~ Setbacks according to UDO, Article 5. (g] Building elevations , color samples , and materials list for buildings (as applicable). Indicate placement of materials on facades . ~ Include the following dimensions : ~ Total vertical square footage minus openings (for each fa9ade separately) ~ Total vertical square footage of each building material (for each fa9ade separately) ~ Total vertica l square footage of each color (for each fa9ade separately) Geography ~ Water courses . ~ 100 yr. floodplain and floodway (if applicable) on or adjacent to the proposed project site . Please note if there is none on the site with confirming FEMA/FIRM map number. ~ Existing topography (2' max or spot elevations) and other pertinent drainage information . (If plan has too much information, show drainage on separate sheet.) [g] Proposed grading (1' max for proposed or spot elevations) and other pertinent drainage information. (If plan has too much information, show drainage on separate sheet.) Revised 4/14 Page 8of11 Streets, Parking, and Sidewalks [g] Existing streets and sidewalks (R .O .W.). [g] Existing Driveways, both opposite and adjacent to the site according to UDO , Article 7. [g] Proposed drives . Minimum drive aisle width according to UDO, Article 7 [8J Indicate proposed driveway throat length according to UDO, Article 7 [g] Proposed curb cuts . [8J For each proposed curb cut (including driveways, streets, alleys , etc.) locate existing curb cuts on the same and opposite side of the street to determine separation distances between existing and proposed curb cuts . [8J Proposed curb and pavement detail. ~ A 6" raised curb is required around all edges of all parts of all paved areas without exception . (To include island , planting areas, access ways , dumpster locations , utility pads , etc .) No exception will be made for areas designated as "reserved for future parking". [8J Proposed medians . [8] Proposed sidewalks (both public and private). [8J Proposed pedestrian/bike circulation and facilities for non-residential buildings (UDO, Article 7). [8J Off-Street parking areas with parking spaces drawn , tabulated, and dimensioned. [8J Designate number of parking spaces required by ordinance and provided by proposal. [8J Handicap parking spaces . [8] Parking Islands drawn and dimensioned with square footage calculated according to UDO, Section 7 .2 or 7.9 for non-residential buildings . [8J Parking setback from R.O.W . to curb of parking lot as required . O Wheelstops may be required when cars overhang onto property not owned by the applicant or where there may be conflict w ith pedestrian or bike facilities , handicap accessible routes or above ground utilities , signs or other conflicts . O Security gates, showing swing path and design specs with colors . D Guardrails . Include design and colors . O Traffic Impact Analysis for non-residential development (UDO , Artic le 7). [8] Please note if none is required . O Will there be access from a TxDOT R .O .W.? O Yes [8J No If yes , then TxDOT permit must be submitted with this application . Easements and Utilities [8J Easements -clearly designate as existing or proposed and type (utility, access , etc .) [8J Utilities (noting size and designate as existing or proposed) within or adjacent to the proposed s ite , including building transformer locations , above ground and underground service connections to buildings , and drainage inlets . D Sewer Design Report (if applicable). O Water Design Report and/or Fire Flow Report (if applicable). D Drainage Report with a Techn ical Design Summary . O Meter locations, existing and proposed (must be located in public R.O.W . or public utility easement). O Provide a water and sanitary sewer legend to include D Minimum water demands D Maximum water demands O Average water demands in gallons per minute , and O Maximum sewer loadings in gallons per day O Will there be access from a TxDOT R.O .W.? O Yes (8] No If yes , then TxDOT permit must be submitted with this application. Revised 4/1 4 Page 9of1 1 ' . Fire Protection [8) Show fire lanes . Fire lanes with a minimum of 20 feet in width with a minimum height clearance of 14 feet must be established if any portion of the proposed structure is more than 150 feet from the curb line or pavement edge of a public street or highway . [8) Show proposed and existing fire hydrants . Fire hydrants must be located on the same side of a major street as a project , and shall be in a location approved by the City Engineer. Any structure in any zoning district other than R-1 , R-1A , or R-2 must be within 300 feet of a fire hydrant as measured along a public street , highway or designated fire lane . NOTE: Fire hydrants must be operable and accepted by the City , and drives must have an all weather surface before a building permit can be issued . 0 Will building be sprinkled? [8] Yes 0 No If the decision to sprinkle is made after the site plan has been approved, then the plan must be resubmitted . If Yes , [8] Show fire department connections . FDC's should be within 100 ' of the fire hydrant. They shall be accessible from the parking lot without be ing blocked by parked cars or a structure . Landscaping [8) Landscape plans as required in Article 7 of the Unified Development Ordinance . The landscaping plan can be shown on a separate sheet if too much information is on the original site plan . If requesting protected tree points , then those trees need to be shown appropriately barricaded on the landscape plan . Attempt to reduce or eliminate plantings in easements. Include information on the plans such as : [8) required point calculations [8] additional streetscape points required . Streetscape compliance is required on all streets . [8] calculations for # of street trees required and proposed (proposed street tree points will accrue toward tota l landscaping points .) [8) proposed new plantings w ith points earned [8] proposed locations of new plantings [8) screening of parking lots, 50% of all shrubs used for screening shall be evergreen . [gJ screening of dumpsters , concrete retaining walls , off street loading areas , utility connection points , or othe r areas potentially visually offensive. D existing landscaping to remain D show existing trees to be barricaded and barricade plan . Protected points will only be awarded if barricades are up before the first development permit is issued . [8] Buffer as required in Article 7 of the Unified Development Ord inance . [8] Show irrigation system plan . (or provide note on how irrigation system requirement will be met prior to issuance of C.0.) All plans must include irrigation systems for landscaping. Irrigation meters are separate from the regular water systems for buildings and will be sized by city according to irrigation demand submitted by applicant and must include backflow prevention protection. O Is there any landscaping in TxDOT R.O.W.? O Yes [8] No If yes , then TxDOT permit must be submitted at the time of application . Other O Common open spaces sites D Loading docks 0 Detention ponds D Retaining walls [8) Sites for solid waste containe'.s with screening ._ Locations ~f d~mpste~s are a.~essible but not visible .from streets or residential areas . Gates are discouraged and visual screening 1s required . (Minimum 12 x 12 pad required .) O Are there impact fees associated with this development? O Yes [8) No NOTE: Signs are to be permitted separately . Revised 4/14 Page 10 of 11 .. CITY oF Coll.EGE STATION Pl.J\NNING 11< DEVELOPMENT NRA BUILDING REVIEW MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS (ALL CITY ORDINANCES MUST BE MET) INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: Refer to UDO Section 7.9 Non-Residential Archltectural Standards, as appropriate. [8J Sheet size -24" x 36" (minimum). [8J Title block to include: [8J Name, address, location , and legal description [8J Name, address , and telephone number of applicant 0 Name, address, and telephone number of developer/owner (if differs from applicant) [8J Name, address , and telephone number of architecUengineer (if differs from applicant) [8J Date of submittal [R] Scale should be largest standard scale possible on sheet. [gJ List of colors from the City of College Station color palette to be utilized or proposed equivalents . [R] Color samples . [8J List of materials to be utilized . [gJ Elevations of each non-residential building and screening structure. Show placement of materials and colors on the facades according to UDO Section 5.6 .B or 7 .9. [8J Include the following dimensions: [R] Total vertical square footage minus openings (for each fac;ade separately) [8J Total vertical square footage of transparency (for each fac;ade separately in Northgate) [R] Total vertical square footage of each building material (for each fac;ade separately) [8J Total vertical square footage of each color (for each fac;ade separately) O Graphic representation and/or description of existing build ings in build ing plot to show material, color, and architectural harmony . Rev ised 4/14 I ·. Print Form --:.-I Page 11 of 11 . . CME TESTING AND ENGINEERING, IN C e 1806 WELSH AVENUE, SUITE C • COLLEGE STATI ON, TEXAS 77 84 0 979.764.8700 • FAX 979.764.6900 July 18 , 2014 Mr. Alan Gibbs, P .E., City Engineer Ms. Erika Bridges, Graduate Civil Engineer Planning & Development Department City of College Station 1107 Texas Avenue College Station, TX 77840 Re : Certification Letter Concerning Optional Detention Facility Proposed Fellowship Church Development 1001 Colgate Drive College Station, Texas CME Project No . 54070 Texas Board of Professional Engineers Firm Registration Number: F-1078 Dear Mr. Gibbs and Ms. Bridges : In accordance with your e-mail communication dated January 22 , 2014 , CME Testing and Engineering, Inc. (CME) is pleased to submit to the City of College Station (City) this letter concerning optional stormwater detention facilities as outlined in Section II -Policies , C. Watershed Management, 3. Detention/Mitigation , b. Detention Facilities May Be Optional of the Unified Stormwater D esign Guidelines of the City of Bryan/City of Co ll ege Station dated August, 2 012 . As can be seen from a review of the grading and drainage plan prepared by Lischka Engineering for the subject site, efforts have been made in the development of the site to detain some of the increases in stormwater runoff associated with the proposed paved drive and parking areas and the proposed building, although a formal stormwater detention report has not been prepared. Consequently, CME can state the following : I have conducted a topographic review and field investigation of th e existing and proposed flow patterns for stormwater runoff from the proposed Fellowship Church site to the main stem of Wolf Pen Creek. At build-out conditions of the currently plan ned development, allowable by zoning, restrictive covenant, or plat note, the stormwater flows from the s ubject site project will not cause any significant increa~e in flooding conditions to the interior of existing buildings structures, including basement areas, for storms of magnitude up through th e 100-y ear event. " CME TESTING AND ENGINE ERING, I NC. . - Mr. Alan Gibbs, P .E., City Engineer; Ms . Erika Bridges, Graduate Civil Engineer Planning & Development Department; City of College Station Certification Letter Concerning Optional Detention Facility Proposed Fellowship Church Development; I 001 Colgate Drive; College Station, Texas Page 2 CME would like to thank you for the opportunity to submit this information for consideration by the City of College Station. If you have any questions or need any additional information, please do not hesitate to contact us at (979) 690-3600 . Kindest regards, M . Frederick Conlin, Jr., P .E. Senior Engineer MFC:rc Enclosures Via Hand Delivery With Design Review Board Application CME TESTING AND ENGINEER IN G , INC. TABLE OF CONTENTS I. PROPOSAL DOCUMENTS AA Request for Proposals ........................................................................................... 1-2 AB Instructions to Proposers ...................................................................................... 1-5 AC Proposal Form ...................................................................................................... 1-4 AI Waiver, Release and Indemnity Agreement... ...................................................... 1-2 AJ Owner Site Rules .................................................................................................... 1 II. CONTRACT FORMS CB Supplementary Conditions ................................................................................. 1-11 III. SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01005 01010 01020 01030 01092 01200 01300 01310 01420 01501 01530 01710 Code Summary ..................................................................................................... 1-2 Summary of Work ................................................................................................... 1 Allowances ........................................................................................................... 1-2 Alternates ............................................................................................................. 1-3 Abbreviations and Symbols ................................................................................. 1-4 Project Meetings ................................................................................................... 1-4 Submittals ............................................................................................................. 1-6 Construction Schedule ............................ .' ............................................................... 1 Notification of Architect Requirements ............................................................... 1-2 Temporary Facilities ............................................................................................ 1-3 Tree Protection, Preservation and Treatment.. ..................................................... 1-3 Guarantees and Certificates and Close-Out ......................................................... 1-2 DIVISION 2 -SITE WORK 02010 02011 02200 02214 02282 02500 02720 02930 Geo technical Report ................................................................................................ 1 Subsurface Investigation ......................................................................................... 1 Earthwork ............................................................................................................ 1-5 Finish Grading ..................................................................................................... 1-3 Termite Control .................................................................................................... 1-2 Concrete Paving and Flatwork ............................................................................. 1-6 Site Drainage ........................................................................................................ 1-3 Hydro Mulch Seeding .......................................................................................... 1-3 Project No . F ellows hip 1314 TABLE OF CONTENTS - 1 DIVISION 3 -CONCRETE 03300 03360 03540 Cast in Place Concrete ....................................................................................... 1-10 Concrete Finishes ................................................................................................. 1-3 Gypsum Cement Underlayment ........................................................................... 1-5 DIVISION 4 -MASONRY 04200 Unit Masonry ....................................................................................................... 1-8 DIVISION 5 -METALS 05500 05520 Miscellaneous Metal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Metal Hand Rails .................................................................................................. 1-3 DIVISION 6 -WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 06220 Rough Carpentry .................................................................................................. 1-3 Finish Carpentry and Millwork ............................................................................ 1-4 DIVISION 7 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07160 07210 07270 07415 07460 07620 07900 Vapor Barrier and Thru-Wall Flashing ................................................................ 1-4 Building Insulation ............................................................................................... 1-2 Fires topping , Penetration Seals ............................................................................ 1-4 Prefinished Metal Roofing ................................................................................... 1-4 Cementitious Fiber Board Siding ......................................................................... 1-4 Flashing and Sheetmetal ...................................................................................... 1-6 Building Sealants ................................................................................................. 1-2 DIVISION 8 -DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110 08213 08305 08710 08800 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames ......................................................................... 1-5 Plastic Laminate Faced Wood Doors ................................................................... 1-3 Access Doors ........................................................................................................ 1-2 Finish Hardware ................................................................................................... 1-5 Glazed Systems .................................................................................................... 1-8 DIVISION 9 -FINISHES 09220 09260 09310 09510 09660 Lath and Plaster .................................................................................................... 1-5 Gypsum Board Systems ....................................................................................... 1-7 Ceramic Tile ......................................................................................................... 1-2 Acoustical Lay-in Ceiling .................................................................................... 1-3 Resilient Tile Flooring ......................................................................................... 1-3 Project No . Fellowship 1314 TABLE OF CONTENTS -2 09661 Luxury Vinyl Tile Flooring .................................................................................. 1-3 09680 Carpet .................................................................................................................. 1-6 09770 Concrete Floor Sealer. ............................................................................................. 1 09900 Painting ................................................................................................................ 1-7 DIVISION 10 -SPECIAL TIES 10165 Plastic Laminate Toilet Partitions ........................................................................ 1-2 10420 Graphics .................................................................................................................. 1 10522 Fire Extinguisher and Cabinets ............................................................................ 1-2 10650 Operable Wall ...................................................................................................... 1-3 10800 Toilet Room Accessories ..................................................................................... 1-3 DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT DIVISION 12 -FURNISHINGS 12510 Horizontal Blinds ................................................................................................. 1-2 DIVISION 14 -CONVEYING SYSTEMS 14240 Elevator .............................................................................................................. 1-10 DIVISION 15 -MECHANICAL REFERENCE PLANS DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL REFERENCE PLANS DIVISION 17 -PLUMBING REFERENCE PLANS Project No . Fellowship 1314 TABLE OF CONTENTS -3 /IL INDEX OF DRAWINGS SHEET NO. COVER Gl.01 Gl.02 C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 C-8 C-9 C-10 C-11 C-12 Sl-1 S2-1 S2-2 S3-1 S3-2 S4-1 S4-2 Al.01 Al.02 Al.03 A2.01 A2.02 A3.01 A4.01 AS .01 A6.01 A6.02 A6.03 A6.04 A6.05 A7.01 A7.02 SHEET NAME COVER SHEET PERMIT, BUILDING CODE & PROJECT DATA ADA & TAS STANDARDS SITE GRADING & DRAINAGE PLAN PAVEMENT PLAN & DIMENSION CONTROL PLAN EROSION & SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN SITE UTILITIES PLAN STANDARD DRAINAGE DETAILS STANDARD SEWER DETAILS STANDARD SEWER DETAILS STANDARD STREET DETAILS STANDARD SIDEWALK DETAILS STANDARD STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION DETAILS STANDARD WATER DETAILS STANDARD WATER DETAILS FOUNDATION PLAN FOUNDATION DETAILS FOUNDATION DETAILS FIRST FLOOR FRAMING PLAN ROOF FRAMING PLAN FOUNDATION AND STRUCTURAL NOTES FOUNDATION AND STRUCTURAL NOTES ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN ARCHITECTURAL SITE DETAILS LANDSCAPE PLAN FIRST FLOOR PLAN SECOND FLOOR PLAN PLAN DETA ILS/ PARTITION TYPES ROOF PLAN/ ROOF DETAILS ENLARGED PLANS (TOILET ROOMS/ SPECIAL ROOMS) BUILDING SECTIONS WALL SECTIONS WALL SECTIONS WALL SECTIONS WALL SECTIONS EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS Project No. Fe llows hip 131 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS -4 AS.01 AS.OZ AS.03 A9.01 A9.02 Al0.01 Al0.02 All.01 All.02 All.03 All.04 All.OS M-1 M-2 M-3 El.01 EZ.01 EZ.02 EZ.03 EZ.04 E3.01 PZ.01 PZ.02 P3.01 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS INTERIOR ELEVATIONS MILLWORK DETAILS DOOR SCHEDULE/ FRAME TYPES/ HARDWARE DOOR AND WINDOW DETAILS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN-FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN-SECOND FLOOR ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FIRST FLOOR FINISH PLAN SECOND FLOOR FINISH PLAN FIRST FLOOR WALL FINISH PLAN/ PAINT SCHEDULE SECOND FLOOR WALL FINISH PLAN/ PAINT SCHEDULE FIRST FLOOR PLAN MECHANICAL SECOND FLOOR PLAN MECHANICAL MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN FIRST FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN SECOND FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN FIRST FLOOR POWER PLAN SECOND FLOOR POWER PLAN ELECTRICAL DETAILS FIRST FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN SECOND FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN PLUMBING DETAILS Project No . F ello wship 1314 TABLE OF CONTENTS-5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2 1 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 SECTION AA REQUEST FOR SUBCONTRACTOR PROPOSALS FOR Fellowship Church, The Next Step Project Sealed Stipulated Sum Proposal for the work identified below in accordance with Proposal Documents thereof and such addenda thereto as may be issued prior to date of proposal opening will be received by Collier Construction, until proposal closing date and time, as identified below . OWNER: Fellowship Church PROJECT: Fellowship Church, The Next Step Project PROPOSAL DATE June 4 , 2014 AND TIME: 2 :00PM LOCATION AND PROPOSAL OPENING: Collier Construction Design-Builder 1601 Loop 290 West Brenham, Texas 77833 979-836-44 77 Qualified Sub Contractors only may obtain one set of plans and specifi cations at place identified below upon deposit of $100.00 per set with check made payable to Collier Construction. The deposit will be refunded when the plans and specifications are returned promptly in good condition. Plans and Specifications may be viewed at the following plan rooms : Houston-AGC, ABC Bryan-Brazos Valley Plan Room Collier Construction reserves the right to waive any infonnalities and/or di screpancies and to reject any and all bids if deemed in the best interest of the Owner Proposal Documents will be available beginning May 15 , 2014 and may be obtained from the following address : Burch Group Architects 1601 Loop 290 West Brenham, TX 78833 FAX 979-836-4940 PH 979-251-4146 Office Hours are 8 :00 AM to 4 :00 PM FULL REFUND: Deposits will be returned provided all Contract Documents and addenda are returned to the Des ign-Builder complete with all sheets bound in their original order within 10 day s of Receipt of Proposal. FORFEIT OF DEPOSIT: When the Documents are not returned under the conditions specified, none of the deposit will be returned . However, the Documents shall remain the property of the Owner and must be returned . Project No . Fellowship 13 14 AA-1 1 SUB CONTRACTORS : Will submit sub bids to Collier Construction, Design Builder, and will be 2 received by Ken Burch at 2:00 PM in the offices of Collier Construction, 1601Highway290, Brenham TX 3 or received by facsimile at 979.836.4940 4 All proposals must be in the hands of the Design-Builder no later than the time specified above. Please seal 5 all proposals in duplicate in an envelope with the following information on the face of the envelope . 6 7 Name of Sub Contractor 8 Name of Project 9 Attention: Ken Burch 10 11 The Design-Builder reserves the right to reject any and all proposals and to waive any informalities in 1 2 proposals. 13 14 No proposal shall be withdrawn within 60 days after the proposal opening without the specific 1 5 consent of the Design-Builder . 16 1 7 Subcontractors and Suppliers intending to submit proposals to Collier Construction are required to prepare 18 their proposal based on a complete set of documents. If after reviewing the complete set of documents, 1 9 Subcontractors and Supplier Proposers desire to purchase individual drawings and specification sections 20 for their convenience, they may do so by ordering the specific drawings and specifications directly from the 21 reproduction company. Each proposer purchasing a partial set of documents is responsible for determining 22 exactly which documents he requires and is responsible for all costs associated with printing and delivery. 23 Subcontractors and Suppliers exercising this option must agree to do so on the basis that 1) all documents 24 shall be returned to the Design-Builder, without refund, after receipt of proposals and 2) documents shall 25 not be used on other construction projects. Successful Subcontractors and Supplier Proposers may retain 26 their Documents until completion of the construction. 27 28 29 30 END OF SECTION 31 Project No . Fellowship 1314 AA-2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 01 04 SECTION AB INSTRUCTIONS TO SUBCONTRACTOR PROPOSERS PROPOSERS PRESENTATION Each Proposer by making hi s Subcontractor proposal represents that: A. He has read and understands the Proposal Documents and his Proposal is made in accordance therewith . B . He has visi ted the site, has familiarized himself with the local conditions under which the work is to be performed and has correlated his observations with the requirements of the proposed Contract Documents. C. He agrees to comply with the requirements of the following paragraph . These requirements are absolute, and any Subcontractor who subsequently does not agree to comply wit h these requirements will automatically disqualify himself from proposing or receiving award of the contract. D . He agrees that: 01 W ork on the project will begin immediately upon receipt of signed subcontract. 02 Subcontractor will participate as a team member in cooperation with the Design-Builder and Owner. 03 The Subcontractor will assign a competent superintendent , to the project , and that superintendent shall be maintained on the project for the duration of the project, subject only to their continuous employment. 04 Subcontractor shall carry and keep in full force for the duration of the Project, insurance coverage for builder's risk, workmen's compensation, comprehensi ve general liability, and automobile liability as required by the Contract Documents . 05 Each Proposer by making his Proposal represents that his Proposal includes only material and equipment specified in the Proposal Documents and supplemented, if necessary, for a complete and operating system . 06 Construction Manager (and subcontractor or supplier submitting a proposal to a Construction Manager) shall submit an affidavit stating that no asbestos bu il ding materials shall be used . PROPOSAL DOCUMENTS A. Proposal Documents include the Request for Proposal, Instructions to Proposers, the Proposal Form, and the proposed Contract Documents, including any Addenda issued prior to receipt of proposals. The Contract Documents for the work consist of the Owner-Contractor Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General , Supplementary and other Conditions), the Drawings, the Specifications, and all Addenda is sued prior to receipt of proposals . B. In addition to documents issued to Proposers, Proposal documents will be available at the following locations. Project No. Fellowship 1314 AB-1 I 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 05 06 A.G.C. Houston 3825 Dacoma Houston, Texas 77092-8717 (713) 843-3 700 A.G.C. Waco 4500 W Waco Dr Waco , TX 76710 (254) 772-5400 BVCA Plan Room 4346 Carter Creek Parkway Bryan, Texas 77802 (979) 260-5902 PROPOSAL PROCEDURES A. A proposal may be deemed invalid if it has not been received at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of proposals indicated in the Request for Proposals, or prior to any extension thereof issued to the proposers by Addenda. B. All requested Alternates shall be proposed. If no change in the Base Proposal is required, enter "No Change". C . Prior to the receipt of Proposals, Addenda will be mailed, faxed or delivered to Collier Construction and will be available for inspection wherever the proposal documents are kept available for that purpose. D . Proposals will be received only on the Owner's Form of Proposal for the work as indicated by the Proposal Documents, fille d in, and enclosed in a sealed envelope addressed as follows, (or received by facsimile-email): Collier Construction Proposal for: Fellowship Church , The Next Step Project Attention: Ken Burch Or, 979.836.4940 Fax Or, bid@c ollierconstruction.com E. A proposal may be withdrawn only upon request by the Subcontractor or his duly authorized representative, provided such request is received by the Owner at the place designated for receipt of proposals and prior to the time fixed for the opening of proposals . A withdrawal of a proposal shall not be effective unless a written confirmation of the withdrawal is received by Collier Construction at said place within 48 hours before the time fixed for the opening of proposals. The withdrawal of a proposal does not prejudice the right of the proposer to file a new proposal at the time and place stated. INTERPRETATION OF PROPOSAL DOCUMENTS Project No. Fellowship 1314 AB-2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 07 08 A. Subcontractors proposers requmng clarification or interpretation of the Proposal Documents shall make a written or verbal request which shall reach the Architect at le ast Five (05) days prior to the date for receipt of proposals. B. Any interpretation, correction or change of the Proposal Documents will be made by Addendum . Interpretations, corrections or changes of the Proposal Documents made in any other manner will not be binding . SUBSTITUTIONS OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. The materials, products and equipment described in the Proposal Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution . The materials and equipment named in, and the procedures covered by these specifications have been se lected as a standard because of quality, particular suitability or record of satisfactory performance. It is not intended to preclude the use of equal or better materials or equipment provided that same meets the requirements of the particular project and is approved in an addendum as a substitution prior to the submission of proposals. B. No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of proposals unless written request for approval has been received by the Architect at least ten (10) days prior to the date for receipt of proposals. Each such request shall include the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description of the proposed substitute including drawings, cuts, performance and test data and any other information necessary for an evaluation. The Architect's decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed substitution shall be final. C. If the Architect approves any proposed substitution prior to receipt of proposals, such approval will be set forth in an Addendum. Proposers shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. D . No substitutions will be considered after the Contract award. SUBSTITUTIONS OF SUBCONTRACTORS A. The Subcontractors listed as acceptable in certain Sections of the Specifications have been selected because of a demonstrated ability to acceptably perform the Work required for a project of this type and size within the allowable time anticipated for construction. It is not intended to preclude the use of other equally or better qualified Subcontractors provided that same meet the requirements of the particular project and are approved in an Addendum as additional Acceptable Subcontractors prior to the submission of Proposals. If prior written approval has not been obtained, it will be assumed that the Proposal and all alternates are based only upon the Subcontractors listed as acceptable in the Proposal Documents. B. Any Subcontractor desiring to have a Subcontractor included in the list of Acceptable Subcontractors shall have the Subcontractor submit as a minimum the information li sted in the Subcontractor's Qualification Statement as previously described. These statements shall provide information necessary to ascertain a Subcontractor's qualifications for this particular project, and shall be submitted at least 14 days before the date designated for receipt of proposals . The Architect and hi s Consultants, after consultation with the CM, will designate additional Subcontractors, if any, to be included by Addendum as additional Acceptable Subcontractors. Project No . Fellowship 1314 AB-3 I 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 5 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 09 10 15 18 C. In the event a Subcontractor feels obligated or desires for any reason to propose a Subcontractor other than those listed as acceptable (either in the appropriate section of Specifications or in an Addendum) the Subcontractor may propo se such Sub stitute Subcontractor by listing the Proposed Subcontractors on their letterhead showing the name of the firm , the Specification section, the amount the Base Proposal and Alternates will change, and the reason(s) for proposing the substitution. However, under this procedure neither the Owner, Architect nor the Architect's Consultants bind themsel ves to consider such proposed substitution since a procedure for evaluating such proposed substitution prior to receipt of proposals has been established as described hereinbefore . REJECTION O F P R O P O SALS A. The Owner and/or Construction Manager s hall have the right to reject any or all proposals and to reject a proposal not accompanied by any required Proposal Security, or by other data required by the Proposal Documents, or to reject a proposal which is in any way incomplete or irregular. INSURANCE A. Each Subcontractor shall include in hi s proposal the complete cost for insurance required under the Contract Documents. B . Subcontractors shall carry and keep in full force for the duration of the project, insurance coverage for builder's risk, workmen's compensation, comprehensive general liability, and automobile liability as required by the Contract Documents. C O MPLETION TIME A. Time is of the essence on thi s project. The Owner has a critical need for this work to be performed and substantially comp leted by within the time periods designated by the Construction Manager. Each Subcontractor shall keep up with the progress of the work and be prepared to commence and complete all its work upon notice by the Construction Manager. B. Having thoroughly familiarized himself with the conditions as they exist at the building site and acquainted himself with the labor supply and the material market, the propo ser agrees to be substantially complete with the work at times directed by the Construction Manager for the various trades. It is understood that the Construction Manager is to achieve Substantial Completion of the entire work not later than 360days from the date of commencement, subject to the terms of the Agreement. The definition of Substantial Completion is fo und in Article 9 .8.l of the A.IA General Conditions bound herein . ASBESTO S AND ASBESTO S C O NTAINING MATERIALS Projec t No . Fellowship 131 4 AB -4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 19 20 A. The use of any construction process or the installation of any asbestos and/or PCB 's, or material containing asbestos or PCB 's is strictly prohibited for this Project. B . Prior to submitting a proposal, proposers shall notify the Architect, in writing, of any materials in these specifications which are known to contain or are likely to contain asbestos or PCB ' s . C. Prior to payment of retainage and final payment the Construction Manager shall furnish a notarized statement certifying that no asbestos/PCB 's or asbestos/PCB containing materials have been used in the Project. D . In addition to the Contractor's notarized statement , the Subcontractors will be required to furnish notarized affidavits that no as bestos/PCB 's or asbestos/PCB containing products have been used in thi s Project. DETERMINATION OF SUCCESSFUL SUBCONTRACTORS AND AWARD OF SUB- CONTRACT A. In determining the successful Subcontractors, Collier Construction will evaluate the information derived from the Subcontractor's Qualification Statement, if any, and the information submitted on the Proposal Form . Items to be evaluated will be : 01 The amount of the Base Proposal and each Alternate Proposal. 02 The qualifications and reputation of the Subcontractor, as determined by Collier Construction and the Owner. B. A decision regarding determination of the succe ssful Subcontractors will be made by Collier Construction and the Owner as soon as practicable. AVAILABILITY OF MATERIALS AND SYSTEMS A. A serious effort has been made to select only material s that are asbestos free and systems that are readily available . As far as is known at proposal time all items are either available "off the shelf' or within a relatively short period of time. If during the proposal period, a Subcontractor becomes aware of an availability or delivery problem with any of the specified systems or materials or if they contain asbestos, he should notify the Architect immediately. The Architect will promptly explore possibilities for selecting other systems or materials which would circumvent the problem and notify Construction Manager of any changes in an addendum, otherwise it will be understood that only specified systems and materials that are asbestos free are included in the proposals . B . Decisions regarding allowance items will be made in a timely manner to avoid construction delays . END OF SECTION Project No . Fellowship 1314 AB-5 I PROPOSAL FORM Submit on your letterhead in a form exactly as set forth below. Fill in all blanks by printing or typing, except provide actual seal and signatures where indicated. BID DATE: To: lune 4. 2014 at 2:00pm Collier Construction PO Box 1889 Brenham, Texas 77834 Proposal For: Fellowship Church-The Next Step Project Collier Construction Project No . 1314 BIDDER: Description of work and specification section(s) included in proposal: ---------- BIDDER hereby acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda: No. ___ Dated: ____ _ No . Dated: _____ _ No. Dated: _____ _ No. Dated: _____ _ No. Dated: _____ _ No . Dated: _____ _ No. Dated: _____ _ BIDDER hereby declares that he has: a) carefully examined the Bidding Documents; b) a clear understanding of the Bidding Documents; c) personally inspected and is familiar with the project site; and hereby proposes to provide all labor, materials, tools, appliances and facilities as required to perform, in a workmanlike manner, all work and services for the construction and completion of afore-referenced project, all in accordance with the Contract Documents dated May 09. 2014 prepared by Burch Group LLC. BASE BID: For all work required by the Contract Documents in Base Bid, the lump sum of AMOUNT WRITTEN IN WORDS (THIS GOVERNS) _____________ DOLLARS($ ___________ ) .. AMOUNT IN FIGURES BIDDER hereby acknowledges that he, if awarded the contract, will comply with the insurance requirements established in the Sample Subcontract. The Sample Subcontract is available upon request. Proposal Form Page 1 of 5 ALTERNATES: A. ALT. NO. 1: B. ALT. NO. 2A: C. ALT. NO. 2B: D. ALT. NO. 3A: E. ALT. NO. 3B: F. ALT. NO. 4A: Proposal Form For each alternate listed in the Contract Documents, state the Alternate Amount. ADD INTERIOR BUILD OUT SECOND FLOOR & ADDITIONAL PAVING - This Alternate shall establish the amount to be added or deducted to the Base Proposal to provide the Interior build out of the second floor and required paving. In the Amount of: _____________________ Dollars ($ ) AMOUNT WRITTEN IN WORDS (THIS GOVERN S) (AMT. IN FIGURES) ADDITIONAL PARKING AREA This Alternate shall establish the amount to be added or deducted to the Base Proposal to provide (9) Nine Additional parking spaces to front of building, (not associated with alt #1). In the Amount of: _____________________ Dollars ($ ) AMOUNT WRITTEN IN WORDS (THIS GOVERNS ) (AMT . IN FIGUR ES) ADDITIONAL PARKING AREA This Alternate shall establish the amount to be added or deducted to the Base Proposal to provide the Additional parking lot to back of building, (not associated with alt #1). In the Amount of: _____________________ Dollars ($ ) AMOUNT WRITTE N IN WORDS (THIS GOVERNS) (AMT . IN FIGURES ) FOLDING PARTITION AT OFFICE STAFF #1&2 This Alternate shall establish the amount to be added or deducted to the Base Proposal to provide folding partition and bracing supports in office staff room. In the Amount of: _____________________ Dollars($ ) AMOUNT WRITTEN IN WORDS (THIS GOVERNS) (AMT . IN FIGURES) FOLDING PARTITION AT MEETING ROOM #204 This Alternate shall establish the amount to be added or deducted to the Base Proposal to provide the folding partition and bracing supports in the second floor meeting room . In the Amount of: _____________________ Dollars ($ ) AMOUNT WRITTEN IN WORDS (THIS GOVERNS) (AMT. IN FIGURES) KITCHEN APPLIANCES ROOM 124 This Alternate shall establish the amount to be added or deducted to the Base Proposal to furnish and install residential appliances in the break room #124. REF: Architectural for equipment types. In the Amount of: Page 2 of 5 G. ALT. NO. 48: H. ALT. NO. SA: I. ALT. NO. SB: J. ALT. NO. SC: K. ALT. NO. 6: Proposal Form _____________________ Dollars($ ) AMOUNT WRITT EN IN WORDS (THIS GO VERNS ) (AMT . IN FIGURES ) BREAKROOM APPLIANCES ROOM 211- This Alternate shall establish the amount to be added or deducted to the Base Proposal to furnish and install residential appliances in the break room #211. REF: Architectural for equipment types. In the Amount of: _____________________ Dollars ($ ) AMOUNT WRITTEN IN WORDS (THIS GOVERNS) (AMT . IN FIGURES ) LVT IN LIEU OF POLISHED CONCRETE AT FIRST FLOOR This Alternate shall establish the amount to be added or deducted to the Base Proposal to provide lvt in lieu of polished concrete at first floor. In the Amount of: _____________________ Dollars ($ ) AMOUNT WRITTEN IN WORDS (THIS GOVERNS ) (AMT . IN FIGURES ) LVT IN LIEU OF VCT AT SECOND FLOOR This Alternate shall establish the amount to be added or deducted to the Base Proposal to provide lvt in lieu of VCT at second floor. In the Amount of: _____________________ Dollars ($ ) AMOUNT WRITTEN IN WORDS (THIS GOVERNS) (AMT . IN FIGURES ) CARPET TILE IN LIEU OF BROADLOOM AT SECOND FLOOR MEETING ROOM This Alternate shall establish the amount to be added or deducted to the Base Proposal to provide Carpet tiles in lieu of broadloom carpet in the second floor meeting room. In the Amount of: _____________________ Dollars($ ____ ) LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION This Alternate shall establish the amount to be added or deducted to the Base Proposal to provide all landscaping and irrigation per plans and specs. In the Amount of: _____________________ Dollars($ ______ ) Page 3 of 5 L. ALT. NO. 7: UNIT PRICES: Premium Metallic Roofing- Thi s Alterna t e s hall e s tablis h the amount to be added or deducted to the Bas e Propos al to furnish and install all metal roofing panels and associated trim in Metallic Kynar 500 color; Champagne in lieu of galvalume. Gutters and downspouts to remain Galvalume In the Amoun t of' _____________________ Dollars($ ____ .) A. Unit Price No. 1: ADD/ DELETE 120V Duplex Receptacle 01 To include Outlet, Coverplate, Electrical bo x, and 3/4" Conduit/Wiring necessary to the nearest circuit In the Amount of: ___________________ Dollars ) AM OUN T WRITTEN I N WO RDS (THIS GO VE RNS ) (AMT . IN FIGURES) B. Unit Price No. 2: ADD/ DELETE DATA PORT 01 To include Electrical box, blank coverplate, %"conduit to acces s a bove ceiling and a pull string. In the Amount of: ___________________ Dollars ) AMOUNT WRITTE N IN WORDS (THIS GOV ERNS ) (AMT . I N FIGUR ES) CONTRACT TIME: Bidder agrees, if awarded the Contract, to commence work under this Contract within the time specified from the date of written "Notice to Proceed" and to fully complete all Work required by the Contract Documents as agreed upon in the contract between Construction Manager and Subcontractor, or within the time as extended as stipulated in the Contract Documents. REJECTION OF BIDS: Bidder understands that the Owner and/or Design-Builder reserves the right to reject any or all bids, to accept or reject any Alternates(s) or combination(s) of Alternates, to waive any informality or irregularity in bidding, and to accept any bid which, in the Owner's and/or Construction Manager's judgment, is in the Owner's and/or Design-Builder's own best interest. WITHDRAWAL OF BID : Bidder agrees that this Bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of sixty (60) calendar days after the date and time scheduled for receipt of Bids. NOTIFICATION, EXECUTION and COMPLETION: Upon receipt of the Notice of Acceptance of this bid, the Bidder will execute the formal Contract. The Work shall commence within 10 days of the date of issuance of the Notice to Proceed and shall be completed within the Contract time as stated above. Undersigned certifies that amounts contained in this Bid have been carefully checked and are submitted as correct and final. Bidder's Firm Name: Organization Type : Proposal Form Corporation/Partnership/Proprietorship, etc .; and, if incorporated, state of incorporation Page 4 of 5 I I By (Signature ): Printed Signature: Title: Legal Address: Telephone: ATTEST (if Bidder is a corporation): Proposal Form Sign a ture o f Corpo r a t e Secr e t a r y Page 5 of 5 CORP. SEAL SECTION AI 2 3 Burch Group Architects, H. M . McLeod MEP Engineers, and CME Engineers . 4 5 WAIVER, RELEASE AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT 6 7 8 Whereas, Architects I Engineers, has utilized certain electronic CADD files in 9 preparation of drawings for the Project, 1 o , on behalf Fellowship Church 11 "Owner", and 12 13 Whereas, , a Subcontractor/Contractor for 14 or , a Subcontractor to 15 hereafter "Subcontractors" desires to obtain copies on 16 disk of certain of the Architect/Engineer computer aided drafting (CADD) files 17 consisting of construction drawings for the Project, hereinafter, "Electronic Media," 18 and 19 20 Whereas, Architect/Engineers is willing to provide copies for the convenience of 21 Subcontractors only under certain express conditions of understanding, 22 acknowledgment and covenant as hereinafter provided without qualification. 23 24 Now therefore, Architect/Engineers and Subcontractor agree as follows: 25 26 1. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND LIMITATIONS: It is acknowledged that (1) 27 Architect/Engineers instruments of professional serves are the hard copy drawings and 28 specifications issued by Architect/Engineers hereinafter "Instrument", (2) the 29 Electronic Media are not substitutions for said Instruments, (3) differences may exist 30 between said Instruments and the Electronic Media which Architect/Engineers is 31 under no obligation to discover or disclose if known, ( 4) the Electronic Media may be 32 incompatible with the Subcontractor's software and hardware configurations . In all 33 ways , including those enumerated, Subcontractors accept the Electronic Media "as is " 34 and Architect/Engineers is under no obligation to correct, update for changes, enhance 35 or maintain the Electronic Media for Subcontractors. Architect I Engineers does not 36 represent or warrant that the Electronic Media are complete, free from defects, or 37 accurate now or in the future. It is acknowledged, finally , that no client relationship is 38 created by or through this instrument between Architect I Engineers and 39 Subcontractors. 40 41 2. WAIVER AND RELEASE: Subcontractors agree all risk of incomplete, 42 inaccurate, defective and variant information contained in the Electronic Media, and 43 waives, quits, and forever discharges and releases the Owner, the Architect/Engineers 44 and their officers, directors, employees and successors for every claim arising out of or 45 related to any error, discr epancy, inaccuracy, variation or other defect in the Electronic 46 Media, whether or not resulting in whole or in part from an act, error or omission of Project No. F ello ws hip 1314 Al -1 1 the Architect/Engineers and whether or not such claim is known or unknown as of the 2 date of this waiver and release . 3 4 3. REUSE: The Electronic Media is not reusable for any other project or for 5 additions or extensions of the project identified in the Electronic Media. 6 Architect/Engineers does not authorize release of the Electronic Media to any person 7 or party other than the Subcontractors, and the Subcontractors agree and covenant not 8 to release the Electronic Media to any other party. 9 10 4. INDEMNIFICATION: USE OF THE ELECTRONIC MEDIA SHALL 11 BE AT THE SOLE RISK OF THE SUBCONTRACTORS AND WITHOUT 12 LIABILITY OR LEGAL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER OR THE ARCHITECT/ 13 ENGINEERS; FURTHER, SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL, TO THE FULLEST 14 EXTENT PE~TTED BYLAW, DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE 15 OWNER, THE ARCIDTECT/ENGINEERS AND ITS OFFICERS, 16 DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES AND SUCCESSORS HARMLESS FROM ALL 17 CLAIMS, DAMAGES, INCLUDING BODILY INJURY OR DEATH, LOSSES 18 AND EXPENSES, INCLUDING ATTORNEY FEES, ARISING OUT OF OR 19 RESULTING IN WHOLE OR IN PART FROM THE USE OF THE 20 ELECTRONIC MEDIA. 21 22 5 . DISPUTES: Due to the risk of damage, anomalies in transcription or copying 23 and modification during use by Subcontractors where intended or otherwise, it is 24 agreed the Architect/Engineers archived copy of the Electronic Media, if 25 Architect/Engineers chooses to maintain same shall be conclusive, unrebuttable proof 26 in all disputes over the content of the Electronic Media furnished to Subcontractors by 27 this Agreement. 28 29 30 31 WHEREFORE, THE PARTIES HA VE EXECUTED THIS RELEASE, 32 WAIVER AND INDEMNIFY AGREEMENT ON THE ~~~~~~~~~ 33 DAY OF 2014. BY SUBMITTING A PROPOSAL FOR 34 THIS PROJECT, SUBCONTRACTOR AGREES TO BE BOUND TO THE 35 TERMS OF THIS WAIVER, RELEASE, AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT, 36 ALONG WITH EACH AND EVERY PROVISION OF THIS PROJECT 37 MANUAL. ALL PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN THIS PROJECT MANUAL. 38 ALL PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN THIS PROJECT MANUAL WILL BE 39 BINDING ON ALL SUCCESSFUL PROPOSERS UNLESS SPECIFIC 40 EXCEPTIONS ARE MADE IN TIDS SUBCONTRACTORS PROPOSAL. 41 42 43 Project No . Fellowship 1314 AI-2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 A. B. c . D . E. F. G. H. J. SECTION AJ CONTRACTOR SITE RULES No foul language or spitting on floor No tobacco products on church property. On new construction projects, tobacco products are prohibited after air conditioning systems are initially activated. The possession or use of alcohol or illegal drugs is strictly prohibited. No tank tops -workers must be fully clothed . No workers with a history of felony convictions or warrants. No parking on grass, under shade trees, sidewalks or non-vehicular paved areas . the Owner must approve the Contractors parking. Keep the premises free from accumulation of waste, material s or rubbish caused by the work under this contract at each site . Boxes must be broken down prior to removal from the building. Upon completion of the work, and prior to the final inspection, have the premises in a neat and clean condition . Take all precautions necess ary for the safety of, and provide protection to prevent damage , injury or loss to: • All employees on the project and all other persons who may be affected thereby. • All the work and all materials to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site . • All property at the site and adjacent thereto including trees, shrubs, lawns , walks , pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and any other church prop erty. A competent supervisor who understands the full scope of the work shall be on site at all times. Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and em ployees, and other persons performing portions of the work under the contract. END OF SECTION Project No. Fellowship 1314 AJ - 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 SECTION CB SUPPLEMENTARY CONDffiONS TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION The following supplements modify the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction'', AIA Document A141, 2004. Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Supplementary Conditions, the unaltered portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. The "General Conditions" are a part of these documents whether or not they are bound herein. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. THE WORK The Work also incl udes all supplies, skill, supervision, transportation services and other facilities and things nece ssary, proper or incidental to the carrying out and completion of the terms of the contract and all other items of cost or value needed to produce, construct and fully complete the work identified by the Contract Documents. Clarifications A. ADDENDA Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued prior to the execution of the Contract, which modify or interpret the bidding documents, including Drawings and Specifications, by additions, deletions, clarifications or corrections. Addenda will become part of the Contract Documents when the Construction Agreement is executed. B. APPROVED, APPROVED EQUAL, APPROVED EQUIVALENT, OR EQUAL The terms Approved and Approved Equal relate to the substitution of materials, equipment or procedure approved in writing by the Design-Builder. C. ABBREVIATIONS N.l.C; or Not in contract. Indicating work not to be done by this Design-Builder By Others; or under thi s Agreement. By Owner; or Existing. ADA Americans with Disabilities Act of 199 0 ADAAGAmericans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings & Facilities AIA American Institute of Architects ACI American Concrete Institute AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute ASA American Standards Association ASTM American Society for Testing Materials AWSC American Welding Society Code FS Federal Specification NBS National Bureau of Standards NEC National Electrical Code Project No. Fellowship 1314 CB-1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 SPR UL AISI ANSI D . E. F . G . H . Simplified Practice Recommendation Underwriters Laboratories, Inc . American Iron and Steel Institute American National Standards Institute CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS : PRECEDENCE OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS : The most recent issued Document takes precedence over previous issued forms of the same Document. The order of precedence is as follows with the highest authority li sted first. .1 Amendments to the Agreement .2 T he Agreement .3 T he Addenda .4 The Supplementary Conditions .5 The General Conditions of the Contract for Construction .6 Drawings, and Specifications shall have equal authority. Should these documents disagree in themselves, the Design-Builder Will select the appropriate method for performing the work. RELATION OF SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS: The Drawings and Specifications are correlative and have equal authority and priority. Should they di sagree in themselves, or with each other, the appropriate method of performing the Work will be made by the Design-Builder . OPTIONAL MATERIALS, BRANDS AND PROCESSES: When more than one is specified for a particular item of Work, the choice shall be the Design-Builder 's. The final selection of color and pattern will be made from the range available within the option selected by the Design-Builder, unless the item is specified to match a specific color or sample furnished . Where particular items are specified only products of those named manufacturers are acceptable unless different manufactures are approved by Design-Builder . Certain specified construction and equipment details may not be regularly 'included as part of the named manufacturer's standard catalog equipment but shall be provided by the manufacturer only to the extent required for the proper functioning of the equipment. Reasonable variations in equipment are expected and will be acceptable. The Design-Builder reserves the right to determine the equality of equipment and materials that deviate from any of the indicated and specified requirements. DATE(S) OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Projects which are not phased shall have a single date of Substantial Completion. Projects which consist of sequential Alternates shall have a date of Substantial Completion for each phase or campus, as applicable. The Date(s) of Substantial Completion shall be the date or dates when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can utilize the Work for it 's intended use . PUNCH LIST Project No. Fellowship 1314 CB-2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 A comprehensive list prepared by the Design-Builder prior to Substantial Completion to establish all items to be completed or corrected. This li st may be supplemented by the Owner and I or Owner's Consultants. The punch li st will be attached to the Certificate for Substantial Completion. Upon completion offinal punch list items, the proj ect will be considered finally complete and final payment shall be made by Owner. I. TAXES The Owner will provide a Sales Tax Exemption certificate. J. PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES The Owner shall pay directly to the governing authority, the cost of all permanent util ity impact fees, capital recovery fees , utility assessments and similar non-construction related fees, unless specifically indicated herein. The Owner shall pay all fees to the Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation (TDLR) for document review and project inspections relative to the Elimination of Architectural Barriers Act. The Design-Builder will submit the documents to the TDLR for review and approval. The Design-Builder shall be responsible for obtaining all temporary utility charges, tap charges, water meter charges and any other similar fees assessed by jurisdictional authorities having control over this project related to the actual installation of building utilities and services . The Design-Builder shall be responsible for obtaining and paying for all City and County Building Permits, plan checking fees and on-site inspection fees. The Design-Builder shall ve rify all such costs with the governing authority and include all such costs in the Base Proposal Amount. K. AW ARD OF SUBCONTRACTORS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK If the Owner has objection to a person or entity proposed by the Design-Builder, the Design-Builder shall propose another to whom the Owner has no objection. The Contract Sum shall be increased or decreased by the difference in cost occasioned by such change and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued . L. SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS The Drawings and Specifications have been organized to facilitate work required by various trades; however, each Subcontractor shall formulate their bid and provide their respective work based on a complete set of Contract Documents. No allowance for time or cost shall be made by the Owner for a subcontractor who bases their scope of work on a partial set of Contract Documents. M . FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum shall be paid by the Owner to the Design-Builder upon the completion of the punch list items and receipt of the applicable close-out documents. N . ASBESTOS, LEAD OR PCBs CONTAINING MATERIALS Project No. Fellowship 1314 CB-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 The Design-Builder and each subcontractor, sub-su bcontractor and suppl iers prior to final payment, shall submit an original notarized statement on their letterhead certifying "to the best of their information, knowledge, and belief asbestos, asbestos containing materials, and PCBs have not been used or incorporated into the Work and lead or lead bearing materials have not been incorporated into potable water systems." For the purpose of definition as used in this statement, the term "potable water systems" includes, but is not limited to , those water systems for drinking fountains , all sinks, showers, bath tubs, residential and commercial kitchen equipment, ice machines, and hose bibs, as applicable to the project. To the best knowledge of the Owner, the Design-Builder and his consultants , no products or materials containing asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) or other toxic substances have been specified for this project. No products or material s containing asbestos or PCB are to be incorporated in this project. In the event the Sub-contractors become aware that any products or materials specified, ordered, scheduled for or already incorporated in the work on thi s project, contain asbestos , or PCB, the situation shall be reported immediately to the Design- Builder in writing. An acceptable, equal substitute for the product or material in question shall be proposed by the Design-Builder and the product or material in question, if already onsite or incorporated in the work, shall be removed from the site immediately and returned to the supplier or manufacturer. END OF SECTION Project No . Fellowship 1314 CB-4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 SECTION 01005 CODE SUMMARY PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 BUILDING CODE ANALYSIS A. Referenced Building Code: International Building Code, 2012 Edition, with City of College Station, TX adopted amendments and Brazos County, TX requirements . B. Occupancy Type 01 General Building: Type B (office building, equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system) The total building area is 11,814 SF . C. Distance to Adjacent Property Line: 01 Northwest Property Line: 46 feet 02 Northeast Property Line: 166 feet 03 Southwest Property Line: 56 feet 04 Southeast Property Line: 139 feet D. Construction Type: V-B E. 01 Allowable Area: 9,000 square feet per floor Building Areas : 01 1st Floor Building Area : 02 2 °d Floor Building Area 03 Total Building Area: 5,912 SF 5,902 SF 11,814 SF F. Code I Life Safety Occupancy Loads: 01 Office Building: Offices Code Load: 37 Conference/Meeting Rooms Code Load : 242 Total Code Load: 279 02 Code load used for all life safety considerations I calculations. G. Actual Occupancy Loads: 01 Office Building: First Floor Actual Load : 57 Second Floor Actual Load: 212 02 Actual load used for calculating plumbing fixtures and non-life safety considerations : 269 H . Exit Width Capacity (first floor for total code occupancy load) 01 Egress required for a sprinkled building-number of occupants X 0.15 02 Total exit capacity 0.15" per person: 269 x 0.15" = 41 inches total capacity J . 03 Total exit capacity equal s: 5 exits= 252 inches Maximum Travel Distance to Exits 01 First Floor to Building Exit: 02 Second Floor to Building Exit: Code: 300LF Code: 300LF Project No . Fellowship 1314 01005 - 1 Actual : 87 LF Actual : 100 LF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 2.2 3.0 4.0 5.0 K. Fire Resistance Requirements: Table 601 V-B Non-Sprinkled 01 Structural Frame 0 HR 02 Exterior Bearing Walls 0 HR 03 Interior Bearing Walls 0 HR 04 Ceiling I Floor Construction 0 HR 05 Ceiling I Roof Construction 0 HR 06 CMU Rated Partitions - 1 Hour at elevator shaft OHR Sprinkled OHR OHR OHR OHR WIND LOAD A. The building is located within the jurisdiction of Texas Department of Ins urance "Texas Windstorm Insurance Association". 01 Zone: Inland II 02 Occupancy Classification : ill 03 Importance Factor: 1.5 03 Exposure Classification : C 04 Wind Zone (per ASCE 7, Inland II -Basic Wind Speed @ 110 MPH @ 3 Sec . gust. B . All systems and assemblies constructed as part of the building envelope shall comply with all requirements of ASCE 7 (American Society of Civil Engineers) and Texas Department of Insurance "Texas Windstorm Insurance Association". MECHANICAL SYSTEM A. The design will conform to the International Mechanical Code, 2012 Edition . The HY AC system will be a DX with separated condensers. The Zone system is reflective of the separated spaces . ELECTRICAL SYSTEM A. The design of the electrical system will conform to the National Electrical Code, 2011 Edition. PLUMBING SYSTEM A. The design of the plumbing system will conform to the International Plumbing Code, 2012 Edition 01 Male & F emale WC 's -Required : 1 per 25 for first 50; then 1 per 50 for remainder over 50 -7 total required; 11 Furnished (4 Male, 6 Female & 1 Unisex) 02 Male & Female Lavatories -Required : 1 per 40 for first 80 ; then 1 per 80 fo r remainder over 80 -5 total required; 9 Furnished (4 Male, 4 Female & 1 Unisex) 03 Drinking Fountains -Required: 1 per 100 -3 total required; 4 Furnished (2 on 1st Floor & 2 on 2°d Floor) END OF SECTION Project No . Fellowship 1314 01005 - 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 I 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1, as indexed , apply to this Section . PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to Section AB for substitutions. B . The Project, of which the work of this Contract is a part, Woodlands Oaks Church of Christ-New Worship Center. C. Location: The site is located at The Woodlands in Montgomery County, Texas . D. The Project consists of the construction of an addition to Woodlands Oaks Church of Christ and related site facilities. E. SCOPE AND PHASING: This BASE BID of the project is to include all site, paving, and related exterior work, Utilities, core and shell of the entire building as indicated on the plans, Interior build out of the first floor. The second floor interior build out will be bid included in alternate 1. CORE AND SHELL is defined, for this project, as: including but not limited to entire building envelope, all exterior wall assemblies, Misc. steel, glass and glazing, roofing, all thermal insulation of perimeter walls and roofs, damp proofing, required fireproofmg/stopping, masonry and siding, perimeter doors and hardware, building foundations complete. All MEP utilities in slab as indicated on the drawings. Interior Stud walls and trusses shall be included in the core and shell portion of this project. The fire sprinkler system shall be roughed in and included in the base bid (see alt 1 for continuation). INTERIOR BUILD OUT (REF: ALTERNATES 1) is defmed, for this project, as including but not limited to: acoustical batt insulation, drywall, MEP above slab complete, casework, doors/frames/hardware, interior glass/glazing, painting, flooring, ceilings, division 10-11 items, Elevator, Fire suppression system. Additional parking is required to meet the City requirements and shall be included in this alternate. Project No . Fellowship 1314 01010 - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. B . C . The work includes earthwork, concrete foundations , paving and flatwork, Misc. · steel framing/supports , metal roofing, wood trusses, wood deck, gypcrete (2 00 floor), masonry and stud walls, hardware, glazing, cement siding, glazed systems , casework, equipment, and interior fin ishes including painting and wood finishes . Other trades as required as the drawings and specifications indicate. The work also includes mechanical, electrical , communication , and alarm and signal sys tems . The Building is sprinkled (required with the Alternate #1). Site work also includes underground utilities, concrete paving, site lighting, and Landscaping and irrigation . 1 8 PART 3 -EXECUTION 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 3.1 SCHEDULE A. Completion Time: The Contractor and Construction Manager will state the Finish Date in the Proposal. END OF SECTION Project No. Fellowship 1314 01010 -2 I 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 SECTION 01020 ALLOWANCES CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1, as indexed, apply to this Section. PART I-GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to Section AB for substitutions. B. The following ALLOWANCES shall be included in the Base Proposal. These sums shall be reconciled per Article 4.8 of the General Conditions. 1.2 CONDITIONS A . The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. These allowances shall cover the net cost of the materials and equipment delivered and unloaded at the site, and all applicable taxes. The Contractor's handling costs on site, labor, installation, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the original allowance shall be included in the Contractor's sum, and not in the allowance. The Contractor shall cause the work covered by these allowances to be performed for such amounts and by such persons as the Architect may direct, but he will not be required to employ persons against whom he makes reasonable objection. If the cost, when determined , is more than or less than the allowance, the Contract sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order, which will include additional handling costs on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses resulting to the Contractor from any increase over the original allowance .. Owner will not be obligated to pay the cost of any work performed without prior written authorization. B . Unexpended balance of allowance sums shall revert to the Owner in the final settlement of the Contract. PART 2-ALLOWANCES 2.1 ITEMS A. CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCE: B. C. D . This sum is funds for unknown conditions. Allow the sum of$20.000.00 (Twenty Thousand Dollars). TESTING ALLOWANCE: This sum is funds for concrete testing and soi l tests and any other tests the Owner may approve. Allow the sum of$ 5.000.00 (Five Thousand Dollars) ADA! TDLR ALLOWANCE: This sum is funds for ADA!fDLR issues that may arise, including and permitting and fees. Allow the sum of$3.000.00 (Three Thousand Dollars). RERPODUCTION ALLOWANCE: This sum is funds for printing plans for Bidding and Construct. Allow the sum of$ 2.000.00 (Two Thousand Dollars). Project No . Fellowship 1314 01020 - 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 J . K. ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING ALLOWANCE: This sum is funds for light fi xtures called out as 'by allow ance'. Allow the sum of $3 ,000 .00 (Three Thousand D ollars). GRAPHICS ALLOWANCE: Thi s sum is funds for Graphics : Room ID Signage, Building Lettering/Logo. Allow the sum of $7,000 .00 (Seven Thousand D ollars). END O F SEC T ION Projec t No . Fellowsh ip 1314 01020 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 I 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 SECTION 01030 ALTERNATES CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 APPLY TO TIIlS SECTION . PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A Refer to Instructions to Bidders for substitutions . 1.2 ALTERNATE PRICES A Contractor shall state, in the spaces provided in the Proposal Form, alternate prices for the work described below. The responsibility of determining quantity of alternates rests with the Contractor. The Base Proposal and Alternates shall include the cost of all supporting elements required, so that no matter what combination of Base Bid and Alternates are accepted, that portion shall be a complete entity in itself. Work for all Alternates shall be in strict accordance with the Specification and applicable work as indicated on the Drawings . B . Unless otherwise indicated, scope of work for each alternate shall include material and labor, general conditions and all other costs associated with completing the work described . C. Alternates are not listed in the order of priority . D. Acceptance of alternates shall be at the sole di scretion of the Owner. 1.3 UNIT PRICES A Contractor shall state, in the spaces provided in the Proposal Form, unit prices for the work described below. The same unit price for each item shall be used to either add or delete the described work if I as directed by the Architect during the progress of the Work. B. Costs declared for Unit Prices shall be the gross amount used for adjustment, based on the actual quantity of units directed to be adjusted. PART 2-DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATES A. ALT. NO. 1: ADD INTERIOR BUILD OUT SECOND FLOOR & ADDITIONAL PAVING- This Alternate shall establish the amount to be added to the Base Proposal to provide the Interior build out of second floor, to include the additional parking required, elevator, fire sprinkler system, etc .. REF: Section 01010 Summary of Work for definition of interior build out, and Drawings. Project No . Fellowship 1314 01030 - 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 B. ALT. NO. ZA: ADDITIONAL PARKING AREA This Alternate shall establish the amount to be added or deducted to the Base Proposal to provide (9) Nine Additional parking spaces to front of building, (not associated with alt #1). REFERENCE SITE PLANS C. ALT. NO. ZB: ADDITIONAL PARKING AREA This Alternate shall establish the amount to be added or deducted to t h e Base Proposal to provide the Additional parking lot to back of building, (not associated with alt #1). REFERENCE SITE PLANS D. ALT. NO. 3A: FOLDING PARTITION AT OFFICE STAFF #1&2- This Alternate shall establish the amount to be added or deducted to the Base Proposal to provide Folding panel wall and associated structural bracing/supports . REF: Plan Details. E. ALT. NO. 3B: FOLDING PARTITION AT MEETING ROOM #204- This Alternate shall establish the amount to be added or deducted to the Base Proposal to provide the LED lighting to the pendant fixtures in the Auditorium in lieu of CFL Bulbs REF: Electrical Specs for Further Description. F. ALT. NO. 4A: KITCHEN APPLIANCES ROOM 124- This Alternate shall establish the amount to be added or deducted to the Base Proposal to furnish and install residential appliances in the break room #124. REF: Architectural for equipment types. G. ALT. NO. 4B: BREAKROOM APPLIANCES ROOM 211- This Alternate shall establish the amount to be added or deducted to the Base Proposal to furnish and install residential appliances in the break room #211. REF: Architectural for equipment types. H. ALT. NO. 5A: LVT IN LIEU OF POLISHED CONCRETE AT FIRST FLOOR- This Alternate shall establish the amount to be added or deducted to the Base Proposal to furnish and install L VT in lieu of Polished Concrete at the first floor. REF: Architectural finish schedules. I. ALT. NO. 5B: LVT IN LIEU OF VCT AT SECOND FLOOR- This Alternate shall establish the amount to be added or deducted to the Base Proposal to furnish and install L VT in lieu of VCT at the second floor. REF: Architectural finish schedules. Project No. Fellowship 1314 01030 -2 I I I 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 J. ALT. NO. SC: CARPET TILE IN LIEU OF BROADLOOM AT SECOND FLOOR MEETING ROOM- This Alternate shall establish the amount to be added or deducted to the Base Proposal to furnish and install Carpet Tile in lieu of Broadloom at the second floor meeting room. REF: Architectural finish schedules. K. ALT. NO. 6: LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION- This Alternate shall establish the amount to be added or deducted to the Base Proposal to furnish and install all landscaping and irrigations per plans. REF: Plans L. ALT. NO. 7: Premium Metallic Roofing- This Alternate shall establish the amount to be added or deducted to the Base Proposal to furnish and install all metal roofing panels and associated trim in Metallic Kynar 500 color; Champagne in lieu of galvalume. Gutters and downspouts to remain Galvalume END OF SECTION Project No. Fellowship 1314 01030 -3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 SECTION 01092 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT , SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 APPLY TO THIS SECTION . PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 The following is a list of typical trade organization and industry abbreviations: Acoustical Society of America Adhesive & Sealant Council, Inc . Air Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute Aluminum Association American Association of State Highway Officials American Concrete Inst itute American Council of Independent Laboratories American Hardboard Association American Hotdip Gal vanizers Association American Institute of Architects American Institute of Steel Constructors American Institute of Timber Construction American Iron & Steel Institute American National Standards Institute, Inc . American Plywood As sociation American Society for Testing & Material American Society of Ci vil Engineers American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers American Society of Mechanical Engineers American Subcontractors Association American Woodworking Instritute American Welding Society American Wood Preserver's Institute Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers Association Architectural Woodwork Institute Asphalt Institute Associated General Contractors of America Brick Institute of America Building Research Institute California Redwood Association Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute Construction Specification Institute Door and Hardware Institute Facing Tile Institute Federal Specifications Flat Glass Marketing Association Gypsum Association Hardwood Plywood Manufacturers Association International Conference of Building Officials Joint Sealer Manufacturers Association Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association Metal Lath Association Project No. Fellowship 1314 01092 -1 ASA ASC ARI AA AASHO ACI ACIL AHA AHGA AIA AISC AITC AISI ANSI PA ASTM ASCE ASHRAE ASME ASA AWi AWS ASPI AAMA AWi Al AGC BIA BRI CRA CLFM CRSI CSI DHI FTI FS FGMA GA HPMA ICBO JSMA MFMA MLA 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 1.2 National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers National Association of Mirror Manufacturers National Bureau of Lathing & Plastering National Clay Pipe Institute National Concrete Masonry Association National E lectrical Manufacturers Association National Environmental Systems Contractors National Fire Protection Association National Forest Products Association National Hardware Lumber Association National Ornamental Metal Manufacturers Association National Paint, Varnish and Lacquer Association National Ready Mixed Concrete Association National Roofing Contractors Association National Society of Professional Engineers National Woodwork Manufacturers Association, Inc . Painting and Decorating Contractors of America Perlite Institute, Inc. Portland Cement Association Resilient Floor Covering Institute Rubber and Vinyl Floor Council Southern Building Code Congress Southern Forest Products Association Southern Hardwood Lumber Manufacturing Association Steel Deck Institute Steel Door Institute Steel Joist Institute Steel Structures Painting Council Texas Accessibility Standards Tile Council of America, Inc. · Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc . Venetian Blind Institute Vinyl Fabrics Institute West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau Western Red Cedar Lumber Association Western Wood Products Association The following is a list of typical Contract Document abbreviations Acoustical Air Handling Unit Alternate Aluminum Bottom Building Cast-In-Place Centerline Ceramic Tile Concrete Concrete Masonry Unit Continuous Corridor Diameter Dimension( s) ACOUST AHU ALT ALUM BOT BLDG CIP CL CT or CER TILE CONC CMU CONT CORR DIA DIM or DIMS Project No . Fellowship 1314 01092 -2 NAAMM NAMM NBLP NCPI NCMA NEMA NESC NFPA NFPA NHLA NOMMA NPVLA NRMCA NRCA NSPE NWMA PDCA PI PCA RFCI RVFC SBC SFPA SHLMA SDI SDI sn SSPC TAS TCA UL VBI VFI WCLIB WRCLA WWPA Door DR 2 Each EA 3 Electrical ELECT 4 Elevation ELEV 5 Equal EQ 6 Existing EXIST 7 Expansion Joint EJ or EXP IT 8 Exterior EXT 9 Floor FL 10 Floor Finish FF 11 Floor Drain FD 12 Finish or Finished FIN 13 Finish Floor FF or FIN FL 14 Fixture FIXT 15 Floor FL 16 Flowline FL 17 Frame FR 18 Galvanized GALV 19 Gauge GA 20 General Contractor GC 21 Grade GR 22 Gypsum Board GYPBD 23 Handicap HC 24 Hardware HW 25 Height HT 26 Hollow Metal HM 27 Hot Dipped Galvanized HDGALV 28 Inside Diameter ID 29 Insulation IN SUL 30 Interior INT 31 Lavatory LAV 32 Light LT 33 Manhole MH 34 Manufacturer MFGRorMFR 35 Markerboard MB 36 Masonry MAS 37 Material MATL 38 Match Existing ME 39 Maximum MAX 40 Metal MTL 41 Minimum MIN 42 Not in Contract I Work by Others NIC 43 On Center oc 44 Outside Diameter OD 45 Overflow Roof Drain OD or ORD 46 Plastic Laminate PL or PLAST LAM 47 Radius RAD 48 Reflected Ceiling Plan RCP 49 Reinforcing RE INF 50 Reinforced Concrete Pipe RCP 51 Required REQ 52 Refer RE 53 Restroom RR 54 Roof Drain RD 55 Roof Top Unit RTU Project No . Fellowship 1314 01092 -3 1 Room RM 2 Rough Opening RO 3 Sanitary Sewer SANSWR 4 Schedule SCHED 5 Sidewalk SW 6 Similar SIM 7 Solid Core Plastic Laminate SCPL 8 Space SP 9 Stainless Steel SS 10 Storage STOR 11 Stonn Sewer STMSWR 12 Suspended Acoustical Ceiling SAC 13 Tack Board TB 14 Temporary Bench Mark TBM 15 Thick THK 16 Top of Curb TCorTOC 17 Top of Grate TGorTOG 18 Top of Steel TS orTOS 19 Treated TRTD 20 Typical TYP 21 Urinal URINorUR 22 Vinyl Composition Tile VCT 23 Vinyl Wall Covering vwc 24 Water Closet WC 25 Wood WD 26 27 28 29 END OF SECTION Project No. Fellowship 1314 01092 -4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 APPLY TO THIS SECTION. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to Instructions to Bidders for substitutions. B. Work Included: 01 Contractor participation in preconstruction conference. 02 Contractor administration of pre-installation conferences and progress meetings . C. Related Work: 01 Section 01420 -Notification of Architect Requirements 1.2 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Architect will administer preconstruction conference for execution of Owner-Contractor Agreement, and exchange preliminary su bmittal s. B. Architect will administer site mobilization conference at project site for clarification of Owner and Contractor responsibilities, in use of site and for review of administration procedures. 1.3 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCES A. Contractor shall convene pre-installation conferences with each sub-contractor prior to commencing work of the sub-contractor. B The purpose of the meeting will be to review the contract documents, submittal s, conditions of installation, preparation and installation procedures, and coordinate with related work. 01 It is the responsibility of the contractor I sub-contractor to resolve all unknown issues, unclear issues, coordination issues, and assembly interface issues in order to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents . C . Require attendance includes, but is not limited to the following : 01 Contractor's superintendent 02 Architect 's field representative 03 Relative sub-contractor 04 Sub-contractors providing adjacent and I or interfacing work . 05 Other sub-contractors whose work may be affected by the relative sub- contractor. D . Pre-installation conferences shall be scheduled a minimum of 48 hours in advance of the meeting unless otherwi se agreed to by all parties. Project No. Fellowship 1314 01200 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 1.4 1.5 E. Pre-installation conferences may be scheduled with multiple sub-contractors at the same time to facilitate awareness of related work. F . The contractor shall keep meeting minutes and distribute to all attendees within three days after the meeting; or sooner ifrequired to facilitate project scheduling . PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Contractor shall schedule and administer all project meetings after mobilization conference throughout progress of the work at bi-weekly intervals, plus any special called meetings, and all preinstallation conferences . B. Contractor shall make physical arrangements for meetings , preside at meetings , record minutes , and distribute copies of minutes within two days to attendees, and those affected by decisions made at meetings. C. Required Attendance: 01 Contractor's Superintendent 02 Contractor's Project Manager 03 Architect's project Manager 04 Architect's Field Representative 05 Architect 's Consultants as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. 06 Owner 's Representati ve . D. The primary purpose of the weekly progress meeting s is to update the Owner of the project status, progress, schedule and outstanding issues. It shall not be a venue for resolving issues that can otherwise be resolved between the Contractor and Architect I consultants; unless direct input from the Owner is required. 01 In as much as practical , meetings shall be scheduled on the same day and time each week. Changes in the normal schedule must be agreed to by all parties. E . Suggested Agenda: Revie w of work progress, status of progress schedule and adjustments thereto, delivery schedules , submittals, maintenance of quality standards, pending changes and substitutions, and other items affecting progress of work . PROGRESS MEETING MINUTES A. Progress meeting minutes shall be furnished by the Contractor and shall be structured to identify all discussion topics and action items by the initiating meeting and the eventual outcome. B. Meeting minutes shall be produced in a form acceptable to the Architect and shoul d be similar to the following: C. Final, the Architect will be asked if he or she has instruction or comments . Project No. Fellowship 1314 01200 -2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 Sample -Progress Meeting Minutes PROGRESS MEETING MINUTES WOODLANDS OAKS CHURCH OF CHRIST NEW WORSHIP CENTER Burch Group Architects Project No. 1305 Meeting No.: xxx Generated By: XXXXX Date: XX-XX-XX XX:XXAM/PM XX:XXAM/PM Contractor's File No.: XXXXX Start : Finish : ATTENDEES: Name Representing T itle etc . Meeting Agenda 1. Review of construction activity for previous week I two weeks (since last meeting) 2. Status of construction schedule and adjustments thereto. 3. Status of material deli very schedules and adjustments thereto . 4 . Review of upcoming work (one or two week review). 5. Submittal Log review . 6. Maintenance of quality standards . 7 . Review of pending changes and I or substitutions. 8. Review other items or issues affecting the work. 9. Review unresolved issues from previous meetings . Old Business -Meetin No. XXX-XX-XX-20XX Item No. Description Party Action Due XXX.l xxxxxxxxxx xxx xxxxxxx XXX.2 xxxxxxxxxx xxx xxxxxxx XXX.3 xxxxxxxxxx xxx xxxxxxx XXX.4 xxxxxxxxxx xxx xxxxxxx Etc . New Business -Meetin No. XXX-XX-XX-20XX Item No. Description Party Action Due XXX.l xxxxxxxxxx xxx xxxxxxx XXX.2 xxxxxxxxxx xxx xxxxxxx Project No . Fellowship 1314 01200 -3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 c. D . E. F . Each meeting with unresolved information or pending action items shall remain on the meeting minutes, in the above format, through one meeting beyond resolution or completion of the pending action of the item, where the item can be reviewed one more time and ALL parties agree the item can be removed from the meeting minutes . The last meeting shown on the meeting minutes shall relate to the most recent meeting held and shall include ALL topics of discussion at that meeting. Up-to-date meeting minutes shall be furnished to all attendees at the beginning of each meeting. This sample is created in Excel and an electronic copy shall be furnished to the contractor upon request. END OF SECTION Project No . Fellowship 1314 01200 -4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 SECTION 01300 SUBMITIALS CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 APPLY TO nns SECTION. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1.2 A. Refer to Instructions to Bidders for substi tutions . B. Refer to General Conditions (AIA A201) and Supplementary Conditions, section CB. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. It is the responsibility of the contractor I sub-contractor I material supplier to provide materials and work that conforms to the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. The function of the submittal process is to provide the contractor I sub -c ontractor I material sup plier additional review I quality control of the materials I work proposed to be furnished for the Work. C . Prior to delivery to the Architect or Consultant, each s ubmi ttal shall be thoroughly reviewed by the party I sub -c ontractor generating the submittal , as well as the General Contractor. 01 Each reviewer shall document their review by affixing a stamp and signature, or a signed review cover sheet to each submittal. 02 All corrections shall be clearly noted . 03 The Contractor shall determine whether the submittals are suitable to forward to the Architect I Consultant, or return to the originator for revisions and re-submittal. 04 Submittals which do not display (at least) two prior reviews (submitter and general contractor) shall be rejected and returned to the general contractor. D . The Architect 's I Consultant's review of submittals is only for review of the general conformance wi th the des ign concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. 01 The Architect's I Consultant's review of submittals shall NOT be construed as approval of the products, assemblies or work being submitted. 02 The Architect I Consultant shall not field verify any information requested on the submittal. That is the responsibility of the Contractor. E. Submit only what is proposed to be furnished. Where cut-sheets, etc . also contain information on items not to be furnished , clearly indicate I identify I separate the specific items proposed to be furnished from those which are not proposed to be furnished. 01 Where no such indication is made, it shall be understood the submittal is presenting options to be selected by the Architect I Consultant at no additional cost to the Owner. F . Submittals shall be rejected by the Architect I Consultant for any of the following : 01 Lack of required review stamps I cover sheets . 02 Apparent I obvious lack of review by the contractor I sub-contractor. 03 An inordinate amount of revisions already noted by the contractor I sub-contractor. 04 Incomplete or missing information . 05 Inclusion of other items not proposed to be furnished. Project No . Fellowship 1314 01300 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 G . The Contract Documents in electronic format may be made available to the contractor I sub- contractor for use provided the users execute a release form to the Architect I Consultant. Refer to Section AI for applicable forms to be executed and returned the relative party (Architect I Consultant) prior to release of contract documents in electronic format. H. All submittal s shall be submitted with a cover sheet containing the following information: 01 Contractor's submittals number 02 Date of submission and dates of any previous submissions 03 Project title and Architect's project number 04 Relative specification section number 05 Names of Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and I or manufacturer. 06 Signed and dated review stamp or comment sheet from the party I sub-contractor generating the submittal 07 Signed and dated review stamp or comment sheet from the General Contractor. I. Resu bmi ssion Requirements : 01 Make any corrections or changes in the submittals required by the Architect or Consultant and resubmit until reviewed without rejection or direction for re-submittal. 02 Clearly indicate the re-submittal by a capital "R" suffix to the submittal number (i.e. original submittal: XXXXX-R-01, first re-submittal : XXXXX-R-02 , etc.). J . Failure to comply with the quality assurance requirements may result in immediate rejection without review of the su bmittal. In suc h circumstances, no additional time shall be granted to the Contractor for resultant delays . PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ELECTRONIC DELIVERY 2.2 A. Electronic delivery of paper submittals in PDF format is encouraged, but optional to the Contractor. 01 Provide a single, electronic. copy of submittals with all previous review comments I mark-ups (submitter and Contractor) via email or other electronic means to the Architect I Consultant. 02 Submittals shall be returned electronically to the General Contractor along with review comments sheets I mark-ups. 03 Quantities retained and distributed shall be the responsibility of each party (i .e . Contractor, Architect and I or Consultant). B. Electronic submittals in PDF format shall be made in the same format (size) of the actual submittal (i .e . 8-l/2xl 1, l lxl 7, 24x36, and I or 30x42). C. Exceptions to required electronic submission include the following, and be submitted as hard copies: 01 02 03 Steel shop drawings: to be submitted on full size, scalable sheets. Bound MEP manuals I submittals in excess of 25 pages . Final warranties. HARD COPY DELIVERY A. If the General Contractor elects to submit submittals in hard copy form, submittals shall be provided based on the following : 01 Architect only: Submit the quantity required based on three (3) copies to be retained by the Architect. All additional copies shall be returned to the Contractor. Project No . Fellowship 1314 01300 -2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 2.3 2.4 02 Architect's Consultant: Submit the quantity required based on one (1) copy to be retained by the consultant and three (3) copies to be retained by the Architect. All additional copies shall be returned to the Contractor. B . Samples: submit the quantity required to be returned plus two (2) samples that will be retained by the Architect or Architect's Consultant. 01 Prior to submitting actual samples, deliver documentation of the manufacturer, model no. I series I pattern I etc. and color if necessary to the Architect. Submission may be waived if Architect already has comp lete samples of materials proposed to be furnished. C. Warranties: submit the quantity of the sample warranty required to be returned plus four (4) copies that will be retained by the Architect or Architect's Consultant. 01 Upon Substantial Completion and as part of the close-out documents, provide one (1) fully executed original for the Owner and one (1) copy for the Architect. D . Owner's Record Set of Submittals 01 The contractor shall maintain a separate set of all final submittals to be delivered to the Owner at project close-out. 02 Submittals shall be organized, in order, by spec section. MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA A. Manufacturer's Product Data: Submit manufacturer's complete printed data on each product; including, but not necessarily limited to product cut-sheets, specifications, quality references, MSDS sheets, and general information. B . Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: 01 When work is specified to comply with manufacturer's printed installation instructions, submit copies of such instructions, includi ng all requirements as they specifically relates to the work required in this Contract. 03 Submission of generic details that do not depict actual conditions of this project shall be rejected. 03 Contractor shall distribute copies to all parties providing interfacing work to the completed installation I assembly. C. Manufacturer's Test Reports : Where applicable, submit test reports and certifications demonstrating compliance with the referenced standards and requirements . SHOP DRAWINGS A. Shop drawings shall be submitted with sufficient detail to fully describe the work included. B . c. Partial sets , if submitted without prior approval from the Architect, shall be subject to rejection and I or holding until subsequent shop drawings are submitted. Details included in shop drawings shall depict actual project conditions related to the assembly. Details depicting generic substrates or interfacing work shall be subject to rejection. Al l dimensions indicated on the drawings are based on the specific models and manufacturers of products, equipment, fixtures and miscellaneous items specified or used as a design basis . 01 If the Contractor uses an approved product by another li sted manufacturer which is different than the specific model and manufacturer listed in these specifications, then the Contractor shall be solely responsible for the coordination of any dimensional changes required, including structural , relocation of walls, equipment, fixtures, ceilings and miscellaneous items. Project No . F ellowship 1314 01300 -3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3 1 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 2.5 2.6 02 SAMPLES When dimensional changes are required in these situations, the Contractor shall submit a proposed modification drawing to the Architect for approval prior to proceeding with the work. All causes and effects of the dimensional change shall be indicated on the Contractor's drawing submittal. A. Finish Samples: Submit full range of manufacturer's standard colors, textures , and patterns for Architect's selection. 01 Submit samples for selection of finishes in accordance with approved schedule, and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the work or in the work of any other Contractor. 02 Prior to submission of samples, provide all relative information to the Architect, including but not limited to manufacturer, model no. , series, patterns, colors, etc. necessary to fully describe materials proposed to be furnished. At Architect's option sample submittals may be waived if Architect already has sample s of proposed materials in the interiors library. Coordinate with Architect as required . B. Selection of finishes from paper or digital representations shall not be accepted. Samples requiring selection of a color, pattern or similar finish shall be submitted in one of the following methods: 01 Whenever possible, submit actual material product samples (i.e . carpet, aluminum, glass, plastic laminate, sealants, etc.) 02 Paint colors for pre-finished materials shall be submitted on actual samples of substrate materials (i .e. paint on sheetmetal). 03 Manufacturer's standard color wheels or similar shall be acceptable for paint selections for field painted items ; however, the Architect may require to see I approve an actual application of paint on the intended material in the field. B. Submit samples to illustrate functional characteristics of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices . Coordinate submittal of different categories for interfacing work. C. Submittals shall contain: 01 Date of submission and dates of any previous s ubmi ssions 02 Project title and number 03 Contract identification 04 Names of Contractor, Supplier, Manufacturer 05 Identification of sample, with specification section number D . Resubmission Requirements for Samples: 01 Make any corrections or changes in the submittal s required by the Architect and resubmit until approved. 02 Submit new samples as required for initial submittal. E. Submit the number specified in the respective Specification section; minimum of two, one will be retained by Architect. Reviewed samples may be used in the work if so indicated in the specification section. F . Selection of materials, finishes and color selections shall be finalized ONLY after samples of all key items are received. Color selections of key items shall NOT be done piece meal. MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES AND WARRANTIES A. Prior, and conditional to Contract Close-Out, provide original copies of all required certificates, warranties and guarantees. Refer to other sections for specific requirements . Project No. Fellowship 1314 01300-4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 B. Submit required certificates and warranties in duplicate, with original signatures . Documents shall be accompanied by the name of the manufacturer's I guarantor's contact name , address, phone number and fax number. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 SUBMITTAL COORDINATION 3.2 3.3 A. Group or package submittals relative to the assembly which are dependent upon each other for a thorough review (i .e. doors, frames and hardware). 01 Time periods for proper and complete submittal reviews which are contingent on or must be coordinated with separate but related submittals shall begin at the time of the Architect's I Consultant's receipt of the last required submittal. Contractors are urged to group submittals appropriately in this regard . B. Finishes and samples shall NOT be selected piecemeal. Selection of finish samples will begin only after receipt of all finish selection samples, including exterior and interior finishes . C. No extensions of Contractor Time or Cost shall be allowed due to lack of submittal coordination by the Contractor. SCHEDULE A. The Contractor shall schedule to complete the submittal process within a maximum of Sixty (60) days after execution of the Owner -Contractor Agreement. B . The Contractor shall formulate and provide a submittal schedule to the Architect within twenty (20) days after execution of the Owner -Contractor Agreement, to allow for proper coordination and scheduling reviews. C. In formulating the submittal schedule, the Contractor shall allow the following review periods : 01 Architect -allow fourteen (14) calendar days response time, after Architect's receipt , for all submittals made to and reviewed by the Architect. 02 Architect's Consultant -Allow twenty (20) calendar days response time, after Consultant's receipt, for all submittals which must be reviewed by Architect's Consultants. 03 All Consultant submittals shall be returned to the Architect for delivery to the Contractor. PROCEDURES A. Transmit each item with approved form identifying project, contractor, subcontractor, major supplier; identify pertinent drawing sheet and detail number and specification section number, as appropriate. B. c . Transmit Consultant and Engineering submittals directly to respective Consultant with a copy of the transmittal sent to the Architect. Sub-Contractor's I Supplier's Conveyance to the General Contractor: Each sub-contractor I supplier shall be required to review their own submittal and apply a signed and dated stamp to each submittal certifying review, verification of products, field dimensions, adjacent construction work and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the work and Cont ract Documents. 01 Receipt of submittals without the sub-contractor I supplier review stamp shall be automatically rejected without review and returned to the General Contractor. Project No . Fellowship 1314 01300 -5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 3.4 D . Contractor 's Conveyance to the Architect I Consultant: The Contractor is required to thoroughly re view and check all submittals received from sub-contractors I suppliers. Upon completion of review and checking, apply signed Contractor's stamp to each item submitted, certifying that review, verification of products, field dimensions , adjacent construction work and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the work and Contract Documents. E. If, in the opinion of the Architect I Consultant, the submittal indicates a lack of study or the contractor's I sub-contractor's review is incomplete, or indicate an inadequate understanding of the work covered by the submittal , prior to submi ssion to the Architect I Consultant, the submittal will be returned, unchecked, to the General Contractor for correction of any I all of these deficiencies for subsequent re-submittal. Additional service charges as outlined in Section 01410 may be charged by the Architect I Consultant in this event. F . Revise and resubmit submittal as required ; identify all changes made since previous submittal. G. After review, distribute copies to all concerned parties. H . The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of shop drawings , product data, samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been reviewed by the Architect I Consultant without request for re- submittal. CLAIM NOTIFICATION A. If the submitter or contractor issues submittals for which an additional cost is anticipated , the submittal must clearly indicate such cost including all supporting information. 01 Lack of accompanying cost information known at the time of the original submittal s shall be grounds for disallowance of such cost. B. Upon return of submittal(s) to the originator of the submittal(s), the submitter shall thoroughly review all mark-ups and I or comments prior to proceeding with the work . C. Based on the mark-ups and I or comments returned , the submitter shall have fifteen (15) calendar days to submit a claim notification for additional costs the submitter may feel is warranted by the mark-ups I and or comments of the Architect or Consultant. 01 The fifteen (15) calendar day period shall commence upon Contractor 's receipt of the submittal from the Architect. D . In the absence of any claim notification within the specified time period, it shall be agreed the submitter shall provide the work in accordance with the Contract Documents and the reviewed submittal at no additional cost. E. In the event a claim notification is submitted to the general contractor I construction manager, the submittal process shall not be complete until all such claim notifications have been fully resolved. END OF SECTION Project No . F ellowship 1314 01300-6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 SECTION 01310 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1, as indexed , apply to this Section . PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1.2 A. Refer to Section AB for substitutions. SUBMITTALS A. Schedules: 01 Preliminary Analysis : Within fourteen days after receipt of Notice to P roceed, submit a prel iminary construction sc hedule for review. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Diagram: Graphically show the order of all activities necessary to complete the work and the sequence in which each activity is to be accomplished. B. Activities shown on the diagram shall include, but not necessarily be limited to : 01 Project mobilization. 02 Submittals and approvals of shop drawings and samples . 03 Phasing of construction. 04 Procurement of equipment and critical materials. 05 Fabrication and installation of special material and equipment. 06 Final clean-up. 07 Final inspection and testing. 2.2 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE LIMITATIONS A. Work performed under this Contract shall be performed in accordance with the following paragraphs so that the Owner can accept the project as substantially complete as noted below. B. C. All work may proceed immediately upon Notice to Proceed and continue uninterrupted except as follows: 01 Substantial Completion Certificates of Substantial Completion will be issued for any of the above mentioned areas of work which are complete prior to the completion of the entire project. END OF SECTION Project No. Fellowship 1314 01310 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 SECTION 01420 NOTIFICATION OF ARCHITECT REQUIREMENTS CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1, as indexed, apply to this Section. PART 1 -GENERAL A. Refer to Section AB for substitutions . B. In general, the Contractor shall notify the Architect and I or Architect's Consultants whenever there is need of clarification of interpretation of the Contract Documents. C. The Contractor shall notify the Architect (and I or Architect's Consultant) 48 hours in advance of certain stages of construction. The Project Superintendent shall notify the Architect 's Field Representative on a regular basis of the ongoing work. These stages shall include, but not necessarily be limited to the following: 01 02200 -Clearing of site 02 02200 -Stripping of top soil within limits of grading 03 02200 -Excavation and placing (of each lift ot) select fill material 04 02200, 15000, 16000 -Inspection and covering of any underground site utilities (also notify Civil Engineer) 05 03300 -Drilling of footings and excavation of grade beams (also notify Structural Engineer) 06 03300 -Placing of all concrete (also notify Structural Engineer) 07 04200 -Installation of masonry 08 05000 -Completion of Erection of Structural Steel (also notify Structural Engineer) (if a Pre-Engineered Building notify Architect) 09 07100 -Concealment of flashing 10 07200 -Concealment of insulation 11 07500 -Roofing and sheet metal work 12 07900 , 08800 -Installation of building and glazing sealants . 13 09500 -Installation of ceiling grid (also notify MEP Engineer) 14 09XXX -Installation of each type of finish flooring 15 09900 -Painting and staining (each coat) 16 15000 , 16000 -Completion of roughing-in of plumbing, heating, air conditioning and electrical work prior to concealment. (also notify MEP Engineer) 17 16000 -Installation of all electrical fixtures (also notify MEP Engineer) 18 15000 -Installation of heating , ventilating and air conditioning (also notify MEP Engineer) 19 15000 -Installation of plumbing fixtures (also notify MEP Engineer) 20 15000, 16000 -Any and all testing specified for equipment, mechanical , electrical and plumbing systems (also notify MEP Engineer) D . In addition to notifying the Architect, the General Contractor shall also notify the Structural Engineer (48 hours) prior to the following stages: 01 Drilling and placing the first footings . 02 Pouring the first grade beams . 03 Structural steel framing completion. PART 2 -PROJECT MEETINGS 2.1 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. The Contractor shall contact the Architect at least ten (10) days prior to commencing construction, in order to schedule a preconstruction meeting with the Architect and Owner. This meeting must occur prior to commencement of any construction. 2.2 PROGRESS MEETINGS Project No . Fellowship 1314 01420 - 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 2.3 A. Contractor shall schedule and administer project meetings throughout progress of the work. B. Contractor shall make physical arrangements for meetings, preside at meetings, record minutes, and distribute copies within two (2) days to the Architect, participants, and those affected by decisions made at meetings . C . Required Attendance : Job Superintendent, Project Coordination, Owner and Architect as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. D . Suggested Agenda: Review of work progress, status of progress schedule and adjustments thereto, delivery schedules, submittals, maintenance of quality standards, pending changes and substitutions, and other items affecting progress of work. PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCES A. For each individual Specification section or each subcontractor, convene a preinstallation conference prior to commencing work of that Section . B. Require attendance of entities directly affecting or affected by work of that section. C. Review conditions of installation, preparation and installation procedures, and coordinate with related work. END OF SECTION Project No . Fellowship 1314 01420 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 SECTION 01501 TEMPORARY FACILITIES CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1, as indexed, apply to this Section. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to Section AB for substitutions. B. Temporary facilities shall only be for the duration of construction, unless noted otherwise, and all temporary facilities shall be completely removed at the completion of the project. Any areas disturbed by the placement of temporary facilities shall be repaired/replaced to a finished condition consistent with the surrounding finished area. 1.2 UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall supply temporary job power and water hook-ups for site. The Contractor shall provide all wiring, lamps, distribution of power and similar equipment as required for construction, inspection, and testing of the project. B . The Contractor is responsible for overloading or excess use, or any damage resulting from overloading or excess use, or any damage resulting from his use of utilities. C . The General Contractor shall provide temporary heat to prevent freezing , and maintain proper temperatures to avoid damage to materials in the building. The General Contractor shall provide and maintain such dependable source of supply, such as heat, as may be necessary until the building is acceptable. D. The Contractor will be required to provide temporary water and electrical connections for field sprinkler systems after Substantial Completion of the fields . These connections must be maintained through the duration of the Contract, or until permanent connections are made. 1.3 FIELD O FFICE A. The Contractor will be required to furnish a job trailer installed at a suitable location (on site), for use by the Contractor and Architect. 1.4 SANITARY FACILITIES A . Furnish temporary sanitary facilities and maintain in compliance with regulations of State Department of Health and other authorities having jurisdiction. 1.5 STO RAGE FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain adequate weathertight lockable storage facilities , raised above the ground, with sides and top enclosed. B. Replace materials improperly stored and damaged by weathered conditions. C. Remove storage facilities when materials are stored within the structure in weathertight condition. D. Allow for temporary freeze protection as needed. Project No . Fellowship 1314 01501 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 1.6 1.7 SIGNS A. B. c. D . E. Within three weeks after receipt of Notice to Proceed, provide one project identification sign and install at designated location at the site. Fabricate the sign with sturdy wood framing and 3/4 inch thick exterio r grade plywood, with medium density overlay, and a minimum area of 64 square feet (4' x 16 ' or 8' x 8'). Project sign shall incorporate design layout as provided Burch Group Architects. Prime wood surfaces and apply one coat of exterior house paint, in not more than three distinct colors. Provide required information in painted letters of contrasting colors, applied by a professional sign specialist: 01 The official title of the Project as listed on Contract Documents. 02 The name of the Owner as li sted on Contract Documents. 03 The names and titles of Architect and professional consultants. 04 Identification number of the Contractor. F . Erect signs on 4" (102 mm) x 4" (102 mm) supports set firmly into the ground and well braced. The bottom of the sign is to be a minimum of 4 ' above grade, unless otherwise instructed by the Architect. G . Other signs permitted at the site: 01 Warning signs. 02 Directional signs. 03 Identification signs at field offices. H . Allow no other signs to be displayed at the project site, unless authorized by the Owner. I. Secure and pay for all sign permits as required by local authorities. BARRIERS A. Provide temporary barricades on all portions of the site adjacent to the construction and accessible to the public. B. Provide approved barriers around trees and plants designated to remain. Protect against vehicular traffic, stored materials, dumping, chemically injurious materials, water puddling and continuous running water . Project No . Fellowship 1314 01501 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.3 SECURITY A. Determine if and when watchmen are necessary for protection to the work, and provide such services when necessary. Neither the provision of watchmen nor the failure to provide watchmen shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility in event of injury to persons or damage to property. CLEANING A. Trash Removal: Clear the building and site of trash at least once a week. When rapid accumulation occurs, make more frequent removals. Remove highly combustible trash such as paper and cardboard daily. Dumpsters will not be allowed to overflow and should be emptied on a regular basis. B . Disposition of Debris: Remove debri s from the site and make legal disposition. Locations for disposal shall be of the Contractor's choice within the above restriction. No debris nor material may be buried or burned at the site. Take necessary precautions to prevent accidental burning of materials by avoiding large accumulations of combustible materials. C. Final Cleaning: Thoroughly clean the work, including the removal of smudges, marks, stains, fingerprints , soil , dirt, paint spots, dust, lint, discolorations, and other foreign materials. TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES A. Provide first aid equipment and supplies, with qualified personnel continuously available to render first aid at the site. TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION A. Provide a fire protection and prevention program for employees and personnel at the site; and provide and maintain fire extinguishing equipment ready for instant use at all areas of the project, and at specific areas of critical fire hazard. B. Maintain fire extinguishing equipment in working condition, with current inspection certificate attached to each extinguisher. ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS A. Provide adequate temporary roads and walks to achieve all-weather access into the site from public thoroughfares, and within and adjacent to the site , as necessary to provide interrupted access to field offices, work and storage areas. All temporary access roads and walks shall be removed upon completion of permanent facilities, or completion of construction. B . Provide adequate parking space for personnel and employees at the site, located to avoid interference with traffic, work or storage areas, or with materials-handling equipment. C . Grade and provide drainage facilities to assure runoff of rainwater and to avoid blockage of flow from adjacent areas. END OF SECTION Project No . Fellowship 1314 01501 -3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 SECTION 01530 TREE PROTECTION, PRESERVATION AND TREATMENT CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDffiONS AND DIVISION 1 APPLY TO TillS SECTION. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to Section AB for substitutions . 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Work Included 01 Trimming Operation 02 Root Pruning Trenching Operation 03 Tree protection Fencing Installation 04 Root Stimulation/Fertilization Treatment 05 Signage Installation 06 Repair Operations B. Site preparation work shall not begin in any area where tree preservation and treatment measures have not been completed. C. Site improvements shall be staked by the Contractor in order to facilitate location of trenching and fencing operations. D . Any roots exposed by construction activity shall be pruned flush with the ground and covered with backfill as soon as possible. If exposed roots are not to be covered with backfill within 24 hours, cover with a mulch or material in order to reduce soil temperature and minimize water loss due to evaporation . E . Any work, excavation or grading required within protected root zone areas shall be limited to 3 inches cut or fill, with no roots over 3/4 inch diameter being out, and done by hand or with approved equipment and root protection. 1.3 IMPLEMENTATION A. A temporar y protective fence shall be installed completely around the existing trees to remain what lay within the area of construction. The location of the protective fence shall be verified with Architect. The protected area shall not be used for any reasons, including material , vehicular, and equipment storage or vehicular traffic and parking. B . Trimming Operation : 01 The Architect and Owner sha ll be notified of all trimming. 02 Trees to be trimmed will include only trees affected by construction and those requiring maintenance in the preservation areas. 03 Trees to be trimmed will be designated flagged in the field. 04 Trees to be removed shall be designated by Architect. Project No. Fellowship 1314 01530 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 c . D. E . F . 05 A list of the trees to be trimmed and the prescribed tree treatment will be provided by the Arborist. 06 Trimming shall consist of the following methods : a. Class IV -Crown Reduction Pruning (reference National Arborist Association Standards for Pruning of Shade Trees 1988). Special trimming procedure to reduce crown of trees up to 30 percent, to prevent impact and stress of preservation trees. Corrective pruning and removal of all deadwood larger than 1 inch diameter will be required. b. Removal of all vines from trees. c . Removal of designated and or hazardous trees. All stumps shall be ground down 6 inches below grade. d . All chips produced from the trimming operation shall be left on site for Owners use, unless otherwise directed. Chips will be blown onto or spread over preservation areas . 07 All wood not chipped shall be hauled from site. No burning will be allowed on site. Root Pruning Trenching Operation: 01 Trenching areas shall be designated and exact locations will be marked in the field . 02 Trenching depth shall be 2 foot minimum. 03 Where excavation over 3 inches in depth is to occur within the root zone area of a preserve tree, make a clean cut (a minimum of 2 feet deep) between the designated disturbed and undi sturbed root zone area, with a trenching machine, in order to minimize damage to the undisturbed root zone. 04 Trench shall be backfilled and compacted immediately after trenching. Tree Protection Fencing Installation : 01 Tree protection fence -the exact locations will be marked in the field by the Architect. 02 No access to fenced areas shall be permitted without prior approval by the Architect. 03 Contractor shall provide maintenance and repair of fence during site work construction. 04 Fence shall be removed after completion of site work construction, unless otherwise notified . Fertilization Treatment: 01 All preservation trees shall be treated, as designated by the Architect. 02 Injection of a liquid mix of 50 percent Doggett XL Injecto feed and 50 percent "Maxicrop" into the root zone area of trees shall consist of the following method: a. Mix one pound of "Maxicrop" per 100 gallons water with Doggett XL Injecto Feed per label instructions in tank with agitation capability. b. Inject the mixture on a 3 foot square grid at 5 gallons per 100 square feet. c. Injection pressure shall be 100-150 psi as soil conditions warrant. d . Depth of injection will be 12 inches. 03 Mix approved wetting agent by label directions with mixture in order to provide better distribution and penetration of materials into soil. Repair Operations : Project No. Fellowship 1314 01530 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 01 02 If any damage to preservation trees should occur beyond what is expected during the construction period, the Architect and Arborist shall appraise the damage and order the repair by the Contractor or responsible party. Trees lost due to contractor's negligence during the construction period shall be appraised by the Arbori st and the Owner compensated or replacement trees provided . END OF SECTION Project No. Fellowship 1314 01530 - 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 SECTION 01710 GUARANTEES AND CERTIFICATES AND CLOSE-OUT CONDITIONS OF TIIE CONTRACT, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DMSION 1 APPLY TO THIS SECTION. PART 1 -GUARANTEES AND CERTIFICATES AND CLOSE-OUT 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contract requires the General Contractor to warrant ALL materials and work provided I furnished for a period of one (1) year following the date of Substantial Completion. The Contractor shall furnish the general one year warranty in writing to be attached to the Certificate for Substantial Completion. The one year general warranty shall include all labor, material and delivery costs required to correct defective material or installation during the Warranty period . B. In addition to the General Contractor's one-year warranty, other required guarantees shall be submitted to the Architect in duplicate prior to application for final payment. Unless specified otherwise in their re spective sections or below, all guarantees shall be for a period of one year from the date of Substantial Completion as evidenced by the Architect's Certificate of Substantial Completion. All guarantees shall include all labor, material and delivery costs required to correct defective material or installation. Guarantees include but are not limited to: 01 Roofing (2 Years No Dollar Limit Total /Non-Prorated Systems Warranty) 02 Glazing (2 Years) 03 Dampproofing and Waterproofing (2 Years) 04 Sealants (2 Years) 05 Plastic-faced Wood Doors (life of the doors) 06 Painting and Staining (2 Years) 07 Carpeting (10 Years) 08 Toilet Accessories (2 Years) 09 Mechanical Systems (as specified) 10 Electrical Systems (as specified) 11 Plumbing Systems (as specified) C . Refer to Instructions to Bidders for su bstitutions. 1.2 PUNCH LIST A. Refer to Section: CB Supplemental Conditions . 1.2 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Refer to Section: CB Supplemental Conditions . 1.3 CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT A. Refer to Section: CB Supplemental Conditions . 1.4 RECORD DRAWINGS: A. Upon Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall be furnished , at no charge, a complete set of electronic files in PDF Format. B. Upon request, the Architect and I or Consultants shall assist the Contractor with understanding the structure and composition of the electronic files to facilitate the generation of the Record Drawings. Project No . F ellowship 1314 01710 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 c. D . E F . G . H. The Contractor shall modify the title block on each I every sheet to include only the project name, project address, school district, consultants name and address, date and clearly identify the set as "Record Drawings". All Record Drawing work shall be performed in a professional manner, neat and legible and shall maintain the format I structure I composition of the original Contract Document drawings. All modifications, additions, deletions and revisions made to the project during the construction phase shall be reflected on the Record Drawings; and shall include, but not necessarily limited to : 01 All as-built dimensions (different than original dimensions) 02 All as-built conditions relative to underground plumbing, sanitary and storm piping installations, natural gas piping and electrical conduits; shown accurately to within twelve inches (12"). 03 All as-built conditions relative to ductwork installations; shown accurately to within six inches (6"). 04 All as-built conditions relative to HV AC water piping installations; shown accurately to within six inches (6"). 05 All as-built conditions relative to underground electrical conduit installations; shown accurately to within six inches (6"). 06 All approved CPR's resulting in a physical change in the Work. 07 All RFI's resulting in a physical change in the Work. 08 All AEA's resulting in a physical change in the Work. 09 All Minor Changes resulting in a physical change in the Work. 10 All Construction Change Directives resulting in a physical change in the Work. All modifications shall be represented by accurately depicting the revised modifications I configurations . Upon completion of all revisions to the Record Drawings, the drawings shall be copied to a disc maintaining the exact folder I file structure originally furnished to the Contractor. As a condition of Contract Close-Out, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner one (1) complete set of black & white Record Drawings, and two (2) CD ROMs containing the electronic version of the Record Drawings ( weight paper of approved by the Burch Group Architects). END OF SECTION Project No. Fellowship 1314 01710-2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 SECTION 02010 GEOTECHNICAL REPORT CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1, as indexed, apply to this Section. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to Section AB for substitutions. 1.2 APPLICABILITY A. Report is provided for proposer's general information only. Architect and Owner shall not be held responsible for accuracy of data contained in the geotechnical report. B. Proposers shall visit and acquaint themselves with existing conditions and make any additional investigations they deem necessary to properly propose work and sati sfy them selves as to existing sub surface conditions. Such investigations shall be performed only under time sc hedules and arrangements approved in advance by the Architect. C. No additional amount will be made available to the successful proposer for work arising from failure to examine site or su bso il conditions. D . The geotechnical report is not a part of the Contract Documents. E. Copies may be examined at the Architect's office. END OF SECTION Project No. Fellowship 1314 02010 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 SECTION 02011 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DMSION 1, as indexed, apply to this Section. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1.2 1.3 A. Refer to Section AB for s ubstitutions. THE FOUNDATION INVESTIGATION REPORT A. B. c . The report contained in the following pages was prepared by HTS Inc. Consultants, based on soil borings taken at the project site in September 16, 2011. The boring plan, re sults of laboratory tests , and description of stratum for each test hole are enclosed in this Section . A complete copy of this report is available for review at Burch Group Architect's office. SOIL CONDITIONS A. The conditions indicated in the report were known to exist at the location shown on the date the tests were performed; however, these boring logs are for the Contractor's consideration only. The Contractor shall visit the site and fully acquaint himself with the existing conditions, and be prepared to complete all work required by the documents. END OF SECTION Project No. Fellowship 1314 02011-1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 APPLY TO THIS SECTION . PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to Section AB for substitutions . B. Scope of Work 01 Clearing and stripping of portions of the site which are to receive improvements, pre servi ng vegetation to remain . 02 Stockpiling of stripped topsoil in an approved location. 03 Filling and grading of the area around the building, improvements using previously stripped topsoil, and any additional topsoil that must be purchased and delivered to the site. 04 Providing stable and compact subgrade below the build ings, paving, and sidewalks. 05 Excavating for foundations . 06 Placing and compaction of select fill general fill under improved areas to conform to elevations designated on the drawing s. C . Related Work 01 Section 02010 -Geotechnical Report 02 Section 02110 -Site Clearing 03 Section 02160-Trench I Excavation Safety 04 Section 02214 -Finish Grading 05 Section 02220 -Trenching and Backfilling 06 Section 02500 -Concrete Paving and Flatwork 07 Section 02720 -Site Drainage 08 Section 02930 -Sodding 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Testing Laboratory Services -Test results shall meet or exceed the standards referenced. B . Proposers shall examine the job sit conditions and be informed of all existing site conditions. C. The Contractor will be required to establish, maintain and be responsible for all reference points , hubs, grades, elevations, lines, and surface measurements. If any discrepancies in the survey information furnished in the documents are found, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect and await instructions before proceeding. 1.3 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials : Project No. FC 1314 02200 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 01 ASTM D698-78, Test for Moisture Unit Weight Relation s of Soils and Soil Aggregate . 02 ASTM D2922 , Tests for Density of Soil and Soil Aggregate in place by Nuclear Methods. 03 ASTM D1557, Moisture Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures . PART 2 -MA TE RIALS 2.1 STRUCTURAL I SELECT FILL MATERIAL A . Structural I select fill shall be lean clay, free from vegetatio n or other objectionable matter, reasonably free from lumps of the earth , and when tested in accordance with standard testing laboratory procedures shall meet the following requirements: 01 The liquid limit shall not exceed 35. 02 The plasticity index shall not be less than 8, and not more than 20. 03 Sand shall not be blended with clay to form select fill. 04 Select fill limit s shall not extend beyond the boundaries of the outside face of the building foundation. B. Structural I select fill shall be used to construct 100% of the build ing pad , including below adjacent paved I concrete areas, including the following: 01 Service Yard 02 Main covered walk and entry concrete flatwork 03 Sidewalks I concrete flatwork directly adjacent to the building foundation C. Structural I select fill minimum amounts and thickne sses: 01 Building pad: Reference Structural Details 02 Service Yard: Same as building pad. 03 Main covered walk and entry concrete flatwork: 12" 03 Sidewalks I concrete flatwork directly adjacent to the building : 12" ifoutside the limit stated in the structural details . 2.2 NON-STRUCTURAL FILL MATERIAL IN FLATWORK AREAS A. Non-structural fill placed in areas of proposed site flatwork shall be silty clay, free from vegetation or other objectionable matter, reasonably free from lumps of the earth, and when tested in accordance with standard testing laboratory procedures shall meet the following requirements : 01 The liquid limit shall not exceed 49. 02 The plasticity index shall not be less than 10 nor more than 30. B. Non-Structural fill shall be used in flatwork areas including the following areas :: 01 Main covered walk and entry concrete flatwork: 12" 03 Si d ewalks I concrete flatwork directly adjacent to the building C . Non-structural fill material shall be used to achieve rough grades in unimproved areas . 2.3 TOPSOIL A. Topsoil previously stripped and stockpiled may be used provided it meets provisions of this paragraph I section. Project No . FC 1314 02200 - 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 B . Contractor shall treat existing I previously stripped topsoil to remo ve all undesirable vegetation, weeds and similar material not conduci ve to finish grading wo rk and planting of new material I grass. C . The Contractor shall furnish all additional topsoil that may be required to provide finish elevations . D . Top soil fill material shall be free of debri s, stumps, roots and stones larger than 3/4 inch diameter. Earth I clay ball s shall be broken down to a maximum 1-112" diameter size . E . Top soil must be suitable for rapid grass growth and shall contain a minimal amount of clay . F . Topsoil shall be a proportional, homogeneous blend of fertile native soil , sand and organic matter I compost specifically blended for rapid grass growth with minimal to no clay. G . Samples of topsoil shall be submitted to the Architect and Owner for approval prior to installation. H. During finish grading , provide a minimum of 3" of top soil over all areas disturbed by construction activities . PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Unknown Utilities and Obstacles: 01 Prior to the start of excavation, coordinate with the state utility locate service -(Texas 811 ), local municipalities, and utility districts , as well as the Owner to identify and locate known underground utilities and potential ob structions. 02 If any unknown or uncharted utilities or objects which would be utilities are encountered during excavation, promptly notify the Architect and Owner before proceeding. 03 Do not proceed until all conflicts are fully re solved. B. Clearing and Stripping: 01 Remove brush , vegetation, debri s, and surplus materials from the job site. Removal of any other remaining impediments as may be nece ssary to properly execute the scope of this Contract shall be included herein . Adhere to State and local code and subdivision requirements for the disposal of trees and shrubs removed from the site. 02 Do not remove trees or shrubs indicated to remain or not noted to be removed . Vegetation damaged, removed, killed , or constricted from normal growth patterns shall be replaced with a comparable item, or the full replacement amount credited to the Owner. 03 Strip topsoil to a minimum depth of 6 inches from the entire areas proposed for improvements , and stockpile in approved locations as directed by the Owner where it will not interfere with building or utility operations . 04 Strip and stockpile topsoil before excavating is begun. 05 Stripped topsoil , if free from clay , weeds , large stones and debris, and meeting the requirements specified for topsoil may be used for finished grading and filling. Project No . FC 1314 02200 -3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 c. D. E. F . Protection of Trees: 01 Where trees are indicated to remain, stop topsoil stripping at drip line to prevent main root system damage . 02 In all construction areas, provide approved barricades around the drip lines of trees and shrubs, to protect them from construction operations until Substantial Completion, or until barricade removal is directed by Architect. 03 Replace damaged trees and vegetation designated to remain with vegetation of equal kind and size. Follow supplier's recommended procedures for planting necessary replacement vegetation, and per direction of the Architect. Grubbing : 01 Grub areas required for roadways, paving, and construction to a minimum depth of 18 inches below the existing grade . 02 When encountered, remove entire main roots and stump roots . 03 T ree stumps should be grubbed to a minimum depth of 3 feet wit hin paving areas. Excavating: 01 Excavate to elevations and dimensions indicated and required , plus sufficient space to permit erection of forms, and select fi ll. 02 Footing: Floor and wall excavations shall be finished level. Protect bottom of excavation from frost. Shore and brace excavations, protect all slopes and earth banks , and provide sheet piling, if necessary, to prevent cave-in. Remove shoring and piling before backfilling is completed, but not until permanent supports are in place . 03 Grading: Contractor shall control the grading around building so that ground is pitched to prevent water from running into the excavated areas of building or damaging other structures. Furnish all pumping equipment and accessories required to keep excavated spaces clear of water during construction. If a foundation excavation must remain empty through a shut- down period, cover with boards and building ·paper, and clean out immediately prior to placing concrete. If any subgrade should be damaged due to flooding , damaged area shall be removed and filled with select fill. Placement and compaction of select fill shall meet the requirements for placing and compacting of select fill. Preparation of Building and Paving Subgrade : 01 Unstable Areas: After the top soil has been removed and stockp iled in an approved location and the subgrade has been grubbed and cut to proper elevation, proof roll the exposed subgrade with a 20-ton pneumatic-tire roller to identify areas of pumping soils. Excavate all pumping soils down to firm ground and replace the excavated soils with structural fill on non-structural fill as appropriate for the area. Placement and compaction of fill in unstable areas shall meet the requirements for placing and compacting of fill as subsequently specified. 02 Following proof-rolling, scarify and compact the top 6 inches of existing subgrade to a dry density not less than 95%, nor greater than 98% Standard Proctor Density. Should the cut elevation be below the grubbing depth, scarify and compact the top with 6 inches of new subgrade to a dry density not less than 95 %, nor greater than 98 % Standard Proctor Density. Water contents of the compacted soils shall be in the range of the optimum moisture content to 4 percent above the optimum moi sture content, inclusive. 03 In areas where paving subgrade is on select fill , subgrade preparation may be performed as specified . Project No . FC 1314 02200 -4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 04 The subgrade shall be compacted using a roller or other approved methods which will assure bonding of layers of fill material. 05 Should the subgrade, due to any reason or cause, lo se the required stability, density, or finish before the pavement structure is placed, it shall be re- compacted and refinished at the sole expense of the Contractor. 06 Preparation of Subgrade In Inclement Weather : The Contractor may encounter difficulty in densifying/preparing the surficial soil depending on weather conditions . If inclement weather causes the surficial soi ls to become unsuitably wet , the Contractor may exercise one of the following options: 3.2 PLACEMENT a. Adequately dry the surficial soils by discing these materials. b. Dry the surficial soi ls by blending hydrated lime or fly ash with the unsuitably wet soils. c. Remove the unsuitably wet soi ls and replace the wet soil with select fill or non-structural having an acceptable moisture content. This option will be entirely up to the Contractor. No extra will be paid by the Owner. A. Select Fill: 01 Use under all building slabs, paving, sidewalks or other improved areas requiring fill, and to replace unstable subgrade. 02 Provide and plac e select fill when existing subgrade is in satisfactory condition, as determined by the testing laboratory. 03 Place under laboratory control, in layers of not more than 8 inches in loose thickness, at moisture contents at or above optimum, and compacted to densities of at least 95% of Standard Proctor Density, as determined by ASTM D698 test procedure and at moisture contents within the range of the optimum moisture content to 4 percent above the optimum moisture content, inclusive. 04 Compaction of the select fill shall be accomplished by means of roller or other approved methods which will assure bonding of layers of fill material. B . Earth Fill : 01 Use in open areas which do not receive constructed improvements. 02 Refer to Section 02214 -Finish Grading PART 5 -TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. Testing laboratory services shall be paid by the Owner. B. Test types and frequencies are outlined in the specifications and in the geotechnical report . C . The Contractor is responsible for contacting the testing laboratory when a constructed product is ready for testing. D. Coordinate the above with the Geotechnical Engineer . END OF SECTION Project No. FC 1314 02200 - 5 1 SECTION 02214 2 3 FINISH GRADING 4 5 6 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 APPLY 7 TO nns SECTION . 8 9 PART 1 -GENERAL 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to Instructions to Proposers for substitutions . B. c . Scope of Work: fine grading to meet required finish elevations indicated on the Drawings; distribution of top-soil over the site ; and coordination with installation of sodding and landscaping. Related Work: 01 Section 02010 -Geo technical Investigation 02 Section 02110 -Site Clearing and Grubbing 03 Section 02200 -Earthwork 04 Section 02930-Hydo-Mulch Seeding 05 Section 02932 -Sodding PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The Contractor will be responsible to maintain and control the grading around the building so that the grade is pitched to prevent water from entering the building and/or accumulating in the graded areas throughout the progress of the work. B . Utilities and other remaining obstacles shall be properly identified prior to commencement of the final grading. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Laboratory Services . Test results shall meet or exceed the standards . B . American Society for Testing and Materials: 01 ASTM D698-78, Test for Moisture Unit Weight Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate 02 ASTM D2922 , Tests for Density of Soil and Soil Aggregate in place by Nuclear Methods 03 ASTM Dl557, Moisture Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures SCOPE OF WORK A. Work under this section consists generally of the following operations : 01 Disc the existing and I or filled subgrade to a depth of 6 inches using a landscape scarifier. 02 Remove all roots , rocks, stumps , trash and all construction debris prior to rough grading . Project No . FC 1314 02214 -1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 03 Following the removal of all foreign materials, and when the rough grading is completed, provide and place previously stripped material or silty or sandy clay material in the amounts required to bring the rough grade to within 2 inches of finish grade. 04 Assure bonding of layers of fill material by discing in compliance with the specifications. 05 Spread 2 inches of topsoil over graded areas after rough grading has been completed and approved . 06 Topsoil previously stripped and stockpiled may be used, provided it meets all requirements for topsoil (re: section 02200). a. The Contractor shall furnish all additional topsoil that may be required to provide finish elevations. b. Existing topsoil and additional topsoil fill material shall be free of debris, stumps, roots and stones larger than 3/4 inch diameter. c. Samples of topsoil shall b e submitted to the Architect and Owner for approval prior to installation. d . Topsoil must be suitable for rapid grass growth with little to no clay. 07 Final and fine grading shall be done using a tractor pulled landscape rake and hand raking, removing all debris immediately prior to landscaping I hydro- mulching. The final graded ground surface shall be relatively smooth, free of organic material and all construction material debris ; and in suitable condition to commence landscaping work. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Refer to Section 02200 -Earthwork for description of fill and topsoil materials. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Preparation: 01 Upon completion of grading and prior to p lacement of topsoil, Contract shall thoroughly remove all construction debris, weeds, foreign plants, rocks 3/4" diameter or larger, and other non-soil materials. 02 Remove by hand or hand rake where necessary. B. Inspection: 01 The Contractor, prior to placing any topsoil, shall contact the Architect and Owner when the grading is complete and all foreign materials have been removed, to review these areas for compliance with the contract requirements. 02 Prior to placement of any topsoil, the Architect and Owner will review with the Contractor the areas designated complete and ready for final grading. 03 The topsoil installation shall proceed immediately when the designated areas have been reviewed and determined acceptable. 04 The Contractor shall contact the Architect and Owner to review the areas when the topsoil has been placed, debris removed, and all final grading has been completed. This review shall occur prior to any sodding, seeding, hydromulching, and/or other landscaping operations proceeding within these designated areas. Project No . FC 1314 02214 -2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 3.2 3.3 05 Any construction materials, discovered or uncovered during and I or after the landscaping I sodding operations, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to remove and replace each area to its finished condition. INSTALLATION A. Work under this section consists generally of the following operations : 01 Disc the existing and I or filled sub grade to a depth of 6 inches using a landscape scarifier. 03 Place topsoil material in the amounts required to bring the rough grade to within 2 inches of finish sodded grade; and within l" of areas to receive hydromulch. 04 Assure bonding of layers of fill material by discing in compliance with the specifications . 07 Final and fine grading shall be done using a tractor pulled landscape rake and hand raking, removing all debris immediately prior to landscaping I sodding I hydro-mulching. The final graded ground surface shall be relatively smooth, free of organic material and all construction material debris; and in suitable condition to commence landscaping work. B. Solid Sodded Areas 01 Grading at areas to receive solid sodding shall acco unt for nominal thickness of root base I soil included in the solid sod blankets. 02 Grading at solid sodded area at building perimeter shall result in top of grass blanket soil flush with the bottom of the brick ledge, sidewalks and flatwork; unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. 03 Sodding shall not impede the drainage of water off or over sidewalks and flatwork. 04 Where solid sodding adjoins areas of hydro-mulched sodding, grade area to provide a level transition from one sodded area to the other after grass I hydromulch is established and fully rooted. PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protecting and maintaining completed finish grading prior to the start of sodding and landscape work by the Owner. B. Damage caused by surface run-off, construction vehicular traffic, use of equipment or other Contractor controll ed activities shall immediately be repaired and restored to originally accepted state. END OF SECTION Project No . FC 1314 02214 -3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 SECTION 02282 TERMITE CONTROL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DMSION 1 APPLY TO THIS SECTION. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to Section AB for sub stitutions . 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with all applicable governmental standards for use and storage of these materials . Use these chemicals for this Work only. Unauthorized use of these chemicals is strictly forbidden . B. Subcontractors Qualifications 01 Applicator shall be bonded to perform this type of work . 02 Where local licensing is availab le or required , applicator shall be licensed to perform this type of work. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data for all products proposed to be furnished , including copy of EPA registration and MSDS sheets. B . Installation Instructions: Manufacturer 's recommended installation instructions , including application strengths I rates for all areas to be treated (i .e . building pad directly below slab , grade beams, etc .). 01 Submit actual quantities (gallons) to be furnished for each application. C. Affidavit: Submit a signed affidavit immediately following application of termite treatment, attesting the specification compliance of the chemicals, their proportions, and application. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Warranty the Work specified herein for five years against becoming unserviceable or causing an objectionable appearance resulting from either defective or nonconforming materials or workmanship . 01 The warranty shall include a one (1) year damage guarantee for repair I replacement of any damaged building materials caused by termites. 02 The warranty shall include an additional four (4) year service guarantee against termite activity within the affected area. PART 2 -MATERIALS A. Poison Diluent: Portable water B . Treatment Chemical I Products: 01 Premise PreConstruction Project No. Fellowship 1314 02282-l 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 5 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 c. D . 03 Other equal product containing the specified chemical(s) as approved by the Architect. Provide color additive for a visual indication of areas treated. Only one product shall be used for all termite control treatment. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Quantities of Working Solution : Shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for this specific application . B. Procedures 01 Notify the supervising authority before commencing work. 02 Do not apply poison to soils that are excessively wet. 03 Apply so lution immediately prior to placing vapor barrier or waterproofing membrane . 04 In the event of rain prior to placement of concrete, re-apply solution in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and recommendations . C. Upon com pletion of the entire slab-on-grade area, furnish the required affidavit and warranty . END OF SECTION Project No . Fellowship 1314 02282 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 SECTION 02500 CONCRETE PAVING AND FLATWORK CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 APPLY TO THIS SECTION. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1.2 1.3 A. Refer to Section AB for substitutions . B . Related Work Described Elsewhere 01 Section 02200 -Earthwork 02 Section 02214 -Finish Grading 03 Section 03300 -Cast-In-Place Concrete REFERENCES The current editions of the following documents govern the work, except where more restrictive items are specified. A. Standard Specifications for Construction of Highways, Streets, and Bridges by Texas Highway Department. B. Texas Department of Transportation SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's specifications and other data for all materials proposed to be furnished as required to demonstrate compliance with specified requirements . B. Concrete mix designs . C . Complete shop drawings indicating layout and location of all proposed pavement joints for the Architect's approval. D . Complete shop drawings indicating layout and location of proposed saw cut in between EP for the Architects approval. E. Manufacturer's installation instructions for all products propose to be furnished . F. Samples: Full range of manufacturer's standard colors available for colored concrete. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PAVING/CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Compacted Sub-Base: as specified in Section 02200 and 02240. B. Concrete Material: 01 Refer to section 03300 for general provisions of concrete material. 02 Aggregate shall be limestone or hard rock at paving. Project No. FC 1314 02500 -1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 c. D. E . F. G. H . I. J. K. L. 03 All concrete used for paving shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 PSI. 04 All concrete used for sidewalks and concrete flatwork shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 PSI. Forms: steel, wood, or other suitable material(s) of size and strength to resist movement during concrete placement and to retain horizontal and vertical alignment until removal. 01 Use straight forms free from distortion and defects. Use flexible spring steel forms or laminated boards to conform to radius bends as required. 02 Form Coating: a non-staining form release agent that will not discolor or deface surface of concrete. Reinforcing Bars : deformed billet steel bars. 01 Comply with provisions of Section 03300 02 Chairs: W.H.C. Products, Inc . -Series "G"; or Aztec "Castle" with sand plates. Use type with sand cushion pads where concrete is on grade. Construction Joints 01 Metal Keyway: tongue and groove joint, 5" wide, 24 gauge, galvanized with 18 gauge stake pins; Heckman Building Products, Model 95-50; or approved equal. Flexible Expansion Joints 01 Expansion Joints -Flexible : Asphalt impregnated fiberboard, 1h'' wide in sizes required . All joints shall be sealed continuous with an approved paving joint sealer. a. To be installed continuously at all flatwork-to-building conditions . 02 Cap sealant: Comply with Fed. Spec. TT-S-00227E "Two Component'', 100% Urethane (light grey). All joints shall be sealed continuous. Load Transfer Units 01 Sidewalks : 3/4 inch thick redwood form with 1/4 inch deep removable top strip, 1/2" x 10" steel reinforcing bars at 15 inches O.C.. +/-with bond breaker sleeve on one side. a. To be installed continuously at all parking lot-to-sidewalk conditions, wheather shown or not. All others to be installed per plans. 02 Paving: 3/4 inch thick redwood form with 1/4 inch deep removable top strip , 3/4" x 12" steel reinforcing bars at 12 inches 0.C .. +/-with bond breaker sleeve on one side . 03 Provide custom size as required for full depth of paving and sealant depth as required by sealant manufacturer. Decorative Wood Joints: Where indicated in the drawing, provide construction heart grade redwood joints conforming to AASHO-M-90. Provide sizes indicated on the drawings. Do not install adjacent to curbs. Tooled Joint: Scored 1/4" wide x 1/4" the thickness of the concrete in depth. Concrete Materials: Comply with the requirements of Section 03300 for concrete materials, admixtures, curing materials, and others as required. Integral Coloring Admixture: Integral Color by Bomanite Corporation, synthetic oxide pigment, meeting ASTM C979 and C494; or approved equal. Color as selected by Architect from full range of manufacturer's colors. 01 Provide at all areas indicated on the drawings to be integral colored concrete. Colored Concrete: Equal to Bomanite Color Hardener. Color as selected by Architect from full range of manufacturer's colors. 01 Provide at all ramps as required by Americans with Disabilities Act and Texas Department of Licensing and Registration ''Texas Accessibility Standards". Project No. FC 1314 02500 -2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 2.2 TACTILE WARNING SURFACE MATERIALS A. Composition: Composite shell cast-in-place tactile warning surface unit s shall be manufactured using a matte finish exterior grade homogeneous (uniform color throughout thickness of product) glass and carbon reinforced polyester based SMC composite material. Truncated domes must contain fiberglass reinforcement within the truncated dome for superior structural integrity and impact resistance . A matte finish will be required on the tactile warning surface for superior slip resistance performance superior to that offered by a gloss finish . Use of tactile warning surface products employing coatings or featuring layers of material with differing composition, performance, or color properties is expressly prohibited under this Section. B. Color: Brick Red conforming to Federal Standard 595B Table IV, Color No. 30109. Color shall be homogeneous throughout the composite shell cast-in-place tactile warning surface unit. C . Domes: Square grid pattern of raised truncated domes of 0.2 inches nominal height, base diameter of 0.9 inches, and top diameter of 0.45 inches. For superior wheelchair mobility, truncated domes shall have a center-to-center (horizontally and vertically) spacing of 2 .35 inches, measured between the most adjacent domes on square grid. D . Configuration: Composite shell cast-in-place tactile warning surface unit sizes shall be as indicated on the Contract Drawings . For superior load bearing capacity, tactile warning surface units shall feature internal embedment ribs at 3" (nominal) on center maximum. The field area shall consist of a non-slip textured surface with a minimum static coefficient of friction of 0.80, wet and dry . At a minimum, tactile warning surface product thickness shall measure 0.20" (nominal). E. Cleaning materials used on site shall have code acceptable low VOC solvent content and low ·flammability. F . The Specifications of the concrete, sealants and related materials shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents and the guidelines set by their respective manufacturers . G. Tactile warning surface is required at the base of all accessibility ramp connecting to vehicular traffic areas . Refer to Drawings. H . Design is based on ADA Solutions Inc. Cast-In-Place Tiles; or equal. Product must meet all requirements of Americans with Disability Act (ADA) and Texas Accessibility Standards (TAS). PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 SITE CONDITIONS A. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades, and verify all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. Do not proceed with installat- ion in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. B. C . Remove all loose material from compacted sub-base immediately prior to placing concrete. Verify that forms have been set to the grades and lines required and that they are rigidly braced and secured . Project No . FC 1314 02500 -3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 3.2 3.3 ENVIRONMENT AL CONDITIONS A. Do not place concrete in contact with frozen earth. Do not commence concrete placement unless temperature is at least 35°F (2°C) and rising, or slabs until the temperature rises above 40°F. B. Discontinue concrete placement when air temperatures exceed 95 °F. C. Do not place concrete during rain unless adequate protection is provided . INSTALLATION -PA YING I CONCRETE A . Joints 01 Construct expansion and construction joints true-to-line with face perpendicular to surface of concrete. B. Unless specifically shown on the Drawings, the Contractor shall locate joints in accordance with the following schedule: 01 Sidewalks : maximum distance between load transfer joints shall be 4 times the side- walk width. Provide scored joints in between expansion joints in equal intervals +/- the width of the sidewalk. 02 Pavement Areas: load transfer joints shall be placed in each direction, in regular and evenly spaced intervals, to create pavement sections not to exceed 625 sq. ft . in a maximum size ratio of 1: 1.5. Layout of proposed joint pattern must be approved by the Architect prior to installation. 03 Construction joints: obtain approval of Architect for locations and types of all proposed construction joints. 04 Do not install joints which create wedge shaped edges at the perimeter of the pavement sections . Minimum angle allowed shall be 60 degrees . 05 Isolate all catch basin and inlet grates with flexible expansion joints set in a diamond shape approximately 12" beyond the edge of the grate frame. 06 Install flexible expansion joints at all locations where flatwork or pavement is poured against a building foundation or other structural footing I beam. 07 Tool all joints and edges to a clean rounded form using proper joint tools . C. Concrete Placement 01 General : Comply with the provisions as specified in Section 03300 . 02 Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation. If interrupted for more than 60 minutes, place a construction joint. D. Finishing E. 01 All concrete flatwork and sidewalks shall receive a light broom finish, perpendicular to the run of the sidewalk. 02 All concrete pavement shall receive a medium broom finish, parallel to the direction of drainage Colored Concrete 01 While concrete is still in the plastic stage of set apply Bomanite Color Hardener prior to application of pattern. Apply at rate recommended by manufacturer, evenly to the surface of the fresh concrete by the dry-shake method. Apply in two or more shakes, floated after each shake and troweled only after the final floating . 02 While concrete is still in its plastic state, apply the tool/texture pattern to the surface of the concrete. Saw cut the slab in a 12 '-6 X 15' pattern. Properly tamp tools into the surface to achieve the required texture , with uniformity of pattern. Utilize bond breaker to keep tools from sticking to fresh concrete. Project No . FC 1314 02500 -4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 3.4 F. 03 Release material shall be applied to the troweled surface prior to imprinting . 04 Place curing compound on exposed concrete surfaces immediately after finishing . Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions . 05 Apply secondary stain treatment per approved mock-up or as scheduled to achieve design. 06 Apply finish sealer per approved mock-up or as specified to achieve design required. 07 Apply Bomanite recommended Colorwax in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions in colors to match the colored concrete selected . Curing 01 Protect and cure finished concrete paving, complying with the requirements of Section 03300. 02 Forms shall remain in place not less than 24 hours after concrete placing . G . Repairs and Protection 01 After form removal , clean ends of joints and point up any minor honey combed areas . Repair or replace broken or defective concrete, as directed by the Architect. 02 Protect concrete from damage until acceptance of Work. Exclude traffic from pavement for at least 7 days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain pavement as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials. 03 Sweep all concrete pavement and wash free of stains, discolorations, dirt, and all other foreign materials just prior to final inspection. INSTALLATION-TACTILE WARNING SURACE A. Contractor will not be allowed to install curb ramps until all submittals have been reviewed and approved by the Engineer. B. Tactile warning surface product shall be installed per manufacturer's instructions . Follow the TCLR latest criteria. C . To the maximum extent possible, the tactile warning surface units shall be oriented such that the rows of in-line truncated domes are parallel with the direction of the ramp. When multiple tactile warning surface units regardless of size are used, the truncated domes shall be aligned between the tactile warning surface units and throughout the entire tactile warning surface installation. D. In accordance with TDLR, Chapter 68.102 (Elimination of Architectural Barriers latest edition), tactile warning surface product shall be located so that the edge nearest the curb line is 6" minimum and 1 O" maximum from the curb line. This allows wheelchair users to gain momentum before traveling over the truncated domes and it provides visually impaired pedestrians additional time to react to the tactile warning surface or advanced warning before they reach the street. E. The tactile warning surface units shall be tamped or vibrated into the fresh concrete to ensure that there are no voids or air pockets, and the field level of the tactile warning surface unit is flush to the adjacent concrete surface or as the Drawings indicate to permit proper water drainage and eliminate tripping hazards between adjacent finishes . Project No . FC 1314 02500 - 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 3.5 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTING -CONCRETE A. Protect concrete paving and flatwork from damage during construction period. In the event of damage, make all necessary repairs and I or replacements required. B. Clean and prep concrete paving and curbs prior to striping and painting . Adhere to paint manufacturer's specifications and recommendations. C. Prior to final acceptance, thoroughly clean all paving and concrete work. Remove all tire tracks, rust stains, oil stains, dirt, excessive sealant, and other debris form the finished surface. CLEANING AND PROTECTING -TACTILE WARNING SURF ACE A. Protect tactile warning surface unit against damage during construction period to comply with tactile warning surface unit manufacturer's specifications. B. During and after the tactile warning surface unit installation and the concrete curing stage, it is imperative that there are no walking, leaning or external forces placed on the tactile warning surface unit to rock the tactile warning surface unit, causing a void between the underside of the tactile warning surface unit and the concrete . C. As necessary, while the Project remains under construction, protect tactile warning surface units against damage from rolling loads following installation by covering with plywood or hardwood. END OF SECTION Project No . FC 1314 02500 -6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 SECTION 02720 SITE DRAINAGE CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1, as indexed, apply to this Section. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to Section AB for substitutions. 1.2 SCOPE 1.3 A. Work Specified Elsewhere: 01 Finish Grading -Section 02214 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit schedules, charts, literature, and illustrations to indicate the performance, fabrication procedures, product variations and accessories for grating and frames. B . Refer to Civil Drawings PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Storm Drainage Pipe : B . 01 12" Maximum Diameter: As shown on Civil Engineering drawings, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) ASTM E 3034, SDR 35. 02 12" -36" Diameters: As shown on Civil Engineering drawings; corrugated high-density polyethylene (PE, AASHTO-M294-871 (Rancor, Inc., ADS N12, Hi-Q pipe). 03 Concrete Sewer Pipe: Only where specifically designated on the Civil Engineering drawings. Shall be tongue and groove pipe conforming to ASTM C14 for un-reinforced concrete pipe, and ASTM C76 Class ill for reinforced concrete pipe. All concrete pipe 12 inches in diameter and larger shall be reinforced. Concrete sewer pipe larger than 12" shall be rubber gasket conforming to ASTM C443. ASTM C14-79, Specifications for Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain, Culvert Pipe ASTM C76-79, Specifications for Reinforced Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain, Culvert Pipe Texas Department of Highways Specifications for Sewer Construction with all amendments. Gratings, Covers and Frames: Cast iron manufactured by McKinley, Neenah or Vulcan. Dimensions as shown on drawings. All gratings to have slots. All grates in traffic areas shall be vehicular H-1 loading rated . Project No. FC 1314 02720 - 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 C. D . Mortar: Mix one part Portland Cement to two parts sharp clean mortar sand, with a minimum amount of water. Joints: 01 02 03 04 05 PVC Pipe: Factory pre-molded compression type, vulcanized, high grade elastomeric compound joint meeting requirements of ASTM D3212. Polyethylene Pipe: Gasketed coupling bands conforming to requirements of AASHTO M294. Joint Primer and Compound: Shall be Blackjack Asphalt Primer No. 041 and Talcote Cold Plastic No. 052 sewer joint compound. Box cu lvert joints shall be sealed with Ramneck. R .C.P. shall have rubber gasket joints conforming to ASTM C443. Damaged pipe wi ll be rejected . E. Inlets and Manholes: 01 All standard storm sewer manholes, inlets, and junction boxes shall be constructed complete including the furnishing , adjusting to grade, and installation of manhole casting and cover. The sidewalls of manholes, inlets and junction boxes s hall be constructed of poured-in-place concrete or brick masonry. The bases of all storm sewer structures shall be poured in-place concrete. 02 Precast boxes for storm sewer inlets may be used as an option . Precast boxes shall be as manufactured by Brooks Products, Inc., Monroe-Ferrell Pipe Co., Brookshire Concrete Products or Advanced Precast Concrete. F . Concrete Design: If not shown otherwise, use a minimum of 3,000 psi, 28-day compressive strength, 1 1/2 inch maximum size aggregate. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General : Bedding, backfilling and installation of pipe and construction of appurtenances shall be in accordance with Texas Department of Highways"Sewer Construction", including amendments, revisions, and drawings . B. Pipe Installation: 01 Refer to Civil Engineer drawings, general construction notes, related detailed information, and reference specification. 02 Foreign material of organic nature and large rocks s hall be replaced with cement stabilized sand . 03 04 05 06 Project No. FC 1314 The Contractor shall fix the grade elevation using laser equipment. Drainage pipe bedding shall conform Texas Department of Highways Specification, including all amendments and revisions. Pipes which are not under paving may be bedded and backfilled with select excavated material (Class B) free of clay lumps, organic material or other deleterious material. Trench backfill may be in 12 inch loose layers, and compacted equal to the density of the surrounding soil. Water tamping may not be used . Where the pipe is under paved areas, as shown on the drawings, the trench will be backfilled with cement stabilized sand to within 1 foot of the bottom of the pavement. The remaining 1 foot shall be backfilled with select excavated material. 02720 -2 1 07 Begin trench excavation at the lower end of the line and proceed upgrade to 2 protect the work from possible flooding, unless job conditions prohibit. If 3 the trench is over-excavated, bring the bed to grade and compact with cement 4 stabilized sand. 5 08 Pipe sections shall be positioned on the uniform bedding and then connected I 6 in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions . Do not allow 7 rocks or foreign material to be trapped between couplings and pipe. 8 09 Tongue end of pipes shall be installed pointing in the direction of drainage 9 flow . 10 10 Backfilling shall not commence until the Architect has inspected the work. 11 Backfilling shall be carefully tamped with 6 inch layers, moistening as 12 required for proper compaction . 13 11 Cooperate with mechanical trades where storm pipe and cast iron pipe meet. 14 Contractor shall comply with Harris County requirements for the connection 15 to the existing storm sewer main and detention ponds . 16 17 c . Concrete Sewer Pipe: 18 01 Foreign material of organic nature and large rocks shall be replaced with 19 cement stabilized sand. 20 02 Excavation necessary to receive the work shall be made to the proper depth 21 by Contractor, and all piping shall be laid on a compacted 4 inch cement 22 stabilized sand bed . 23 03 Begin trench excavation at the lower end of the line and proceed upgrade to 24 protect the work from possible flooding, unless job conditions prohibit. If 25 the trench is over-excavated, bring the bed to grade and compact with 26 cement stabilized sand. 27 04 Pipe sections shall be positioned on the uniform bedding and then connected 28 in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. Do not allow 29 rocks or foreign material to be trapped between couplings and pipe. 30 05 Tongue end of concrete pipes shall be installed pointing in the direction of 31 drainage flow. 32 06 Field apply asphalt primer to both surfaces at each joint of concrete pipe. 33 07 Apply cold plastic sewer joint with joint compound and smooth off excess. 34 08 Backfilling shall not commence until the Architect has inspected the work. 35 Backfilling shall be carefully tamped with 6 inch layers, moistening as 36 required for proper compaction. Backfill material shall be of cement 37 stabilized sand to 6 inches over pipe and select fill to grade. All backfilling 38 should be in accordance with City of Houston Class "AA" (under-paving) 39 and Class "A" (not under-paving) requirements . 40 09 Cooperate with mechanical trades where storm pipe and cast iron pipe meet. 41 10 Contractor shall comply with City Code requirements for the connection to 42 the existing storm sewer Main. 43 44 D . Grating Installation: Cast in grating frames . Form both inner and outer concrete walls 45 if precast boxes are not used. Cut pipes flush to inner face of walls . 46 47 48 END OF SECTION 49 Project No . FC 1314 02720-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 SECTION 02930 HYDRO MULCH SEEDING CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 APPLY TO nns SECTION. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Thl s Section is not a part of the Landscaping Allowanc e. B. Refer to site plan for Hydro Mulch Seeding limits . C . Refer to Section AB for substitutions. D . Stand of Grass: 20 growing plants per square foot. 1.2 SCOPE A. All impro ve d areas including lawn, planting, landscaping areas, B . Refer to Al ternates -Section 01030 C . Refer to Section 01561 -Storm Water Pollution Protection Plan 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Quality Control: Producer's test for purity and germination of seed, dated withln nine months of sowing . B. Comply with recommendations of"Official Method of Analysis", Association of Official Analytical Chemi sts. C. Deli ver fe rtilizer to site in bags or other convenient containers, each fully labeled conforming to applicable State fertilizer laws, and bearing name, trade name or trademark, and warranty of producer. D . Do not perform seeding when wind exceeds 15 MPH, or when excessively wet or dry. E . Restrict foot and vehicular traffic from seeded areas after planting to end of established period. F . Immediately after seeding, erect barricades and warning signs as required to protect seeded areas from traffic until grass is established. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Test Reports: Results of seed purity and germination tests . B. Certificates: Manufacturer's certification that materials meet specification requirement. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Provisional Acceptance: Planting reviewed as being in ac cordance with specifications. Project No. FC 1314 02930 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 B. Guarantee Period: Guarantee stand of grass for 90 days after provisional acceptance. 1.6 CONTRACTOR'S MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor's maintenance of new sodding I hydro-mulch areas shall consist of watering at least once every week until the Owner contractually takes poss ession of the site or until the planting density I requirements have been met, whichever is later. B . Protect sodding I hydro-mulch areas at all times against damage of all kinds for the duration of Maintenance Period. Any plants damaged or injured , because sufficient protection was not provided, shall be treated or replaced by the Contractor, as directed by Owner, at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.7 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Work under this section will be accepted by the Owner upon satisfactory completion of all work, including maintenance, but excluding replacement of plant material under the warranty period . Upon final acceptance, the Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance of the work. B . Hydro-mulch sodding shall be deemed acceptable to transfer to the Owner when it meets the above conditions and additionally has achieved a minimum 95 % coverage of all areas to which it was applied. All areas shall remain the responsibility of the Contractor until this condition is met. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Seed All seed must meet the requirements of U.S. Department of Agriculture Rules and Regulations as set forth in Federal Seed Act and Texas Seed Law. Type of seed, purity and germination requirements, rate of application and planting dates are as follows: Type Hulled Common Bermuda Application Rate Pounds per Acre 50 lbs Planting Date April 15 to Oct 1 C. Hydroseed mixture shall include wood fiber , specifically made for hydroseeding, mixed with water. Mix wood fiber according to manufacturer's specifications . Rate of application shall be 3,000 pounds per acre. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A Check that preceding work affecting ground surface is completed. B. Verify that soil is within allowable range of moisture content. C. Soil is to be free of weeds and foreign material immediately before seeding . Project No. FC 1314 02930 - 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 3.2 3.3 3.4 HYDRO-MULCHING A. Preparation 01 After designated areas have been completed to lines, grades and cross-sections shown on drawings, perform seeding . 02 Cultivation of seed-bed will not be required in loose sand where depth of sand is 4 inches or more . 03 Maintain cross-section previously established througho ut process of cultivation; do any necessary reshaping prior to any planting of seed. B. Location 01 As noted in Paragraphs 1.5 an d 2.1, A. C. Application 01 Perform seeding as de scri bed in Section 3 .2, A. 02 Seeding which is extended beyond most favorable pl anting season for species designated shall be done only when conditions are favorable , or when alternate or corrective measures have been taken. 03 Hydraulically spray slurry on ground to form a bl otter-like ground cover uniformly impregnated with grass seed. This app li catio n will allow absorp ti on of moisture, thus allowing rainfall or mechanical watering to percolate to \ 04 Keep mulch moist by daily application of water (if necessary), for a minimum of ten days or until the seeds in the mulch have germinated and rooted in soil. MAINTENANCE A. The hydro mulch seeding shall be adequatel y watered until established. Any areas damaged by erosion or areas that do not have an acceptable turfing shall be redone to the satisfaction of the Architect. B. Maintenance Period 01 Maintain new seeding for 30 days from time of provisional acceptance. 02 Reseed duri ng this period. 03 Repair damage to other plants or lawns d uring main tenanc e period . 04 Seed, water, and mow as specified . CLEANING A. Remove barriers and signs from project site at termination of establishment period. END OF SECTION Project No . FC 1314 02930 -3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1, as indexed, apply to this Section. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute: 01 Detailing Manual 02 ACI 301 B. U.S. Federal Specifications: 01 Fed . Spec. SS-S-158 02 Fed. Spec. SS-S-164 C . American Society for Testing and Materials: 01 ASTM C33-379, Concrete Aggregates 02 ASTM C94, Ready Mix Concrete 03 ASTM C150, Portland Cement 04 ASTM C309, Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete 05 ASTM A185, Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement 06 ASTM A704, Welded Steel Plain Bar or Rod Mats for Concrete Reinforcement 07 ASTM A615, Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 08 ASTM C31, Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field 09 ASTM C260, Specifications for Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete 10 ASTM C494, Specifications for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 11 ASTM C309, Liquid Membrane -Curing D . American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (including latest revisions) AASHTO-M-213-74 E. Portland Cement Association : Joint Design for Concrete Highway and Street Pavement, Concrete-Typical Pavement Sections and Jointing Details . 1.2 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to Section AB for substitutions. 1.3 SUBMITT ALS A. Tests and Certifications: 01 Before starting any work under this section, make all required arrangements with the testing agency. The testing laboratory shall test and furnish certified reports on proposed cements, aggregates, mixing water and admixtures. 02 Submit proposed design mixes for each type of concrete using previously tested and approved materials. 03 Furnish certified reports of each proposed mix for each type of concrete. 03 Proportion mixes by laboratory trial batch or field experience methods, using materials to be employed in the work for each class of concrete required, and report to the Architect. 04 Refer to section 01410 -Testing Laboratory Services for on-site procedures and testing requirements . 05 Furnish ready mix delivery tickets. Project No . FC 1314 03300 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 B. c . Shop Drawings 01 Required for all reinforcing steel. Show bending diagrams, splicing and laps of rods , shapes, dimension and details of bar reinforcement and accessories. 02 Submit drawings showing location of all proposed construction and control joints, keying I keyways, water stops, openings, depressions , trenches , sleeves , inserts , and other items affecting reinforcement and placement of concrete. 03 Placement sequence schedule may be combined with Item 02. 04 Unless shown on the Sit Plan, submit proposed layout for all expansion joints in paving, flatwork and sidewalks. Manufacturer 's Information : 01 Manufacturer's data and specifications for all products proposed to be furnished . 02 Manufacturer's complete installation procedures I instructions for all products proposed to be furnished . D . Actual Samples of Proposed Materials: 01 Plastic chair supports 02 Slab membrane(s) and tape(s) 03 Water stops 04 Stains: full range of manufacturer 's available color selections 1.4 SITE CONDITIONS A. Do not place concrete in contact with frozen earth. Do not commence concrete placement unless temperature is at least 35°F (2°C) and rising, or slabs until the temperature rises above 40°F. B. Discontinue concrete placement when air temperatures exceed 95°F. C. Do not place concrete during rain unless adequate protection is provided. 1.5 SCOPE A. Refer to Alternates -Section 01030. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Joint Sealant: 01 Sonneborn 02 Pecora 03 Tremco 04 W.R. Meadows B. Reinforcing Chairs: 01 W.H.C. Products, Inc. 02 Aztec 03 No other substitutions C. Water-stops (also refer to structural drawings): 01 Henry Company-Synko-Flex 02 Durajoint -Seal-Tite 03 Vinylex Corporation -Blue Stop D . Manufacturers: Vapor Retarder I Slab Membrane 01 W.R. Meadows -10 Mil 02 Stego Industries -Stego Wrap system 04 Carlisle Project No . FC 1314 03300 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 2.2 E. Manufacturers: Vapor Barriers 01 W.R. Meadows -Premoulded Membrane Vapor Seal with Plasmatic Core (PMPC) system 02 Reef Industries -Griffolyn Vaporguard system 03 Alumiseal Corporation -Zero Penn system E . Below Grade Waterproofing: Refer to Section 07111 F. Curing Compound : 01 Nox-Crete-Cure & Seal 100-300 E 02 Sonneborn -Kure-N-Seal 03 Shepler's -Shep-Cure 309 Rez All 03 W.R. Meadows -Vocomp-20 G. Wet Curing Blankets 01 Griffolyn Reef Industries -Transguard 4000 02 Raven Industries -ConKure H. Concrete Color Pigment (Stain): 01 Davis Colors 02 New Riverside Ochre Co ., Inc. 03 L.M. Scofield CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Concrete: 01 General : a. Ready-mixed concrete, ASTM C-94 b . Comply with ACI 318. c. Concrete must be approved by Architect through design mix and cylinder test of testing laboratory. 02 Cement: Type 1, ASTM C-150, unless approved otherwise by the Architect. Use one brand of cement for entire project. 03 Admixtures: a. Approval necessary from Architect and testing laboratory b. Calcium Chloride: Not permitted in floor slabs c . Color Pigment: At areas indicated on drawings provide pigment at 5 pounds per 94 pound sack of cement. Follow manufacturers recommendations. 04 Aggregates: a. Comply with ASTM C-33. Aggregate shall be limestone at paving. b . Maximum size not larger than one-fifth of the narrowest dimension between forms of the member for which concrete is to be used . Not larger than three-fourths of minimum clear spacing between reinforcing bars. c. Maximum 1 1/2 inches in building slabs . 05 Strengths: a. 5 sack/3000 psi/28 days: all concrete including grade beams, footings, slabs, pavements, walks b . Strength recommendations on structural drawings supersede when they are greater than specified here. c. REF STRUCTURAL FOR USE OF FLY ASH 06 Water: Drinking quality 07 Slump: a. Reinforced foundation walls and footing -5-112 inch max. b . Slabs, beams , columns and reinforced walls - 6 inch max. c . Pavement -5-1 /2 inch max. B. Metal Reinforcement: 01 Bars : a . General : Conform to ACI Publication 315 , latest edition. b . Comply with ASTM A615, Grade 60 . Project No. FC 1314 03300 -3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 2.3 c . #3 bars comply with ASTM A615, Grade 40 02 Mesh: C. Joints: a. Conform to ASTM A185 b . Shall be type which is fabricated and delive red to job site in flat sheets. Rolls of mesh shall not be acceptable. 01 Construction Joint (Building Slab): a . Standard type permanent galvanized keyed contraction expansion joints, with 5 stakes per 10 feet of joint length . b . Joint may be left in place when concrete is placed on each side simultaneously. Remove when mold as edge form prior to subsequent concrete placement. 02 Expansion Joint: a . Fiber Joint Filler: 3/4 inch thick, pre-molded asphalt impregnated rigid fiber board. Comply with AASHTO M-213-74 or redwood. b. Cap sealant: Comply with Fed. Spec. TT-S -00227E "Two Component", 100% Urethane (light grey) 03 Tooled Joint: Scored 1/4" wide x 1/4" the thickness of the concrete in depth . 04 Saw-Cut Joint: 1/8" wide x 3/4" to 1" deep. D. Waterstops 01 Asphalt based, non-hydrophilic I non-expanding waterstop. 02 Continuous, flexible , moldable strip with protective wrapping. 03 Size: 1" wide x W' deep. 04 Design based on Henry Company SF302 Synko-Flex Waterstop ; or equal. E. Curing Compound: Water based, dissipating curing compound for freshly placed concrete. 01 Comply with ASTM C 309 Type 1. 02 Minimum 18 % solids . 03 Meets all VOC emission requirements. 04 Coordinate requirements of finish flooring manufacturer's to assure compatibili ty with finish flooring to be applied over slab surfaces. F . Wet Curing Blankets 01 ASTM C-171 for moisture retention and daylight reflectivity . 02 ASTM D5261 -minimum weight: 42 lbs I 1000 SF . 03 ASTM D5199 -minimum thickness: 40 mil 04 ASTM D4833 -minimum puncture strength: 55 lbs . 05 ASTM D4533 -minimum trapezoidal tear: 40 lb s 05 ASTM E1347 -minimum light reflectance: 77 % F . Accessories: 01 Form Ties: Adjustable length and type which will not leave holes larger than 1 inch in diameter in the face of the concrete. Ties shall be such that when forms are removed , no metal will be within 1 inch of the finished concrete surface. The holes must be patched . 02 Chairs and Spacers : W.H.C. Products, Inc . -Series "G" or Aztec "Castle Chair". Heavy-duty plastic-type sized to support all slab steel to proper height. Use type with sand cushion pads where concrete is on grade. G . Cardboard Carton Void Forms : 01 Wax impregnated, trapezoidal shape. 02 Use only if I where indicated on the structural drawings. SLAB MEMBRANES A . Vapor Retarder Membrane : 01 High strength, flexible , polyolefin resin based , Low-Permeance geo- membrane vapor retarder system. 02 Meeting or exceeding all requirements of ASTM El 745, Class A. Project No. FC 1314 03300 -4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 I 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 03 Maximum permeance rating of 0.025 per ASTM E 96. 04 Thickness: 10 mils minimum regardless if lesser thickness(es) meet performance I permeance specs . 05 Seam Tape: High density polyethylene tape with pressure sensitive adhesive; minimum 4 inches wide. Seam tape shall be same thickness as vapor retarder membrane. 06 Penetration Boots: Construct pipe boots from vapor barrier material and pressure sensitive tape per manufacturer's instructions. 07 Vapor Retarder I Slab Membrane shall be a complete system including but not limited to membrane, joint tape I sealant, and penetration boots as supplied by the manufacturer. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. General: 01 Clean all mixing and transportation equipment; remove debris from forms; wet forms thoroughly; remove ice or other coatings from reinforcement which might hinder good bond; remove water from place of deposit ; and check reinforcement. B . Accessories: Install anchor bolts, slots , dove-tail anchor slots, boxes, sleeves and other required devices. Provide all such items not specified to be provided by other trades. 01 Provide temporary supports to maintain accessory location I position during concrete placement and initial finishing . Remove temporary supports as required. C. Coordination: 01 Unless specifically shown or allowed in other specification sections and I or drawings, no horizontal runs of conduit, piping or other work shall be allowed within the slab. 02 All underground conduit runs (if allowed) shall be trenched I installed within the building pad , a minimum 6" below the slab . Refer to electrical drawings and specifications . 03 Exception to 02: Only conduit runs to floor mounted or recessed receptacles at finish floor may be made within the slab provided all following conditions are met: a . 3/4" maximum conduit size allowed to be laid directly on the slab membrane at the bottom of the slab . b. Length of conduit run is minimized to turn up at the nearest available building component (partition, furring, etc.) to allow conduit to be concealed above the slab . c . Such installations are not specifically excluded in other sections or drawings. 04 All penetrations through concrete grade beams and elevated beams shall be sleeved. 05 Coordinate with other contractors I trades as required for proper installation of interfacing work; and monitoring of such work during placement and finishing of concrete. All interfacing work displaced during concrete placement will be required to be moved to proper location . D. Subgrade : 01 Prior to placement of slab membrane, inspect the building pad I subgrade and verify that all foreign objects have been removed. Project No . FC 1314 03300 -5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 3.2 02 Verify that the subgrade is level , compacted and evenly graded . Hand rake where required. 03 Remove all material that could potentially puncture or stress the slab membrane. INSTALLATION A. Forms: 01 02 03 04 05 Conform to the shapes, lines and dimensions of the members as shown on the drawings, except as modified under Earthwork -Section 02200 of these specifications. Care shall be taken to assure that formwork does not stain concrete surfaces . Slab Block-Outs: a . Diamond configuration at paving drains and building slabs . b. Coordinate with concrete joints, verify with Architect. Slope exterior concrete slabs away from building and slope interior slabs to floor drains . Verify all slopes with Architect prior to start of concreting. Forms: a . Grade beams shall be formed to the sizes indicated on the drawings. b. Where carton forms are not required, the contractor may omit forms of grade beams provided the grade beam is widened 1 1/2 inches on each side in contact with the earth, c . The top 12 inches (minimum) of the outside faces of exposed perimeter grade beams must be formed. Unformed perimeter grade beams shall not be lowed above the surface of finish grading. d . If forms are used, then the widening of the grade beams are not required. 06 Carton Forms a. Where carton forms are required, both sides of the grade beam shall be formed. b . Fasten carton form in place to eliminate movement I shifting during concrete placement. c . Take all necessary precautions to keep carton forms dry prior to concrete placement. In the event they become wet, remove and replace with dry, rigid forms. 07 Slab Recesses and Sloped Surfaces a . Accurately form all slab recesses to depths indicated on the Drawings. b . Where Drawings indicate slab(s) to slope, accurately form sloped areas and screed to provide a uniform slope. c. Contractor shall have the option to form recessed and sloped areas a minimum of 2 inches deeper than indicated and top recess at a later date to finished elevations. 08 Form Removal: a. Ensure safety of the structure b. In no case shall the supporting forms or shoring be removed until the members have acquired sufficient strength to support their weight and the load thereon. B. Slab Membrane: 01 Install membrane systems in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements, and in accordance with ASTM E-1643. 02 Install Vapor Retarder membrane system below all building slabs I foundations on grade unless noted otherwise. 03 Install Vapor Barrier membrane system below all building slabs I foundations on grade at all built-up wood finish flooring systems (gymnasiums, stages , etc.) and below all poured urethane finish flooring (gymnasiums, etc. Refer to plans for finish flooring and coordinate as required. 04 Start membrane at grade beam perimeter and provide continuous coverage and separation between subgrade and underside of concrete slabs and beams. 05 Lay out membrane in as full sheets as possible, minimizing the amount of joints I seams. Project No . FC 1314 03300 -6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 c . D . E. 06 Lap joints I s eams 4 inches minimum and s eal continuously with membrane manufacturer's system joint tape covering full laps in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 07 Cut membrane accurately around sleeves, pipe, conduit and other penetrations and install penetration boot per manufacturer's standards and recommendations. Seal 100% to ensure maximum water barrier effectiveness. 08 Thoroughly inspect slab membrane and seal aU membrane punctures before, during and after placement of other work on top of membrane; and before and during placement of concrete. Reinforcing : 01 Cleaning Reinforcement: Free from rust, scale or other coatings which will destroy or reduce the bond. 02 Placing Reinforcement: a . Place accurately and adequately secure in position. b . Reinforcement in all concrete slabs shall be held in proper locations by use of plastic chairs spaced a maximum distance of 48 inches o .c., unless noted otherwise. 03 Coverage of Reinforcement: The metal reinforcement shall be protected by th e thickness of concrete indicated on the plans. a. 3 inch: Concrete deposited against ground without use of forms. b . 2 inch : Bars more than 5/8 inch diameter where concrete is exposed to the weather, or exposed to the ground but placed in forms . c . 1-1 /2 inch: Bars 5/8 inch diameter where concrete is exposed to the weather, or exposed to the ground but placed in forms. d . 3/4 to 1 inch : In slabs and walks not exposed to the ground nor to the weather, not less that 3/4 inch . Increase coverage and slab thickness at auditorium seating to miss seat anchors. Refer to Structural Drawings . e. Not less than 1 1/2 inches in beams, girders and columns not exposed to the ground nor to the weather. f . 1 1/2 -1 3/4 inches from top : Paving 04 Mesh : Locate as shown on the drawings. Place on chairs. During concrete placement, verify that mesh is pulled up into concrete pour. Waterstops 01 All non-rigid waterstops shall be installed in a continuous keyway cast into the (receiving) concrete. Keyways shall be formed with 2x4 's with canted sides to form a trapezoid shape. 02 Concrete to receive waterstops shall be dry and free of contaminates. 03 Where required, prime concrete in accordance with manufacturer 's standards and recommendations. 04 Install waterstops in continuous lengths, firmly adhered to receiving concrete surface . 05 Overlap at splice joints in accordance with manufacturer's standards and recommendations. 06 Leave protective wrapping in place until ready to cover with fresh concrete. Joints: 01 02 03 04 05 Construction Joints : a . Floor slabs shall be formed using metal screed joints. Verify locations of all control joints not indicated on the drawings with the Architect, in ample time to avoid construction delay. b. Use at cold joints in building. Contraction Joints: Refer to Structural drawings. Expansion Joints: a. Where walks and paving terminates against curbs or buildings, and at sides adjacent to curbs building or walls, whether detailed or not. Verify locations with the Architect if either redwood or asphalt impregnated fiber with sealant cap. Tooled Joints: Provide scored lines on exterior concrete slabs and walks. Saw Cut of the Slab: Shall be l-l/2"or otherwise marked on the drawings. Project No . FC 1314 03300 -7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 F . Concrete: 01 Batching, Mixing and Delivery Equipment: Use transit mixed concrete from approved batching and mixing plant. Batch, mix and transport concrete to the site in accordance with provisions of ASTM C94 . 02 Inspection: Examine all areas and conditions under which the work of thi s section will be performed. Correct any conditions detrimental to the approved completion of the work. Do not proceed until all such conditions are corrected. 03 Concrete Placement (general): a . Place concrete in compliance with practices and recommendations of ACl-304, and as specified herein . b . Do not deposit concrete on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to form seams or planes of weakness within the section . c. Where a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints. d . Place concrete at such a rate that concrete which is being integrated with fresh concrete is still plastic. e . Deposit concrete as nearly as practicable in its final location to avoid segregation due to re-handling and flowing. Do not subject concrete to any procedure which might cause segregation. f. Screed concrete which is to receive other construction to the proper level , to avoid excessive skimming and grouting. g . Do not use concrete which becomes non-plastic and unworkable, or does not meet the required quality control limits, or which has been contaminated by foreign materials . 04 Placement Schedule : Place concrete in conformance with a placement schedule to ensure even distribution of loads . a. Alternate placement to allow for shrinkage. b. Where construction joints are shown or required, alternate panels, allowing a minimum of 7 days curing time prior to placing adjacent panels. 05 Conveying: a . Handle concrete from point of deli very and transfer to conveying equipment to the location of final deposit as rapidly as practicable, and by methods which prevent segregation and lo ss of mix materials . b . Provide runways for wheeled conveying equipment from delivery point to location of final deposit. c. Keep interior surfaces of conveying equipment, including chutes and tremies, free from hardened concrete, debris, water and other deleterious materials. d. Pumps may be used only if they can pump the designed mix. Do not add fine aggregate or water to the mix to satisfy needs of a pumping device. e . Use chutes or tremies for placing concrete where a drop of 10'-0" or more is required. 06 Slab Placement: a. Moisten subgrade the evening before and immediately prior to placement of all paving slabs. b. Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within the limits of any construction joints, until the placing of a panel or section is completed. c . Consolidate concrete during placement by use of the specified equipment, thoroughly working concrete around reinforcement and into comers . d. Consolidate concrete placed in beams and girders of supported slabs and against bulkhead of slabs on grade, as specified for formed concrete structures. e. Consolidate concrete in remainder of slabs by vibrating bridge screeds, roller pipe screeds or other methods not required. f. Limit time of vibrating consolidation to prevent bringing an excess of fine aggregate to the surface. g. Bring slab surfaces to correct level with a straight edge, and then strike off. Project No . FC 1314 03300 -8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 G . H I. J . h. Use bullfloats or darbies to smooth the surface, leaving it free from bumps and hollows. 1. Do not sprinkle water on the plastic surface ; do not disturb the slab surfaces prior to start of finishing operations. 07 Cold Weather Placing: Comply with ACl-306 to protect all concrete work from physical damage and reduce strength caused by frost , freezing actions, or low temperatures . Place no concrete against frozen earth. 08 Hot Weather Placing : Prepare aggregates , mix water and other ingredients, and place, cure, and protect concrete in accordance with the requirements of ACl-305. 09 Consolidation : a. Consolidate all concrete footings, piers , grade beams, paving, etc . in accordance with provisions of ACl-309. b. Consolidate each layer of concrete immediately after placing , using internal concrete vibrators supplemented by hand-spading , rodding or tamping . c . During all phases of operation, maintain a frequency of not less than 10,000 vibrations per minute per internal vibrator. d . Provide adequate number of units and power source at all times . Maintain spare units on hand to ensure adequacy. e . If, in the opinion of the Architect, the equipment is not adequate to accomplish proper consolidation, he may order delay in further placement until adequate equipment is made available. f. Maintain vibrators to assure peak efficiency at all times during placement. Wet Curing: 01 All interior slab areas shall be water cured for a minimum of five (5) days . 02 Cover entire area(s) with wet curing blankets as soon as possible after placing and finishing the concrete without marring the surface . 03 Wet blankets in accordance with manufacturer's standards and recommendations. 04 Maintain wetness of blankets by suitable means (sprinklers, drip hoses, etc.) for a minimum of five (5) days prior to removal. Curing Compound: 01 Apply at all exterior concrete surfaces. 02 Apply complete covering of curing compound as soon as concrete is finished in strict accordance with manufacturer's standards and recommendations 03 Coordinate with other trades as required to assure compatibility with any finishes to be applied over concrete surfaces. Finishes -Grade Beams and Vertical Surfaces: 01 Exposed surfaces of all concrete walls and grade beams shall receive a rubbed finish, unless otherwise noted. Immediately after forms are removed, grout pits and recesses and rub with carborundum stone to a smooth finish , free from marks or honeycomb to the Architect's satisfaction. Finish exterior surface 2 inches below finish grade . 02 Rubbed finish shall be of the finest workmanship, with uniform texture and color. 03 Prepare samples for approval of Architect. 04 Protect all rubbed finish against damage during construction period. Immediately before requesting final acceptance of work, the Contractor shall remove protection and do such touch up and rubbing as necessary to leave rubbed surfaces in perfect condition . 05 Miscellaneous Vertical Surfaces: Finish all vertical surfaces, including but not limited to curbs, risers, low walls and stringer, while concrete is strong enough to stay in place without forms yet green and able to be finished to a homogeneous appearance. Finishes -Interior Slabs 01 Spreading of dry cement for finishing is not permitted. 02 Flooding floor is not permitted during finishing. A limited, light I sprinkled application of water shall be permitted. Project No . FC 1314 03300 - 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 3.3 3.4 3.5 03 Interior slabs to receive direct applied finish flooring (VCT, ceramic tile , carpet, poured urethane, thin-set flooring , etc .): provide smooth, hard steel troweled surface. 04 Interior slabs to receive thickset I mud-bed fini sh flooring (mud-set terrazzo , thick-set quarry tile, etc .): floated, smooth finish. Coordinate exact requirements with flooring applicator. See Alternate 1 Section 03305. K Exterior Concrete Slabs: Refer to sect ion 02500 -Concrete Paving and Flatwork FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Laboratory: Perform the appropriate tests upon notification by the Contractor. Refer to Section 01410 -Testing Laboratory Services. B . Tolerances : 01 Build flatwork true to plane within 1/4 inch of a 10 foot length. 02 Floor slabs used for concrete panel casting, or under wood, elastomeric, slip re sistant , resilient flooring , terrazzo, or thin set ceramic tile must be true to plane within 1/8 inch of a 10 foot length. Verify any additional requirements with the surfacing installer. 03 Unless otherwise indicated in the drawings , the finished floor slab shall not vary more than 1/8 inch from the required fini sh floor slab elevation at any point. PATCHING AND CLEANING A . After forms are removed , remo ve projecting fins , bolts, form ties , nail s, etc., not necessary for the work, or cut back 1 inch from the surface. Where, in the Architect's opinion, surface defects occur, such as honeycombing, repair the defective areas as directed by the Architect. Joint marks and fins in exposed work shall be smoothed off and cleaned as directed by the Architect. B . Repair defects in concrete work per ACl-301, Chapter 9 , and as directed by the Architect. Chip voids and stone pockets to a depth of 1 inch or more as required to remove all loose material. Voids, surface irregularities, chipped areas , etc., shall be filled by patching, gunite or rubbing , as directed by the Architect. Repaired surfaces shall duplicate appearance of unpatched work . C . Clean exposed concrete surfaces and adjoining work stained by leakage of concrete to the approval of the Architect. D . Reinforce or replace any deficient work as directed by the Architect, and at no additional cost to the Owner. CLEAN-UP A. In addition to the requirements of General Conditions, clean up all concrete and cement work on completion of this portion of the work, except protective coating or building papers shall remain until floors have completely cured or until interior partitions are to be installed . END OF SECTION Project No . FC 1314 03300 -10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 SECTION 03360 CONCRETE FINISHES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 A. Drawings and general prov1s1on of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specifications Sections, apply to this section. SUMMARY A. Section Includes : 1. Lithium hardener, sealer and densifier for concrete. ACTION SUBMfIT ALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITT ALS A. Product Test Reports : Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for concrete floor topping. B . Field quality-control test reports. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated. B. Mockups: Place concrete floor topping mockups to demonstrate typical joints, surface finish, bonding, texture, tolerances, and standard of workmanship . 1. Build mockups approximately 100 sq . ft. (9.3 sq. m) in the location indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. If Architect determines that mockups do not meet requirements, cast others until mockups are approved . 3. Approved mockups may become part of the completed work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages and containers, with seals unbroken, bearing manufacturer 's labels indicating brand name and directions for storage, mixing with other components, and application. Project No . F ellows hip 1314 03360 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 B. Store material s to comply with manufacturer's written instructions to prevent deterioration from moisture or other detrimental effects. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with manufacturer 's written instructions for substrate temperature and moisture content, ambient temperature and humidity, ventilation, and other conditions affecting concrete floor topping performance. 1. Place concrete floor topping only when ambient temperature and temperature of base slabs are between 50 and 86 deg F (10 and 30 deg C) B . Close areas to traffic during topping and application and, after application, for time period recommended in writing by manufacturer. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE SEALER AND HARDENER A. Surface Treatment: Colorless, odorless, water-based, Micro Lithium surface treatment that penetrates and seals by reacting chemically with the concrete surface forming a clear, dense, durable and hard inorganic topical surface layer. 01 02 Design Basis: Design is based upon Luma-Hard by Luma Concrete Systems. Physica l Properties : a. Form: Clear, pale green, water-based solution. b . Total Solids: 16% c. Active Ingredients : 100% of total solids. d. Specific Gravity: 1.11 e. pH: 11.0 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 3.2 A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for conditions affecting performance of finish. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. B. Verify that base concrete slabs comply with finish and surface profile requirements indicated on the drawings. APPLICATION A. B . c. Start floor topping application in presence of manufacturer's technical representative. Finish solution may be applied to newly installed concrete immediately after final finish trowel. If applied by a factory or "certified contractor" or "licensed applicator", it may be used as a curing compound. After the finish troweling operation, use a low pressure or HVLP sprayer to apply finish solution to form an even, consistent, monolithic glistening sheen, and to insure complete saturation of the surface. Apply enough finish solution to keep the surface wet for 20 minutes . Let the surface dry, usually 1 to 2 hours. Project No . Fellowship 1314 03360 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 3.3 PROTECTING AND CURING A. Floor is ready for traffic and use when dry . Typical drying time is 1 to 2 hours . B. C. For optimal hardening and performance results, manufacturer recommends that the surface not be sanded or polished . Treated surfaces will exhibit a slight satin sheen and reduce water absorption. Maximum strength and resistance will develop ove r 7 days. END OF SECTION Project No . F ellowship 1314 03360 - 3 SECTION 03540 GYPSUM CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 APPLY TO THIS SECTION. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Description of Work: Work of this section includes underlayment for interior finish flooring and is not limited to the following: 1. Maxxon Gyp-Crete Floor Underlayment covering normal project conditions and applications . B. Refer to Instructions to Bidders for substitutions. 1.12 REFERENCES A. Underwriters Laboratory B. ASTM C472M C . ASTM F2419 Fire Resistance Volume 1 www .ul.com Compressive strength of gypsum concrete Standard Test Method for Installation of Thick Poured Gypsum Concrete and Preparation of Surface to Receive Resilient Flooring D . Finished Floor Goods Procedures Maxxon Procedures for Attaching Finished Floor Goods to Maxxon Underlayments www .maxxon.com 1.3 SUBMITT ALS A. Product Data: Submit sale sheets Gyp-Crete Sales Sh eet , Acousti-Mat Ultimate Sound Control Systems, Procedures for Attaching Finish ed Floor Goods to M a.xx on Underlay m ents, and Ma.xxon 's Building Conditions Guide with project materials clearly identified for each required product or system. B . Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with specified requirements. C. Certification of compatibility with rigid insulation specified in Building Insulation -Section 07210. D . Manufacturer's certificate that product contains no asbestos. Project No . F ello ws hip 1314 03540 - 1 SECTION 03540 E. Manufacturer's installation instructions; including shop drawings where necessary to detail special conditions. 1.4 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. Performance Requirements : 1. Gyp-Crete Floor Underlayment i) Compressive strength up to 2,200 psi ii) Density 110 pounds per cubic foot 2 . Sound Control -2009 International Building Code: Section 1207 .2 & .3 i) Minimum Sound Transmission Class, 50 STC (45 if field tested)-Section 1207 .2 (1) ASTM E90 and E336 ii) Minimum Impact Insulation Class, 50 IIC ( 45 if field tested) -Section 1207 .3 (1) ASTM E492 and E1007 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Performance Standards : 1. All materials, unless otherwise indicated, shall be manufactured by Maxxon Corporation and shall be installed in accordance with its current printed directions and by a Maxxon Corporation Authorized Applicator. 2 . Underlayment mix shall be tested for a slump using a 2" (i.d.) x 4" (50 mm x 101 mm) cylinder resulting in a patty size of 8 112" (216 mm) plus or minus 1 inch (25 mm) diameter. 3. Compressive strength tested in accordance with ASTM C 472M. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. All materials shall be delivered in their original unopened packages and protected from damage and exposure from the elements . Damaged or deteriorated materials shall be removed from the premises. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Before, during and after installation of product, building interior shall be enclosed, with adequate ventilation and heat maintained at a temperature above 50 °F (10 °C) to allow for drying of product. · PART 2 -GENERAL 2.1 PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Maxxon Corporation, Hamel, MN. Telephone: (800) 356-7887 2.2 MATERIALS Project No . F ellowship 1314 03540 -2 SECTION 03540 A. Proprietary products/systems: Poured flooring underlayment and topping products, including the following : 1. Gyp-Crete Floor Underlayment B. Maxxon F loor Primer: 1. Material Standard: Comply with specifications outlined in manufacturer's Design and Installation Guide for wood. C. Mix Water: 1. Material Standard: Potable, free from impurities and from a domestic source. D . Sand Aggregate: 1. Sand shall meet Maxxon Sand Specification 101. E . Maxxon Overspray Primer Sealer: 1. Seal all areas that receive glue down floor goods with Maxxon Overspray according to manufacturer's specifications. F. Maxxon Acrylic Primer Sealer (Alternate to Overspray): 1. Seal all areas that receive glue down floor goods with Maxxon Acrylic according to manufacturer's specifications. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Sit e Verification of Conditions: 1. Installation shall not begin until the building is enclosed, including roof, windows, doors , and any other apertures . 2. Wood substrate shall be structurally sound, properly fastened , and dry. Contractor shall clean subfloor to remove mud, oil, grease, and other contaminating factors before arrival of the authorized applicator. 3. Wood substrate: i) The wood subfloor must be adequate to withstand li ve and dead loads with a deflection limitation of L/360. ii) Wood should be agency approved 23 /32 " (1.8cm) T & G subfloor sheathing. 3.2 REQUIREMENTS A. Leak Prevention: 1. Fill cracks and voids in subfloor where leakage of slurry could occur. B . Priming subfloor: 1. Prime substrate according to manufacturer's recommendations . C. Application: 1. Install in accordance with reference standards and manufacturer's instructions. Project No . Fello ws hip 1314 03540 -3 SECTION 035 40 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Mixing Proportions: 1. General Requirements: Mix proportions and met hods shall be in strict accordance with product manufacturer recommendations. B . Application: 1. (Optional) Acousti-Mat Installations : Install Aco usti-Mat following manufacturer's recommendations and specifications ediately spread and screed product to a 2. Pour floor topping to recommended thickness. Imm smooth surface. Expansion joints in all types of work shall be brought through the underlayment. i Minimum Maxxon Underla ent D e th: Subst rate De th of Pour Wood %'' (1.9 cm) Acousti-Mat LP Yi " (1.3 cm) Acousti-Mat LPR %'' (1.9 cm) Acousti-Mat I %'' (1.9 cm) Acousti-Mat II 1" (2.5 cm) Acousti-Mat II HP 1" 2 .5 cm Enkasonic 1" (2 .5 cm) Enkasonic HP 1" 2.5 cm Acousti-Mat 3 xon Reinforcement 1 Yi " (3.8 cm) with Max or Maxxon CSM Crack Acousti-Mat 3 HP C . Drying: Suooression Mat) xon Reinforcement 1 Yi" (3 .8 cm) with Max or Maxxon CSM Crack Suppression Mat) correct environmental conditions to keep the ation of moisture from a variety of potential 1. The general contractor must provide and maintam building clean and dry, and protect against infest sources. The general contractor must supply me remove moisture from the area until the Gyp-Cre chanical ventilation and heat if necessary to te is dry. 2 . Protection from Heavy Loads: During construct Crete wherever it will be subject to heavy wheel ion, place temporary wood planking over Gyp- ed or concentrated loads . 3.4 PREPARATIO N F OR INSTALLATIO N O F GLUE DOWN FLOOR GOODS A. Sealing: 1. Seal all areas that receive glue down floor goods according to the Maxxon Corporation's specifica been damaged shall be cleaned and sealed regard goods manufacturers require special adhesive or with Maxxon Overspray or Maxxon Acrylic tions . Any floor areas where the surface has less of floor covering to be used. Where floor installation systems, their requirements supersede these recommendations. 2. Maxxon UWR can be used over Maxxon underla rooms, storage rooms and closets, as a protective yments in low traffic areas such as utility surface. B. Moisture Testing: Project No . F ellowship 1314 03540 -4 - - C . 1. SECTI ON 03540 ASTM F2170 Test Method for Dete respectiv e floor goods manufacturers ' re rrmning Relative Humidity in Concrete. Follow the commendations for relative humidity requirements. tive humidity r equirement, refer to Maxxon's When manu facturer does not have a rela Pro cedures for Attaching Finish ed Floo r Goods to Maxxon Underlayments brochure Finished Floor Goods : 1. There are many reference standards for t he installation procedures and recommendations for um underlayments. These include instructions of the dhesives and thin-set as well as national agency finished flooring applications over gyps manufacturers of the finished flooring , a reference stand ards . The national standa rds are listed b elow : Floorin~ T yp e R eference Standard Resilient ASTM F24 19 Ceramic Tile TCNAF180 Wood NWF A Instructions See Maxxon Corporation's Procedures for A ttaching Finish ed Flo or Goods to Ma xxon Und erlay m ents brochure for guidelines for i nstalling fin ished floor good s . This procedure is not a y . warranty and is to b e u sed as a guid e line onl ENDO F SECTION Project No . F ello ws hip 1314 03540 - 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 APPLY TO THIS SECTION. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to Section AB and Section AF for substitutions . B . Refer to Section AF for Pre-Qualified Sub-Contractors. 1.2 SCOPE A. Refer to Section 01030 -Alternates B . Provide all masonry work as indicated on the Drawings, including CMU and Rock Veneer. Reinforced CMU as structural note denote. C. Provide all masonry reinforcing and ties as specified here-in . D . Provide water repellant application to exterior veneer masonry . 1.3 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials ASTM Al53, Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron & Steel Hardware ASTM C67 , Sampling & Testing Brick & Structural Clay Tile ASTM C90 , Hollow Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units ASTM C652, Hollow Brick (Hollow Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale) ASTMC744 ASTMC140 CRSI, "Manual of Standard Practices" 1.4 SUBMITT ALS A. Product Data: Submit schedules, charts, literature, and illustrations to indicate the performance, fabrication procedures, product variations, and accessories for all products proposed to be furnished .. B. Samples 01 Each type of finished Stone to be provided in quantities sufficient to show range of color where applicable. 02 Samples of CMU ties proposed to be furnished . 03 Samples of full range of actual mortar color selections. Paper or digital samples are not acceptable. 04 Sample of mortar deflector proposed to be furnished. C. Sample panel: Sample panel shall be 4' long x 4' high panel showing selected color range and texture, bonding, mortar color, joint shape, and quality workmanship. Include a brick expansion joint. Sample panel shall remain at the jobsite until all masonry is completed. 01 Panel shall be "L" shaped (4 ' x 4') with wood stud I sheathing back-up wall on one side and Rock back-up on one side. Coordinate as required with other trades. Install vapor barrier on the sheathing. 02 Once accepted by the Architect, the sample panel shall be the standard by which installed is judged. 1.5 INSTALLATION CONFERENCE: Refer to Section 01420 -Notification of Architect Requirements Project No. F ellowship 1314 04200 - l 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 1.6 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Architect may require tests and inspections as necessary to verify quality and strength of brick materials, mortar, grout, and workmanship . Laboratory tests of materials, mortar, and grout will be made per ASTM standard procedures . B. Owner will select Testing Laboratory and Owner will pay for all work required by Testing Laboratory. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Deliver and store materials in dry protected areas off ground. Keep free of stain or other damage before, during and after installation. Replace any damaged material at no cost to Owner. 1.8 SITE CONDITIONS A . Cold Weather Protection : 01 No masonry shall be laid when the temperature of the outside air is below 40° F, unless protection measures are employed and pre-approved by the Architect. B. Protection measures for cold weather erection include maintaining space and masonry unit temperatures of at least 40° F for 48 hours, prior to and after erection . 1.09 WARRANTY A. Warrant the work specified herein for one year against becoming unserviceable or causing an objectionable appearance, resulting from either defective or nonconforming materials and workmanship. B. Defects shall include, but not be limited to the following : 01 Noticeable deterioration of unit or mortar finish . 02 Chalking or dusting excessively . 03 Changing sheen in irregular fashion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Stone Veneer Type 01 Stone : $200/ Ton allowance for stone, delivered Type 02 CMU: 4" Split face veneer B . Masonry Reinforcing, Anchors and Ties 01 Heckmann Building Products (basis of design) 02 Dayton Superior I Dur-0-Wal 03 Wire-Bond 04 Hohmann &Barnard (HB) 2.2 MATERIALS A. Masonry Veneer -Stone Veneer: 01 Sizes: Size will vary from the face Stone X 3" thick. 02 Colors: 03 a. Color will be selected by the Architect Provide solids and shapes as required (all colors) Project No . Fellowship 1314 04200 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 B. C. D . Masoruy Veneer -CMU: 01 Size: 4"x 8" x 16" 02 Color: 704 split face block (by Headwaters) 03 Shapes: full, halfs, and corners as required Mortar: 01 02 03 04 05 06 Materials for Mortar: a . Hydrated Lime: ASTM C-207, TYPE "S" b. Portland Cement: ASTM C-150, Type 1. c . Water: Clean and potable d. Sand: ASTM C-144 Mix Design: (Proportions by volume) a. Type: ASTM C-270, Type "S" b. Proportions: 1 part cement, 1/2 part hydrated lime and 4-1 /2 parts sand to provide a compressive strength of 1800 PSI in 28 days . c. Mixing: Thoroughly machine-mix for at least 5 minutes after all material is in mixer. d . Do not use calcium chloride b. Compressive Strength: 1800 psi at 28 days Materials for Mortar: a. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C-207, TYPE ''N" b. Portland Cement: ASTM C-150, Type 1. c. Water: Clean and potable d . Sand: ASTM C-144 Mix Design : (Proportions by volume) e. Type: ASTM C-270, Type ''N" f. Proportions: 1 part cement, 1 part hydrated lime and 6 parts sand to provide a compressive strength of minimum 750 PSI in 28 days . g. Mixing: Thoroughly machine-mix for at least 5 minutes after all material is in mixer. h. Do not use calcium chloride Mortar Colors: a. Concrete Masoruy Units : Use standard cement color. b. Stone: As selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors -minimum of 12. Submit sample to Architect for approval. Grout a. Grout in cavities of CMU shall consist of one part Portland Cement, 2-1/2 parts sand, two parts pea gravel, and adequate water to produce a concrete of approximately ten inches of slump . The grout will have compressive strength of 2,500 psi in 28 days. REF structural for locations b. Grout the cavities with reinforcing solid without any voids. Do not over vibrate the steel. Reinforcement!fie Systems: 01 General : Reinforcement used in all wythes shall be hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A153. 02 At Solid Multiple Wythe Masoruy Walls And Single Wythe Masoruy Walls & Double Wythe Masoruy Walls Without Insulation Board: Use #9 gauge truss type reinforcing. Pre-fab corners and tees shall be used at all wall corners and intersections; width shall be 2" less than nominal thickness of walls. Provide configuration(s) for single and multiple wythes as recommended by the manufacturer. Equal to Dur-0-Wal "Single or Multi Wythe Truss". 03 At Double Wythe Cavity Walls With Insulation Board: Use #9 gauge truss type with 3/16" adjustable pintle wall ties. Width of truss reinforcement shall be 2 inches less than the nominal thickness of wall. 3/16" wall tie eye sections welded at 16" o.c. extended as required for insulation thickness. Pre-fab comers and tees shall be used at all wall comers and intersections. Equal to Dur-0-Wal "Dur-0-Eye". 04 At All Veneer Masoruy Walls with wood Stud Partitions Back-up Wall - With Rigid Insulation: Hot-dip galvanized, two-piece adjustable veneer Project No. Fellowship 1314 04200 -3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 E. F. anchor consisting of L-shaped plate and 3/16" diameter wire tie to extend to 3/4 inch from outside face of veneer. Tie shall be a Equal to Hohmann & Barnard HB-200 series two-piece adjustable ties. 05 At All Veneer Masonry Walls with wood Stud Partitions Back-up Wall - Without Rigid Insulation : Triangular tie and screw on anchor strap. Tie shall be a 3 /16" diameter triangle wire tie and shall be extend to 3/4 inch from outside face of veneer. Equal to Hohmann & Barnard (HB) DWl OHS series or Hohmann & Barnard HB-200 series two-piece adjustable ties. 06 Control Joint Anchor: Equal to Heckman No. 351 anchor at brick veneer, and No. 350 at block walls. 07 Cast Stone: Equal to Heckman No. 152 and 152A, located as per manufacturer's recommendations. Masonry Cleaning Products: 01 C leaning materials for the purpose of removing excess mortar, job dirt and normal job stains from light colored brick and tile units which are not subject to metallic stains shall be Sure Klean® 600 Detergent manufactured by Prosoco., Irving, Texas; or approved equal. a. Specific Gravity: 1.117 b . pH: 0 .3 (1 :6 dilution) c . Flash Point: None d. Freeze Point: -30° F (-34.4° C) e. Wt/Gal.: 9.3 lbs. 02 Cleaning materials for purposes of removing excess mortar, job dirt and normal job stains from brick and tile units which are subject to metallic oxidation stains shall be Sure Klean® Vana Trot® manufactured by ProSo Co., Irving, Texas; or approved equal. a. Specific Gravity: 1.117 b . pH: 0.3 (1 :6 dilution) c. Flash Point: None d . Freeze Point: -30° F (-34.4° C) e . Wt/Gal.: 9.3 lb s. 03 Cleaning material for removal of excess mortar and job dirt from brick, concrete, tile and stone surfaces shall be Enviro Klean® Mortar & Grout Remover manufactured by ProSo Co., Irving, Texas; or approved equal. a. Flash Point: None b. Specific Gravity: 1.00 c. pH: 1.6 (dilute 1 pound of powder to 1 gallon of water) 04 Consult masonry supplier/manufacturer to confirm proper selection of cleaning detergent to minimize reaction from metallic or other mineral deposits. Masonry Water Repellant Sealant: 01 Water Repellant Sealant materials shall be Sure Klean® Weather Seal Siloxane PD manufactured by Prosoco, Irving, Texas; or approved equal. a . Solids: 7.0% b . Specific gravity: 0.998 c . Flash point:> 200 degrees f(>93 degrees c) (astm d 3278 d. Voe: 203 grams/liter (astm d 3960) e. Freeze point: 32 degrees f (0 degrees c) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION OF MATERIALS Project No. Fellowship 1314 04200 -4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 3.2 3.3 3.4 A. Stonework: Dampen Stone before laying in a manner consistent with the nature of the Stone, the mortar, and the weather conditions. B. Mortar and Grout: 01 Use s uitabl e containers for material measurement. Measuring sand by the shovel is not acceptable. 02 Mix a minimum of 5 minutes 03 Consistency will completely fill all spaces intended to receive grout 04 Use within 2-1/2 hours of initial mixing. 05 Mortar or grout shall not be used if curing has progressed to yield a stiff consistency. D . Reinforcement: 01 Reinforcement shall be free from lose rust and other coatings that would reduce the bond. 02 Cut accurately to length and bend by such methods as will prevent injury to the material. 03 Straighten out kinks or bends. ALLOWABLETOLERANCESSTRUCTUAL A. Maximum Variation from Plumb : 01 In lines and surfaces of columns, walls and at rises: a. 1/4" in 1 O' (1 :480) b. 3/8" in 20' (maximum) c . 1/2" in 40' (1 :960) 02 For external corners, expansion joints and other conspicuous lines: a . 1/4" in 20' (maximum) b . 1/2" in 40' (1 :960) B. Maximum variation from level: 01 1/4" in any bay or 20' 02 1/2" in 40' (1 :960) ALLOW ABLE TOLERANCES VENEER OR EXPOSED SURF ACES A. Maximum variation from Plumb and Plane. 01 Lay up masonry plumb and in straight line to Architect's approval. Rejected wall will be tom down and re-laid without compensation . INSTALLATION A. Contractor shall use all means necessary to assure all masonry work is adequately braced at all times during erection. B. General : 01 Do not use chipped Stone. 02 Use masonry saws to cut and fit exposed units. 03 Lay units plumb , true to line, and with level courses accurately spaced within allowable tolerances. 04 Do not furrow bed joints. 05 Stop off horizontal run by racking back in each course; toothing is not permitted . 06 Adjust units to final position while mortar is soft and plastic . 07 If units are displaced after mortar has stiffened, remove, clean joints and units and re-lay with fresh motor. 08 When joining fresh masonry to set or partially set masonry: a. Remove loose masonry units and mortar b. Clean and lightly wet exposed surface of set masonry prior to laying fresh mortar. C . Metal Door Frames Anchored to Masonry: Fill jamb frames solid with mortar as work progresses. Install masonry anchors, securing to frame and adjacent vertical reinforcement. Fill head frame solid with mortar prior to installing lintel units. Project No . Fellowship 1314 04200 -5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 D . E . F. G. H. I. J. K. Lintel s and Bond Beams: Provide reinforced unit type, except where steel lintels are shown . Use reinforcing bars as shown on the drawings. With concrete, completely fill in lintel block and bond beams. Provide 8 inch bearing at end of lintels . Partitions Tops: Allow space at top of horizontal spanning walls for compressible joint back-up and sealant as specified in Sealant section . Anchor top of walls to deck or structure. Stone Ledge and Through Wall Flashing: 01 Clean surface of masonry smooth and free from projections which might puncture or otherwise damage flashing material. 02 P lace through-wall flashing on bed of mortar and cover with mortar. Mortar Beds : 01 Place mortar in a manner which will result in the development of adequate bond between the masonry and the reinforcement. 02 Lay units with full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical I head joints in all courses . 03 Provide sufficient mortar on ends of masonry unit to fill head joints. 04 Rock closures into place with head joints thrown against two adjacent masonry units in place. 05 Do not pound comers or jambs to fit stretcher units after setting in place. 06 Where adjustment to comers or jambs must be made after mortar has started to set, remove mortar and replace with fresh mortar. Weep hole s : 01 Provide weepholes in head joints in first course immediately above all flashing at all exterior Stone walls. 02 Leave head joint free and clean of mortar. Provide a temporary strip of rope at each weep to be removed upon completion of panel. 03 Spacing: 30 inch o.c. maximum 04 Keep weepholes and area above flashing free of mortar droppings. Cavity: 01 02 03 04 05 The level to which brick cavities shall be free of excess mortar shall be as established and approved on the masonry mock-up wall. Keep masonry cavity clean and free of excess mortar. Carefully lay first course at stone ledge and lintels, making sure that cavity is clean of all excess mortar which my impede the flow of moisture through weep holes . As work progresses, trowel and remove all protruding fins in cavity flat on inner surface of the wythe brick cavity. Take all necessary precaution to not allow excess mortar to drop within cavity from the inner surface of the wythe. a. Use wood strips with attached wire pulls or other suitable means to collect all loose mortar below the course being laid. b. Remove all mortar and clean the device at regular intervals while mortar is still elastic and able to be removed without disturbing masonry already laid above it. Cavities shall be inspected and excess mortar within the masonry cavi ty shall be grounds for removal and replacement of masonry if no other p ractical means is available to remove excess mortar; all at contractor's expense . Mortar Joints and Patterns: 01 Lay rock in pattern existing rock. 03 Provide flush joints where concealed from view and where dampproofing is scheduled . 04 Provide standard concave tooled joint where masonry is exposed to view for stone. 05 All mortar joints to be of consistent size . 06 Refer to the drawings for paver patterns. Reinforcement!Iie Systems: 01 General: Project No . Fellowship 1314 04200 -6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 3.4 3.4 a. Completely embedded in mortar or grout b . All reinforcement consisting of bars or wire 114 inch or less in diameter, embedded in the horizontal mortar joints, shall have no less than 5/8 inch mortar coverage from the exposed face . c . Veneer anchors at sheathing covered wood stud exterior walls shall be attached on outside face of sheathing using cadmium plated sheet metal screws. Spacing shall be 16 inch o.c. horizontally and 16 inch o.c. vertically. Rock shall be in code plus minus of 16" each way, d. Veneer anchors back up shall be the same as paragraph "D" above, except anchors shall be attached directly to wood stud with cadmium plated s heet metal screws. L. Comers: Connect comers with No. 9 galvanized wire or corrugated tie using one tie for each 4 inches of nominal wall thickness . M. Expansion Joints/Control Joints: 01 The mortar joint which stops at the expansion joint cavity shall be struck flush with the masonry unit, producing a continuous flat surface for the sealant to adhere to . 02 Place masonry control joints as indicated on the drawings. If not indicated, place joints at 20 '-0" O .C . maximum. Coordinate with Architect for exact locations . 03 Provide control joints at structural columns to isolate movement from continuing or intersecting walls and columns . N. Sealant Joints: 01 Allow for sealant joints around outside perimeters of exterior doors, window frames and other wall openings. 02 Uniform depth: 3/4 inch 03 Uniform width: not less than 114 inch and not more than 112 inch. 04 Provide sample for Architects approval. 05 Refers to drawing for locations and details of accent joints. CLEANING A. At completion of the work, fill and retool holes in joints of exposed masonry surfaces with mortar. After pointing has set and hardened, clean exposed masonry surfaces with cleaning agent recommended for each type of masonry used . Leave masonry clean, free of mortar daubs and with tight mortar joint throughout. After brickwork is set, protect all edges and comers from damage. The cleaning shall be in accordance with manufacturers printed instructions for type of cleaning agent used . MASONRY WATER REPELLANT SEALER A. Upon completion of cleaning all masonry surfaces, apply the masonry water repellant sealant material to all masonry surfaces using a low pressure B . Application: Before applying, read "Protect" and "Precautionary Measures" sections in the Manufacturer's Product Data Sheet for Weather Seal Siloxane PD. Refer to the Product Data Sheet for additional information about application of Weather Seal Siloxane PD. Do not dilute or alter. Water repellant must be used at all interior and exterior masonry locations. C. Vertical Application Instructions 01 For best results, apply protective treatment "wet-on-wet" to a visibly dry and absorbent surface. 02 Alternate Application Methods a. Spray: Saturate from the bottom up , creating a 4" to 8" {15 to 20 cm) rundown below the spray contact point. Let the first application penetrate for 5-10 minutes. Re-saturate . Less will be needed for the second application. Project No . Fellowship 1314 04200 -7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 3.5 b . Brush or roller: Saturate uniformly . Let protective treatment penetrate for 5 to 10 minutes. Brush out heavy runs and drips that don't penetrate. c . Dense Surface Application Instructions Apply in a single, saturating application with no run down. Back roll all runs and drips to ensure uniform appearance. DO NOT OVER APPLY. One application is normally enough . Always test. 03 Horizontal Application Instructions PROTECTION a . Saturate in a single application. Use enough to keep the surface wet for 2 to 3 minutes before penetration. b. Brush out puddles until they soak in. Treated surfaces dry to touch in 1 hour. C . Protect surfaces from rainfall for 6 hours following treatment. Many surfaces need several days to develop full water rep ell ency. A. Cover o ver all unfinished work at night against the elements with plastic sheet, building paper, heavy canvas or other material approve by Architect to prevent water from entering cavities . END OF SECTION Project No . Fellowship 1314 04200 -8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 SECTION 05500 MISCELLANEOUS METALS CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1, as indexed, apply to this Section. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to Section AB for substitutions. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Institute of Steel Construction B . American Welding Society C . American Society of Testing Materials D . American Iron and Steel Institute 1.3 SUBMITT ALS A . Comply with Section 01300 . B. Shop Drawings: 01 Complete shop drawings for the Architect's approval. Show all layouts, sizes, methods of construction and installation, including sizes and types of all fastening devices . C . Samples as noted. 1.4 SCOPE A. Refer to Alternates -Section 01030 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A . Structural Steel: Comply with ASTM A36 B. Welding: Comply with American Welding Society Code. c. Bolts: 01 02 Comply with ASTM A307 Size : 3/4 inch, unless otherwise noted . D. Anchors : 01 Expansion Bolts: a . Rawl Calk-Ins or Arrow Series 4000, 114 inch or less . b. Rawl Multi-Calks -greater than 114 inch. Top shall be below concrete surface. 02 Molly Screw Anchors: a . In walls 1116 - 5/8 inch thick, use "S" length b . In walls 5/8 -1 1/4 inch thick, use "L" length c . In walls 1 114 - 1 3/4 inches thick, use "XL" length. Project No . Fellowship 1314 05500 - 1 112 inch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 2.2 E. Shop Priming: 01 Shop coat any ungalvanized ferrous metal with primer. 02 Clean iron and metal to be primed of scale, dirt and dust by steel scrapers, wire brushers or sandblasting. Remove oil and grease with petroleum naptha. 03 Thoroughly work paint into all joints by brush. Overall application of brush or spray coat of red lead primer per Fed. Spec. TT-P-86 . 04 Give any painted built-in portions one field coat of primer on all abraded parts after installation . F. Galvanized Metal: 01 Comply with ASTM A123 . 02 General : Galvanized all steel sections which are fully or partially exposed to weather, regardless if they are scheduled to receive a finish coat of paint or not. 03 Galvanized items to be painted shall be primed as outlined in Painting and Staining Section. 04 Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. 05 Silicone protective coating shall not be used at galvanized items scheduled to receive paint. G . Aluminum: 01 Extruded sections from alloy 6063-T52 , meeting the requirements of ASTM B 221 02 Clear anodized finish samples to be submitted for approval on each item. Submit sample of finish weld. 03 Custom fabricate as shown on the drawings . Grind all welds smooth and flush to match adjoining exposed surfaces . Provide cast wall brackets - Julius Blum #376 04 All fasteners shall be stainless steel with tamper proof bolts and no pop rivets. Provide flush counter sunk heads . 05 All pipe rails shall be schedule 40 and have welded connections with male/female splice connections, and have a completely smooth flush finish . All comers and angles shall be custom prefabricated. All splices shall occur at supports. 06 Handrail & Guardrail Manufacturers : a. Alumfab , Inc . b . Architectural Art Manufacturing, Inc. c. Julius Blum & Co., Inc . d. Blum craft of Pittsburgh e . McNichols. f. Crane Veyor Corp. g. Daniel Industrial Metals Inc. h . Poma Corp. 1. Rippel Architectural Metals, Inc. J . Superior Aluminum Products k. R & B Wagner, Inc. 07 Exterior rails shall be all welded construction 08 Provide clear epoxy coating where aluminum 1s in direct contact with concrete (only) MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS A. The following is a list of the principal miscellaneous metal items to be furnished under this section. This list is offered only as a guide and Contractor shall thoroughly check Drawings for other miscellaneous metals . 01 All items exposed to the exterior shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. B. Pipe J?ollard I Guard Post: Provide and install schedule 40 steel pipe bollard I guard post, m fixed and I or removable configuration as detailed on the drawings. Fill with concrete after installation. Hot dip galvanized after fabrication. Project No . Fellowship 1314 05500 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 c. D . E . F . G. H. I. J . L. M. 0 . Handrails & Brackets: 01 Exterior Steel Handrails furnish and install 1 1/2 inch diameter schedule 40 steel pipe rails & posts galvanized and brackets shall be wall type or floor type sleeves as indicated . 02 Interior Steel Handrails shall have matching plate with 4 screws into the flange. In concrete the post shall be in recessed in sleeves. Include all other parts required for finished installation. All work shall be in accordance with codes and access standards. Handrails shall be Painted with a high gloss finish. Foot Scrapers: Fabricate from steel shape as shown on drawings. Weld joints and grid smooth. Hot dip galvanize after fabrication . Signs: NA Steel Ladders and Loose Lintels -Fabricate from steel shapes as shown; weld joints and grind smooth. Hot dip galvanize after fabrication. Masonry Anchors at Steel Columns: Fabricate from 5116 inch diameter steel, galvanized after fabrication; field weld to columns, space not more then 24 inches o.c. vertically to coincide with horizontal mortar joint elevations. Refer to Structural drawings. Expansion Joint Covers : Anodized extruded aluminum expansion joint covers, 01 Design is based on Conspec Systems (C/S) Group expansion joint covers. 02 Floor-to-floor model GFT-200. 03 Floor-to-wall model GFTW-200. 04 Wall-to-wall model AFW and model AFWC. 05 Other approved manufacturers providing equal products include Pauling Corp., D & B, M&M Systems and Balco. Access Doors: 2'-0" x 3'-0" unless otherwise shown on drawings or specified in Divisions 15 and 16 . Standard type flush steel doors for wallboard or masonry construction in sizes and locations as shown on the drawings. Provide one at each restroom plumbing chase wall if not indicated on drawing. Provide one 2' x 2' ceiling access panel at each restroom with solid gyp board ceiling. Locations as indicted by the Architect's field representative. 01 Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Bar-Co. b . Cesco Products c. J. L. Industries d. Karp Associates e. Milcor Inc., Nystrom Inc. f. Williams Brothers Corp. Frame Supports: Construct frame supports for all aluminum entrances and storefront I curtain walls as detailed and required for a rigid assembly of the aluminum framing . Miscellaneous Angles: Sizes and shapes as detailed. Use specified galvanized steel for angles at exterior conditions. Below and Above-Ceiling Supports: Construct of Unistrut members or as approved by Architect to size and shape detailed . All work shall be accurate to +/-1 /8 inch. Provide supports complete with fastenings to structure for overhead equipment. Trench Covers and Frames : Balco Type TST Series interior trench frame and cover suitable for insertion of VCT finish flooring. Aluminum plate shall be minimum 1/4 inch thick with a recessed design to accept VCT floor tile. Frame shall be set 1/8 inch above concrete floor so that the finished top is flush with the finished VCT floor. 01 Additional Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Architectural Art Manufacturing b. MM Systems Corp. Project No . Fellowship 1314 05500 -3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 P . Ceiling Hung Equipment Supports: Provide supports and trim as indicated at in drawings . Q. Miscellaneous Items: Miscellaneous metal items and their related components are not necessarily indivi duall y described. Miscellaneous items not describ ed shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the intent of the drawings and specifications, and as required to complete the work. R. Ladders will be as detailed . Anchor to floor with angles . Round rungs will be W ' and the side of the ladders wi II 3" X 3/8". PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Separate all dissimilar metals. B . Where welding is exposed to view, we lds shall be executed neatly then ground s mooth. Pits and blemishes are not acceptable. C. For manufactured items, adhere to printed manufacturer's installation instructions . D . Refer to Painting Section for items that are to receive paint. END OF SECTION Project No. F ellowship 1314 05500 -4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 SECTION 05520 METAL HAND RAILS CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1, as indexed, apply to this Section. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1.2 1.3 1.4 A. Refer to Section AB for substitutions. B. Steel pan type stairs and landings, with integral handrails and balusters, plats, angles, hangers, struts and welds for securing to building structure. C . Related Work: 01 Section 03300 -Exterior Concrete Slab 02 Section 09900 -Painting QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: 01 ASTM A53 -Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe 02 FS TT-P-86 -Paint, red-lead base, ready mixed SUBMITIALS A. Refer to Section 01300. B . Shop Drawings: 01 Indicate construction details, sizes of metal sections, thicknesses of metals, profiles, attachments, dimensions and field joints, method of support from structure, work to be built-in or provided by other sections and finishes . 02 Indicate welded connections, both shop and field, using standard A WS welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. WARRANTY A. Warrant the work specified herein for one year against becoming unserviceable or causing an objectionable appearance, resulting from either defective or nonconforming materials or workmanship. B. Warrant that all assemblies , components, and parts specified comply with the Contract Documents and local restrictions, and are compatible with each other, adjoining substrates, materials, work, and other conditions of installation and expected use. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Pipe: Welded and seamless steel type, ASTM A53, type S, schedule 40, plain finish B . Bolts, Nuts and Washers : High strength steel type, ASTM A325 Project No. Fellowship 1314 05520 -1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 2.2 2.3 C . Welding Materials : Applicable A WS D 1.1, type required for materials being welded. D. E . Primer: Red lead, FS TT-P-86 Wire mesh panel inserts: Plain Steel, 2 " square opening, .2 5" wire diameter, Welded wire mesh by McNichols, or Equal GENERAL FABRICATION A . Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. B. C. D. E. F. Fabricate integral railings and component connections capable of resisting a lateral force of 150 lbs . minimum, at any single point, without permanent set or damage . Fit and shop assemble sections in largest practical sizes. Accurately form and fit components and connections . Grind exposed edges and welds smooth and flush. Accurately form components required for proper anchorage of stairs, landings and integral railings to each other and to building structure. Thoroughly clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to prime painting. Allow to dry thoroughly before applying priming materials . G. Shop prime in two coats having a total dry film thickness of 2 .0 mil s. Do not prime surfaces to be field welded or cast in concrete. STEEL PIPE RAILING SYSTEM GALVANIZED A. Posts: 1 1/4 inch standard steel pipe members of welded construction. B . Rails: 1 1/4 inch standard steel pipe rails of welded construction. C . Brackets and Mounting: Steel of sizes required or as noted on drawings. D. Sleeves shall be installed in concrete or saw cut the concrete with a concrete saw. E. Finish : Shop primed F. Wire mesh panel inserts with 2" square openings as shown on drawings by McNichols, or Equal 44 PART 3 -EXECUTION 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 3.1 ERECTION A. Erect handrail s square , le ve l, plumb and free from distortion or defects detrimental to appearance and performance. Comply with ADA B. Provide necessary anchors, plates, and sleeves as required for connecting handrail to the structure. McNichols cast handrail wall brackets, or equal. 54 C . Ensure alignment with adjacent construction. Coordinate with related work to ensure 55 no interruption in installation. Project No . F ellowship 1314 05520 -2 I 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 D. E. F . Perform necessary cutting and altering for the installation of work of other sections. Do not perform any other additional cutting without the review of the Architect. Field bolt and weld to match standard of shop bolting and welding. Hide bolts and screws whenever possible. If bolts and screws are not hidden, use flush countersunk fastenings, unless indicated otherwise. Make mechanically fastened joints flush (hairline or better). Grind welds smooth and flush . Install wire mesh panel inserts as shown on drawings . END OF SECTION Project No . Fellowship 1314 05520 -3 1 SECTION 06100 2 3 ROUGH CARPENTRY 4 5 6 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DMSION 1 APPL y TO nns SECTION. 7 8 PART 1 -GENERAL 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 1.1 1.2 1.3 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to Supplementary Condition for substitutions . B. Related work 09260 Gypsum Board Assemblies SUBMITTALS A. Comply with section 01300 B. Product D ata: Wood Treatment Materials STANDARDS AND GRADING A. B. C . D . All lumber used structurally shall be graded and marked with grade and trademark of a lumber grading organization approved by the Architect, except that a certification of grade from such a grading organization may be accepted in lieu of grade and trademarks when approved by the Architect. Trademark of manufacturer shall also appear on each piece. Each piece of plywood used structurally shall carry the American Plywood Association trademark. Grading Rules: ·Conform with all applicable requirements of American Lumber Standards "Simplified Practice Recommendations R-16" and to grading rules of manufacturer's association under whose rules the lumber is produced. Reference Standards: (Conform with all requirements) 01 Southern Pine Council (SPA) 02 U .S . Dept. of Commerce Product Standards 03 American Wood Preservers Assoc. Standards (as they apply) 04 Architectural Woodwork Institute "Quality Standards" 05 Western Wood Products Association Manual PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Lumber: 01 Treated No. 2, S4S Southern Yellow Pine a . Alkaline Copper Quaternary (ACQ). Comply with A WP A Standards b. Use for blocking, stripping, grounds, cants and miscellaneous wood items in contact with concrete, roofing, all exterior wall locations and where exposed to the weather. Use as treated blocking at all conditions where cement siding, soffits and soffits are shown Project No . Fellowship 1314 06100 - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 02 03 No. 2, S4S Southern Yellow Pine : Use for framing , blocking, stripping and miscellaneous concealed interior lumb er not exposed to concrete, roofing weather or moisture, when FRS lumb er is not required by build ing code. Fire Retardant No, 2, S4S Southern Pine: Lumber shall be pressure- impregnated with non-combustible fire retardant chemicals in accordance with U.L. FRS Fire Hazard Classification. All lumber must be dried following treatment in accordance with A WP A Standard C-20 . Use for framing , plates and blocking in all walls and partitions where required by building code or noted on drawings . B. Plywood: 01 General : Comply with APA Standards 02 AP A A-D, Group 1 Interior used where appearance of only one side is exposed to view for interior locations . 03 Exterior plywood, Group 1, APA rated sheathing. U se where miscellaneous plywood is exposed to concrete or weather. 04 Fire Retardant Treated Plywood -Identical to "C.03 11 with pressure- impregnated non-combustible fire retardant chemicals in accordance with U .S. FRS Fire Hazard Classification, AWPA Standards C-27. Use when required by building code or noted on drawings. 05 Underlayment: a . AP A rated Sturdi-floor, exterior grade, tongue and groove edges. C. Rough Hardware: 01 Fasteners used in ACQ treated material shall be hot-dipped galvanized fasteners complying with ASTM A153 and connectors complying with ASTM A653; or Type 304 or Type 316 stainless steel fasteners and connectors, as recommended by the treatment manufacturer. 02 Nails, Spikes, and Staples : Hot-dipped galvanized for exterior locations, high humidity locations, and treated wood ; plain finish for other interior locations : Size and type to suit application . 02 Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, and Screws : Medium carbon steel ; size and type to suit application. Hot-dipped galvanize for exterior locations, high humidity locations, and treated wood. Plain finish for other interior locations. 03 Fasteners: Toggle bolt type for anchorage to hollow masonry. Expansion shield and lag bolt type for anchorage to solid masonry and concrete. Bolts or power activated type for anchorage to steel. 04 Reference Structural for "Simpson" hardware and fasteners. D . Treated Wood Isolation: 01 All ACQ treated material shall be installed with an isolation sheet between the wood and adjacent metal surface. Provide 15 lb . asphalt impregnated building felt or other isolation material as recommended by the treatment manufacturer. E. Telephone I Technology Board 01 Use grade stamped DFPA, grade AID . 02 Provide 4 ' x 8' sheets of 3/4 inch plywood for telephone boards in mechanical; telephone rooms where needed. 03 Where exposed, paint as scheduled in Section 09900 PART 3 -EXECUTION Project No . F ellows hip 1314 06100 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 C. A. Blocking Locations: 01 Provide wood blocking at all built-in work, in walls for anchoring cabinets, and other locations as indicated on the drawings . C. Wood Framing: 01 Reference Structural for wall framing and accessories. 02 Framing and blocking shall be accurately cut and fitted true to line and levels, avoiding shims and wedges. 03 Spiking and nailing shall be done using largest size spikes and nail practicable. 04 Use 2" x 4" or 2" x 6" (see drawings) wood studs spaced 16 inches o .c., with 4 inch face perpendicular to direction of wall or partition , unless otherwise stated. Provide single bottom plate and double-top plates 2 inches thick by width of studs. 05 06 07 08 09 Plywood: 01 02 Bolt nailers and blocking to steel, masonry or concrete members with bolts or proportionate strength of members attached from each end, except as otherwise noted on plans . Provide blocking, bucks and framing as necessary and for other trades as required . Provide stair framing members of size, spacing and configuration indicated and as required to support minimum uniform live load of 100 psf and minimum concentrated load of 300 lbs . applied to area of 4 square inches at center of tread . Fabricate stair framing members to provide exact fit with treads and risers with no change in dimensions between landings. All beams, trusses and joist will be designed by the Engineer of Record. The anchorage will be by the Engineer of Record . Install plywood over framing in accordance with instruction of American Plywood Association Construction Guide Form No. E30C. Install underlayment plywood as shown in accordance with instructions of American Plywood Association . Space panel joints and edges 1/32 inch. Fill and sand panel edge joints, surface roughness, and damaged or open areas. Nail with four (4) ring-shank nails spaced at 6 inches at edges and 8 inc hes in field each way. END OF SECTION Project No . Fellowship 1314 06100 -3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 SECTION 06220 FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 APPLY TO TIIlS SECTION. PART I-GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to Instructions to Proposers for substitutions . B. Related Work: 01 Section 06100 -Rough Carpentry 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. Finish Carpentry B. Mill work C. Plastic Laminate D . Installation of finish hardware and plastic laminate doors. 1.3 SUBMITT ALS A. Manufacturer's specifications and other data for all products proposed to be furnished as needed to prove compliance with specified requirements. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate size, material , veneer, and A WI grade construction details. Show locations and installation procedure of each millwork item. Includes details of joints, attachments, and clearances. C. Manufacturer's installation instructions. D. Samples: 01 Submit full range of colors, patterns, and textures for plastic laminate for Architect's selection. 02 Submit representative, minimum 18" samples of all hardwood proposed to be furnished 03 Submit samples of range of stains on actual hardwood samples. 1.4 MINIMUM COMPLIANCE STANDARDS A. The "Quality Standards of the Architectural Woodwork Industry" governs the work, except where more restrictive items are specified. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PLASTIC LAMINATE A. Thickness : Horizontal grade for all finished I exposed surfaces. Vertical grade may be used for cabinet interiors only. Use .020 balance sheet. B. Pattern Finish Selection: As selected by Architect C. Pattern Range : Include all standard colors Project No . Fellowship 1314 06220 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 D. Acceptable Manufacturer: 01 Wilsonart -Ralph Wil son Plastic Co . 02 Fonnica -The Fonnica Corporation SOLID STOCK A. Moisture Content: Percent of moi sture in relation to over-dry weight shall be between 8% and 13% at time of installation . B. Natural Finish Hardwood : African Mahogany. Comply with A WI "Premium" Grade. C. Paint Grade Hardwood : Any species, including Parana Pine. Do not use Oak, Elm or similar species which ha ve c oarse grain . D. Blocking I Hangers : SYP or SPF #3 or better dimensional lumber. HIGH PERFORMANCE CORE MATERIAL: A . All core material s shall be an Industrial Grade particle board which shall meet or exceed perfonnance requirements for ANSI A208.l-1999 M3 Standards. B. All core material s shall be 3/4" material; minimum 45 lb . den sity . C. All core material s shall have a minimum 250 lb . screw holding capacity on the face plane and minimum 225 lb . screw holding capacity on the edge plane . D . Edging types. 3 mm thick PVC . Solid, high-impact, purified, color-thru, acid resistant , pre-lamination primed edging, machine-applied with hot melt adhesives, automatically trimmed, inside/outside length-radiused for unifonn appearance, buffed and comer-radiused for consistent des ign . MISCELLANEOUS A. Utility shelving: A WI "Economy" grade B. Natural Finished Millwork: A WI "Premium" Grade: 01 Wood Type: White Oak 02 Grain Pattern : Rift-cut C. Clear Acrylic/Plexiglas : 1/4 inch thick panel s fastened to walls where indicated on drawings . TELEPHONE BOARD A. U se grade stamped DFP A , grade AID, Paint as scheduled in Section 09900 . Prov ide 4' x 8' sheets of 3/4 inch p lywood for telephone boards in mechanical; telephone rooms where needed. (Reference drawings and electrical) CABINET HARDWARE A. Hinges . Heavy-duty chrome-plated steel , 5 knuckle, equal to McKinney No. 2758-US D finish (color selected by Architect), wraparound type allowing 270-degree swing at end of unit attached with No. 10-24 sheet metal screws, or approved substitution. B. Pulls. 4-1 /2 inch extruded aluminum with color selected by Architect. C . Catches. Spring actuated, nylon roller type . Project No. F ello ws hip 1314 06220 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 D . Adjustable Shelf Supports. 13-gauge angle, 1/2 inch wide, with 114 inch diameter by 3/8 inch long pin, bright zinc-plated and all edges rounded . E . Locks: NA 2.7 PLASTIC LAMINATE BLOCK PANELING A. Provide plastic laminate finished block paneling in sizes and patterns as indicated on the drawings. 01 3/4" high pressure core material bod y. 02 Horizontal grade plastic laminate faces with 0 .020 balanced backs. 03 Faces of block paneling shall have no seams or splices. B. A maximum of three (3) plastic laminates and 3 mil PVC edging shall be selected for application. C . Block paneling shall be suspended I hung on wall using lx4 blocking attached to wall and back of panel to provide 3/4" relief off wall. Provide at two locations each panel. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Positioning: Place approximately level, plumb and at right angles to adjacent work. Maintain consistent spacing between elements where indicated on the drawings. B. Fitting: Where field cutting or trimming is necessary, perform in a neat, accurate, professional manner without damaging the products and adjacent work. C. Anchorage: Attach sec urely so the products will perform to their maximum ability without damage from inadequate fastenings . D . Fasten tops to frames with concealed clips, screws and glue . 3.2 PLASTIC LAMINATE DOOR INSTALLATION A. Carefully verify that doors are properly installed at intended door location and that door prep for finish hardware is accurate and complete. B. Install all doors plumb and square to frame with +/-1/8" clearance between door and frame. C. Install finish hardware in accordance with approved templates. D . Verify that top and bottom rails are sealed prior to door installation. E . Take all necessary precautions to protect door finishes before, during and after installation. In the event of damage to the plastic laminate surfacing , replace door. F. Upon completion of door installation, cycle door several times to confirm that door, frame and hardware are all installed and functioning correctly. 3.3 FINISH HARDWARE INSTALLATION A. The supplier will mark each item hardware for location. Protect the marking.s until each it~m is installed. If any item is deli vered to the job not properly marked, return 1t to the supplier for marking before attempting to install it. B. Check markings on hardware for proper location. Install and make necessary adjustments for proper working order. Any hardware damaged by improper adjustment or careless abuse will be replaced by the Contractor at his expense. Project No. Fellowship 1314 06220 -3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 c. D . E. F . G. H . Provide clean, properly sized and accurately placed morti ses and drilled holes for all mortise hardware such as locksets and for cylindrical locks where specified only. Accurately fit all surface-applied hardware . After hardware is installed, protect exposed surfaces by use of heavy paper and masking tape and maintain until job completion. Remove all finish hardware except that which is primed for painting before painter's finish is applied. Permanently replace and re-adjust for proper function after painter's finish has dried hard . Do not strip heads of Phillips head screws . Remove and replace all stripped or damaged screws. Finish Hardware -Cabinets shall have all hardware furnished. END OF SECTION Project No. F ello ws hip 1314 06220 -4 I 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 SECTION 07160 VAPOR BARRIER AND THRU-W ALL FLASHING CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 APPLY TO THIS SECTION. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to Instructions to Bidders for substitutions. B. Dampproofing shall be applied to exterior of all gypsum sheathing and other locations where indicated. 1.2 SUB MITT ALS A. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with specified requirements. B . Certification of compatibility with rigid insulation specified in Building Insulation - Section 07210. C . Manufacturer's certificate that product contains no asbestos . D . Manufacturer's installation instructions; including shop drawings where necessary to detail special conditions. E . Sample Panel : Sample panel shall be 8' long x 4' high panel showing completed through-wall flashing at first course of masonry and dampproofing assembly, complete with exterior sheathing, rigid insulation (where applicable). Coordinate as required with other trades . 01 Panel shall be "L" shaped (4' x 4') with wood stud I sheathing back-up wall on one side and rock on one side. Install with vapor barrier on sheathing. 02 Once accepted by the Architect, the sample panel shall be the standard by which installed is judged. 03 Sample panel shall remain at the jobsite until all through-wall flashing and dampproofing is completed. 1.3 WARRANTY A. Refer to Section 01710 -Guarantees, Certificates and Close-Out B . Provide a material and labor, non-prorated, manufacturer 's I installer minimum two (2) year warranty that material and installation shall remain water tight. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 VAPOR BARRIER MANUFACTURERS A. These specifications are based Grace Select. Refer to each of the manufacturer's literature for specific installation requirements . 01 Grace Select 02 Sonneborn 03 Tremco Project No. Fellowship 1314 07160 - 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 B. Self-adhered over penetrations for doors, windows, and all other openings in the envelope . PRODUCT DESCRIPTION A. Rubberized asphalt backed by a layer of high density cross laminated polyethylene with a paper backed release liner 25 mils . B. Limitations: Apply material when temperature is over 45°F and protect from rain or freezing until completely dry. Do not apply where material will be in continuous contact with water or ponded water situations . Comply with Manufactures recommendation . TECHNICAL DATA A . Cured Film References I Characteristics 01 Water Vapor Permeance, ASTM E96: 0 .05 maximum 02 Flammability: No flash 03 Material weight O. l 4lb/ft2 B. Sheathing 01 Prime all surface Perm-A-Barrier WB 02 Prime rate 250-350 ft2 /gal/6-8m2/L THRU-WALL FLASHING A. By definition for work covered by this section, "thru-wall flashing" shall refer to all flexible flashing installed at both through-wall and non-through-wall conditions . Metallic thru-wall flashing shall be as specified in section 07620 . B. Flexible, Self-Sealing Wall Flashing (TWF) 01 Description : Self adhering, membrane consisting of an SBS rubberized asphalt compound which is integrally laminated to a cross laminated polyethylene (HDPE) film, with a silicone release sheet, specifically designed for thru-wall flashing conditions . 02 Width: Select either 12 inch, 18 inch, 24 inch , 36 inch wide rolls . 03 Thickness: 40 mils. 04 Elongation: 250% minimum (ASTM D412 Die C) 05 Water vapor transmission : 0.05 perms (ASTM E96 Method B) 06 Membrane tensile strength: 250 psi minimum. C. Termination Bar 01 l" x 1/8" aluminum or stainless steel flat bar. 02 Pre-drilled to fasten at maximum 16" O.C . 03 Fasteners shall be cadmium plated or stainless steel, se lf-tapping screws . THRU-WALL FLASHING MANUFACTURERS A. These spec ifications are based on the first listed product. Refer to each of the manufacturer's literature for specific installation requirements . 01 Grace Construction Product "Perm-A-Barrier" 02 Henry Company #798 Blueskin TWF. 02 Tremco ExoAir TWF Project No . Fellowship 1314 07160 -2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 04 05 Polyguard Products , Inc . "Polyguard 400" Durowall, Inc ''Duro-0-Barrier 44". PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION 3.2 A. B . Working Conditions : Apply under normal working conditions above 45°F and rising . Do not apply when rain is imminent. Storage: Keep container tightly sealed and protect from freezing in shipping and storage. C . Surface Preparation : 01 All dust , dirt , old loose or scaling coatings shall be removed from the surface before coating or application ofthru-wall fla shing. 02 All rock ledge conditions and cement siding shall be free of dirt and dust prior to application of thru-wall flashing . 03 Metal surfaces shall be free of rust, cleaned and primed. 04 Architect shall approve the vapor barrier and thru wall flashing before cover up. LOCATIONS A. Thru-Wall Flashing B. c . D . 01 All foundation masonry I brick ledges. At locations where adjacent concrete flatwork is above the bottom of the brick ledge, two (2) layers shall be applied -one at base of brick ledge and one at the first brick course above the adjacent flatwork . 02 Over heads of openings on steel lintel angles back to wall sheathing I substrate. 03 Under sills and at jambs of openings (not thru wall). Install additional thru -wall flashing at window jambs to lap over the end dams of all sub-sill flashing. Coordinate with window installer as required. 04 At perimeter of building at roof lines and parapets (not thru wall) extending down onto exterior walls 05 At all exterior wall conditions as required to divert moisture within wall cavities to the building exterior. 06 At all openings through exterior sheathing I cement siding resulting from structural wood or other interfacing work. 07 Where indicated on drawings. Termination Bar: Continuous at the top edge of the vertical surface of all thru-wall flashing at all masonry ledges , wall-to-roof masonry conditions and masonry lintels Vapor Barrier 01 Install fabric mesh at all sheathing joints and corners , fully adhered to sheathing prior to installing vapor barrier. 02 Install vapor barrier at all exterior cavity walls penetrations including areas above soffits, doors, and windows. The completed installation of thru-wall flashing and dampproofing shall render the building water tight except at door and window openings Project No . F ellowship 1314 07160 -3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 3.3 3.4 INSTALLATION -THRU-W ALL FLASHING A. Install all thru-wall flashing and vapor barrier in strict accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and recommendations. 01 Take all necessary precautions to eliminate fish-mouths and other irregularities. Where they occur, cut out and apply additional layer(s) ofthru- wall flashing as required to achieve a smooth surface. 02 Carefully construct comer assemblies and vertical transitions I steps to assure proper lapping of adjacent sheets to provide positive drainage. Lap joints shall be a minimum of 4 inches. 03 All thru-wall flashing shall be installed prior to application of vapor barrier. B. Do not extend thru-wall flashing at masonry I rock ledges and lintels to face of masonry. Cut back 1/2" to 3/4" from exterior face . C. Carefully coordinate with the masonry contractor to install thru-wall flashing at the proper brick course(s). Thru-wall flashing shall form a continuous barrier at all transitions. TESTING AND INSPECTING A. Not more than ten (10) days after completion of this portion of the work, at the discretion of the Architect, demonstrate by running water test that the work of this section will successfully repel water. 01 Notify the Architect at least 48 hours in advance, and conduct the test in the Architect's presence. 02 By means of an outrigger, or similar acceptable equipment, place the nozzle of a 3/4 inch garden hose at a point approximately 10'-0" away from top of wall where approved by the Architect, aiming the nozzle at slight downward angle to direct full stream of water onto wall. 03 Run water onto wall at full available force for not less than four hours . 04 Upon completion of the four-hour period, inspect interior surfaces of wall for evidence of moisture penetration. B. If evidence of moisture penetration is discovered , apply an additional coat of dampproofing to the exterior surface in areas directed by the Architect. Repeat application and testing at no additional cost to the Owner, until no evidence of moisture penetration is found . END OF SECTION Project No . Fellowship 1314 07160 -4 I 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION CONDITIONS OF THE CONfRACT, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DMSION 1 APPLY TO THIS SECTION. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to Instructions to Proposers for substitutions . B. This Section includes roof insulation and batt insulation used in stud walls . 1.3 SUBMITT ALS A. Comply with Section 01300 B. Submit product literature for all products proposed to be furnished . C . Certify compatibility of rigid insulation with dampproofing mastic. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Batt or Roll Thermal Insulation: 01 R-Values (minimum): R-19 in walls , R-30 at attics . 02 Comply with Type 1 ASTM 665-84 unfaced 03 Flame Spread 25 or less 04 Pins and disc securement accessories as required. 05 Unfaced. B . Batt or Roll Acoustical (Sound Attenuation) Insulation : 01 Sound Attenuation Insulation : USG "Thermafiber" or Owens/Corning "R-8" noise barrier batt sound attenuation blankets, 2 inch thickness, friction fit between studs . 02 Pins and disc securement accessories as required . 03 Unfaced. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Batt or Roll (thermal): 01 Owens-Corning 02 Manville 03 Certaineed 04 United States Gypsum 05 Guardian Building Products B. Batt or Roll (acoustical): 01 Owens-Corning 02 Manville 03 Certaineed 04 United States Gypsum 05 Guardian Building Products PART 3 -EXECUTION Project No . F ellowship 1314 07210 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 3.1 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Batt or Roll Thermal Insulation : 01 Batts shall fit between studs and provide full coverage at exterior walls. 02 Wall Areas Above Ceiling: At insulation in ceiling cavity, install adhesive- mounted spike devices with metal caps at 2'-0" vertically, and 4 inches horizontally from each side of the blankets . Install blankets with long dimensions running vertically on spikes, keeping blankets tight to exterior wall without crushing. 03 On the exterior side of all structural wood located directly behind sheathing B . Batt or Roll Acoustical Insulation: 01 Place acoustical insulation in part1t1ons tight within spaces, around cut openings, behind and around electrical and mechanical items within or behind partitions and tight to items passing through partitions . PROTECTION A. Upon completion of batt insulation, use all means necessary to protect material from becoming wet. B. 01 In the event batt or acoustical insulation comes in direct contact with moisture or becomes wet , remove and discard, and replace insulation with dry material. 02 In the event batt insulation becomes damp or moi st, thoroughly dry insulation prior to covering up . 03 Use all means necessary to assure that batt and acoustical insulation is completely dry at the time of cover-up and will not promote the growth of mold . Protect insulation as required to prevent damage. END OF SECTION Project No. Fellowship 1314 07210 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 SECTION 07270 FIRESTOPPING, PENETRATION SEALS CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1, as indexed, apply to this Section. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION B. A. Work Included 01 Furnish all materials and labor required for installation offirestops around through -penetrations of pipe, duct, cable, cable tray, conduit, other electrical devices, blank openings and at the periphery of fire-rated walls, floors, partitions and floor/ceiling assemb lies. Related Work 01 02 03 04 05 06 Section 03300 -Concrete Section 04200 -Masonry Section 07900 -Joint Sealant Section 09200 -Lath and Plaster Section 09250 -Gypsum Drywall Systems Division 15 and 16 Sections -Mechanical, Electrical, and Plumbing Work 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Standards 01 ASTM E-814, Standard Method for Fire Tests of Through -Penetration Fire Stops. 02 ASTM E-84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 03 UL 1479, Fire Tests of Through-Penetrations Firestops . 04 UL 723, Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 05 UL Fire Resistance Directory; Through -Penetration Firestop Systems (XHEZ), and Fill , Void or Cavity Materials (XHHW). 06 NFPA 101 -Life Safety Code 07 NFPA 70 -National Electric Code B. Performance 01 Firestop systems shall provide a fire resistance rating at least equal to the hourly resistance rating of the fue-rated barrier. 02 Firestop Systems shall have been tested in accordance with ASTM E-814 or UL 1479 under a minimum positive pressure of0.01 in. of water. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A . Penetration: Any opening of foreign material passing through or into a fire-rated barrier. B. Fire-Rated: Have the ability to withstand the effects of a standard fire exposure for a specified time period, as determined by qualified testing . Project No. Fellowship 1314 07270 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 doors. 1.4 1.5 44 site 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 1..6 c. D . E. F . Fire-Rated Barri er: A floor, wall , partition or floor-ceiling assembly able to withstand a standard fire and hose stream test without failure. Fire Resistance Rating: The ability of a structure to act as a barrier to the spread of fire and to confin e it to the area of origin. Ratings are expressed in hours and apply to beams, columns, floors , roofs , walls and partitions. Firestopping : A means of sealing openings in fire-rated barriers to preserve or restore the fire resistan ce rating. Firestop System : a material, or combination of materials, installed to retain the integrity of fire-rated construction by maintaining an effective barrier against the spread of flame , smoke or gases through penetrations in fire-rated vertical barriers It should be used in specific locations as follows: 01 Penetrations for the passage of duct, cab le, cable tray, conduit, piping and electrical busways and raceways through fire-rated vertical barriers (walls and partitions), horizontal barriers (floor slabs and floor/cei ling assemblies), and vertical service shafts. 02 Openings between floor slabs and curtain walls . 03 Openings between structurally separate sections of walls of floors . 04 Gaps between the top of walls and ceiling or roof assemblies . 05 Vertical service shafts at each floor level. 06 Expansion joints in walls and floors . 07 Opening s and penetrations in fire-rated partitions or walls containing fire SUBMITIALS A. Comply with Section 01300. B . Product Data 01 Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications, recommendations, installation instructions, and maintenance data for each type of material required. 02 Submit a copy of UL illustration of each proposed system indicating manufacturer approved modifications. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver material s undamaged in manufacturer's clearly labeled, unopened containers, identified with brand, type, grade, and UL label where applicable. B. Coordinate delivery with scheduled installation date to allow minimum storage time at C . Store materials in clean, dry, ventilated location. Protect from soiling, abuse, and moisture. Follow manufacturer's instructions. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Existing Conditions 01 Verify existing conditions and substrates before starting work. Correct unsatisfactory conditions before proceeding. 02 Proceed with installation only after penetrations of the substrate and supporting brackets have been installed. Project No . F ellowship 1314 07270 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 B . Environmental Requirements 01 Furnish adequate ventilation ifusing solvent. 02 Furnish forced air ventilation during installation if required by manufacturer. 03 Keep flammable materials away from sparks or flame. 04 Provide masking and drop cloths to prevent contamination of adjacent surfaces by fire stopping materials. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A . Hilti Construction Chemicals, Inc. B. 3M Corporations C . Tremco D . Metalines, Inc. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Firestopping materials I constructions shall constitute one or more of the following products or equal by other listed manufacturers. 01 Hilti CP601S Firestop Sealant: An adhesive, one-part, silicone-based, elastomeric sealant. 02 Hilti FS ONE Intumescent Wrap: An Aluminum foil-backed intumescent strip for plastic or insulate pipe. 03 Damming Materials: Hilti CF 128 Adhesive Filling and Sealing Foam or fire-tested designs. B. Firestopping materials shall be asbestos-free, emit no toxic or combustible fumes and be capable of maintaining an effective barrier against flame , smoke, gas, and water in compliance with previously referenced standards. C. Firestopping materials /systems shall be flexible to allow for normal movement of building structure and penetrating item(s) without affecting the adhesion or integrity of the system . PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION 3.2 A. Prepare substrate surfaces to ensure proper and adequate structural support for the specified UL Rated Firestop System. Install fire-rated partitions /floors with void to receive firestop system. B. Clean surfaces from all foreign materials i.e. , loose debris, dirt, oil, grease, wax and/or oil caulking before sealant is applied . C . Field measure and verify dimensions as required. D . Protect adjacent areas or surfaces from damage as a result of the work of this Section. APPLICATION A. Installation of fire stopping materials shall be in exact accordance with the manufacturer's latest published instructions. Project No . Fellowship 1314 07270 -3 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 3 .3 3.4 B. c . D . E. Installation sh all be in accordance with the appropriate UL Building Materials Directory Assembly or with the appropriate Warnock Hersey International L isting. Seal holes or void s made by penetrating items to ensure an effective fire and smoke barrier. Seal all intersections and all penetrations of floor s, ceilings, wall s, and columns. Seal around all c utouts for li ghts, cabinets pipes, and plumbing, HV AC ducts, electrical boxes , etc. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. B. c. D . Examine fini shed penetrations to ensure proper installation before concealing or enclosing any areas of work . Keep areas of work accessible until inspection by applicable code authorities, and Architect. Manufacturer 's Field Serv ice : Inspec t to verify and confirm that systems installation is in strict conformance with manufacturer 's and UL requirements. Report to Architect. Correct unacceptable work and pro vi de further inspection to ve rify compliance with requirements . CLEANING A. Immediately remove all spots, smears, stains, residues, adhesives, etc., from the work of this Section and or upon adjacent areas or surfaces which result form the work of this Section . B . Upon the completion of the work of this Section, dispose of(away from site) all debris , trash containers, residue, remnants and scraps which result from the work of this Section . C. Cleaning to be free of vo latile solvent s. Leave work a rea in a clean and sati sfactory condition . EN D OF SECTION Project No . Fellowship 1314 07270-4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 SECTION 07415 PREFINISHED MET AL ROOFING CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, SECTIONS AA THOUGH CB AND DMSION 1 APPLY TO THIS SECTION. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to Instructions to Proposers for substitutions . B. The work includes furnishing labor, material s and installation of pre-finished roofing, trim, flashing, and miscellaneous parts as indicated on drawings and described herein . C . Related Work: 01 Division 5 -Metals 02 Section 07210 -Building Insulation 03 Section 07620 -Flashing and Sheetmetal 1.2 WARRANTY A. Warrant the work specified herein for two years against becoming unserviceable or causing an objectionable appearance resulting from either defective or non- conforming materials and workmanship . Defects shall include but not be limited to the following : 01 Leaking 02 Cracking, chipping or peeling of finish . 03 Wrinkling, undue expansion, lifting, loosening, and splitting seams . B . Provide manufacturers 20 year durability warranty against rupture, structural failure and perforation due to corrosion, and against chalking, cracking and peeling. C . Provide manufacturer's 20 year warranty for weather-tightness. Weather-tightness warranty shall include labor and materials and shall apply to the roof system s pecified including related flashings , valleys, ridges, and trim. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01300 . B . Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and other data for all products proposed to be furnished as needed to prove compliance with specified requirements. Manufacturer's installation instructions. C. Shop Drawings : including layouts of panels, details of edge conditions, joints, corners, custom profiles, supports, anchorages, trim , flashing , closures and special details. Distinguish between factory and field assembly work. O 1 Shop drawings and details shall be specific to this installation and interface with adjacent work. Generic details are not acceptable . D . Samples 01 Colored metal samples from the manufacturers standard line of Kynar 500 finishes for Architect's selection. 02 Sample of coated panel, clip, fastener, and spacer block . E. Manufacturer's complete installation instructions. 1.4 REFERENCES Project No . F ellowship 1314 07415 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 A. ASTM 01 ASTM A-653 -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized). 02 ASTM E-1680-95 -Standard Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Metal Roof Panel Systems 03 ASTM E-1646-95 -Standard Test Method for Rate of Water Penetration of Exterior Metal Roof Panel Systems 04 ASTM E-1952 -Standard Test Method for Thermal Conductivity and T hermal Diffusivity of Exterior Metal Roof Panel Systems B. Factory Mutual : 1-120 rated wind uplift C . Underwriters Laboratories: UL 90 and UL Fire Resistance Listed . D. SMACNA: Architectural Sheet Metal Manual 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer shall be licensed I certified by the roofing manufacturer to install the specified roofing system. B. Where the manufacturer has a multi-tier licensing I certification program, the installer shall be in the highest ti er. C . Installer of pre-formed metal roofing shall be experienced in the work and shall have installed a minimum of ten (10) pre-formed metal roof systems of the type specified prior to this work. D . Preinstallation Conference : Conduct a preinstallation conference prior to start of installation. Roofing manufacturer 's representative shall be present at the meeting . E . During the progress of the work, the manufacturer's representative shall visit the site to monitor the metal roofing installation. Minimum of two (2) trips, or one (1) trip per week, which ever is greater. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A . Design is based 1.5" Standing seam roof system with concealed fasteners and clipless snap lock. B. Roof panels: Precision rolled-formed or cold-formed hot dipped galvanized steel, one- piece for length and height of panel. 01 Style: 1 1/2" high profile standing seam; 18" nominal pan width with 1 1/2" high seam male to female locking system. 02 Minimum Thickness: 24 gauge 03 Color : a. Base Bid-Galvalume b. Alternate #7 Kyna r 500 Champagne 04 Galvalume Steel , type AZ-55 , grade 50 as per ASTM A792-96 . 05 Provide panels in full length without end laps . 06 Butyl sealant applied continuous at all panel seams. 07 Underlayment: One layer of permafelt laid dry; minimum 6" end laps , 4" head laps starting at eave. 08 Concealed Weather Seal: Extruded vinyl. Project No . Fellowship 1314 07415 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 08 Finish: Fluorocarbon Coating: Consists of primer, applied at a nominal dry film thickness of .25 mil and a color coat, applied at a nominal dry film thickness of. 75 mil , giving a 1.0 mil nominal dry film on topcoat. Paint finish should be Kynar 500 Fluorocarbon coating as selected from manufacturers standard color selection. 09 The back side of the material should be .25 mil. Primer and a 0.25 polyester washcoat. Color: to be selected from standard manufacturer colors C. Flashing and Trim 01 All materials shall be the same gauge and finish as the roofing panel. 02 Provide manufacturer's standard profiles and custom fabrications as required for a complete weather-tight assembly, properly interfaced with adjacent work. D . Accessories: 01 "clip less" system. Clips shall be l" x Y." slots integrated into the panel, continuous, at 5.5"0C to accommodate thermal movement. 02 Fasteners: Galvanized or stainless steel, self-tapping screws as provided by the manufacturer for the specific use I assembly. 03 Exposed fasteners shall be minimized; and where required, shall match panel finish. E . Underlayment: 01 All metal roofing installed over a solid substrate shall be installed over a waterproof membrane. 02 Mechanically fastened membrane composed of rubberized polyolefin film coated with a layer on both sides. 03 Properties: a . Water Transmission: per ASTM E96 b . Tensile Strength: minimum 133lb (ASTM D5034) c . UV Weathering: 6 Months 04 Design is based on Perrnafelt Gold 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Roofing System: The following manufacturers I systems are acceptable provided proposed products meet or exceed all specified requirements and attributes. 01 FF 150 02 MBCI "Slimline" 03 Architectural Building Components "snap-lock Series" 04 Berridge Cee-Lock Panels B. Underlayment 01 Permaproducts: Permafelt 02 Grace: Tri-flex 03 Dupont: Roofliner PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLER 3.2 PREPARATION PRODUCT HANDLING, STORAGE AND DELIVERY A. Immediately upon delivery to job site, place materials in area protected from weather. Materials shall be sorted and handled to prevent inclusion of foreign materials and damage by water or weather. 01 Storage: Store in original packages until ready for use. Store in an area that will provide protection of any film protector applied to the panels. 03 Do not permit unnecessary walking on finished roof. All personnel installing finished roof shall be required to wear rubber sole shoes. Project No. Fellowship 1314 07415 -3 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 3.3 3.4 3.5 B. Thoroughly inspect all substrate and interfacing work to verify suitability for the work of this section to proceed. A. Protective film should be removed prior to extended exposure to sunlight, heat, and other weather elements. B. Panels should be handled at seams to prevent buckling. C. Limit traffic on installed panel to prevent unnecessary damage to the finish. INSTALLATION OF STANDING SEAM ROOFING A . Apply specified roofing underlayment over entire area to be covered by metal roofing. 01 Install in strict accordance with manufacturer's standards and recommendations. 03 Lap membrane with flashings as necessary to provide a positive barrier against penetration of water. B. Install metal roof panels in full lengths . C. Install trim , flashing and related items in conformance with reviewed shop drawings and manufacturer's instructions, as indicated on drawings . D. Attach roof panels continuous using concealed clips and other accessories as instructed by manufacturer. E. Weather tightness shall be maintained in end laps with specially swaged design in end of top panel to permit precise end-lock with bottom panel. F . Install pans in strict accordance with approved samples and manufacturer's printed instructions. 01 Do not drive nails through pans or seams. 02 Press seams tightly together in each operation . G. Lock standing seams to form a tight joint. 01 All seams shall be fully engaged to adjacent panels. 02 Use of hand tools or other improvised equipment is not permitted, unless specifically directed by the manufacturer. WORKMANSHIP A. Install panel systems straight and true, free from defects. Isolate dissimilar metal contact with proper taping and/or coatings. Install flashing and comers to provide a watertight system. INSPECTION A. Architect and Contractor reserve the right to inspect the work during application. Upon completion of the work, if inspection discloses that roofing is not according to specifications or has been damaged, Contractor agrees to furnish additional materials necessary to make repairs and place work in an acceptable condition. END OF SECTION Project No . F ellowship 1314 07415 -4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 SECTION 07460 CEMENTITIOUS FIBER BOARD SIDING CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1, as indexed, apply to this Section . PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 A. Refer to Instructions to Proposers for substitutions. WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer's 50-year warranty against rotting, delamination and leaking on siding, wall panels and soffit panels . Provide manufacturer's 10-year warranty against rotting, delamination and leaking, for trim board. SUBMITTALS A. B. C. D . SCOPE A. B. Comply with Section 01300 . Product Data : Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with specified requirements . Manufacturer's installation instructions. Sample copy of manufacturer's warranty to be issued upon completion and acceptance of work. Work included : 01 Facia 02 So flit 03 Exterior trim Work specified elsewhere 01 ' Miscellaneous Steel -05500 02 Rough Carpentry -06100 03 Vapor Barrier Above Grade -07160 04 Gypsum Wallboard Systems -09260 REFERENCES A. Factory Mutual : 1-90 wind uplift QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer of the siding and related products shall be experienced in the work and shall have installed a minimum of three of the type specified prior to this work . Project No . 1314-Fello wship Church 07460 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 B. c. Non-asbestos fiber-cement siding to comply with AS T M Standard Specification Cl 186 Grad II, Type A. Siding to meet the following building code compliance National Evaluation Report No. NER 4 05 (BOCA, ICBO, SBCCI); City of Los Angeles, Research Report No . 24862 Metro Dade County, Florida Acceptance No. 94-1234.04; US Department of Housing and Urban Development Materials Release 1263a; California DSA PS-019 ; and City of New York MEA 223-93-M. Non-asbestos fiber cement siding to be non- combustible when tested in accordance with ASTM test method El36 . 11 PART2-PRODUCTS 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. James Hardie Building Products (Basis of Design) B. Certain Teed Corporation C. Georgia-Pacific Corporation A.2 PRODUCTS A. Trim 01 02 03 Finish: Cedarmill Textured Smooth: 4 /4" x 4"/6"/8" nominal. Type I thickness as indicated on the Drawings . 2.3 FASTENERS C. Soffit-Trim: Per Manufacturers standard details D . All fastene rs shall be as approved by the manufacturer. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PRODUCT HANDLING 3.2 3.3 A. Stack Hardie trim on edge or lay flat on a smooth level surface. Protect edges and corners from chipping. B. Store sheets under cover and keep dry prior to installing. SURFACE CONDITIONS A. B . The installer shall verify that siding may be installed per the manufacture r's recommendations. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all suc h discrepancies have been resolved . INSTALLATION A. Hardiplank Siding Project No . Fellowship 1314 07460 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 B . C . 01 Starting : Install a minimum Y. inch thick lath starter strip at the bottom course of the wall. Apply planks horizontally with minimum 1-Y. inch wide laps at the top. The bottom edge of the first plank overlaps the starter strip. 02 Allow minimum 1-inch vertical clearance between roofing and bottom edge of si ding . 03 Align vertical joints of the planks over framing members. 04 Maintain clearance between siding and adjacent finished grade . 05 Locate splices at least one stud cavity away from window and door openings. 06 Use off-stud metal joiner when vertical joints occur between framing members. Position metal joiner so that the bottom lip is resting on the solid course of planks. Fasten plank to the framing. Positi on and fasten abutting plank into place insuring that the lower edges of the two planks align. Locate metal joiner centrally behind the joint. Locate off-stud splices a minimum of two stud cavities from wall comers and stagger all subsequent course splices at minimum 24-inch intervals when located in the same wall cavity. 07 Wind Resistance : Where a specified level of wind resistance is required Hardiplank lap siding is installed to framing members and secured with fasteners de scribed in Table No. 2 in National Evaluation Service Report No. NER-405. Hardipanel Siding 01 Block framing between studs where Hardipanel si ding horizontal joints occur. 02 Place fasteners no closer than 3/8 inch from panel edges and 2 inch form panel comers. 03 Allow minimum 1-inch vertical clearance between roofing and bottom edge of siding. 04 Maintain clearance between siding and adjacent finished grade. 05 Specific framing and fastener requirements refer to Tables 2 and 3 in National Evaluation Service Report No. NER 405 . 05 Joining: Fasten panels at abutting board edges and with PVC H-molding provided by soffit panel manufacturer. 06 Patching of dents and chips must be with a cementitious patching compound as recommended by soffi t panel manufacturer. Harditrim Fascia and Trim 01 Install flashing around all wall openings. 02 Fasten through trim into structural framing or code complying sheathing. Fasteners must penetrate minimum W ' or full thickness of sheathing. Additional fasteners may be required to ensure adequate security. 03 Place fasteners no closer than % inch and no further than 2-inch from si de edge of trim board and no closer than 1-inch form end. Fasten maximum 16 inch on center. 04 05 06 07 08 09 Maintain clearance between trim and adjacent finished grade. Trim inside comer with single board. In stall single board of outside corner board then align second corner board to outside edge of first corner board . Do not fasten Hardi trim board to Harditrirn board . Allow 118-inch gap between trim and siding. Seal gap with high quality, paintable caulk. Shim frieze board as required to align with corner trim. Project No . 1314-Fellowship Church 07460 -3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 3.4 10 Install harditrim fascia over structural substrate. DAMAGED MATERIAL AND CLEANING A. Protect and replace siding and related products from damage by other trades B. Finish Hardip lank I Hardipanel I Harditrim coated by the factory applied PrimePlus ™ system . C . Siding shall be field painted und er section 09900. Coordinate with painting contractor to verify paint manufacturer 's written product recommendation and written application instructions. END OF SECTION Project No . Fellowship 1314 07460 -4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 SECTION 07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 APPLY TO THIS SECTION. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to Section AB for substitutions. B . Sheetmetal flashing , collector heads , downspouts , transitions and miscellaneous flashing. 1.2 SUBMITT ALS A. Product Data : submit manufacturer's product data for all products proposed to be furnished. B. Shop drawings: submit detailed shop drawings of all flashing and fabrications proposed to be furnished. C. Mockups: submit mock-ups of all flashing and fabrications proposed to be furnished. Mock-ups , once accepted may be used in the final installation. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers in satisfactory use in similar service for five years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Reference Standards : Applicable portions of SMACNA, ASTM and NAAMM publications. 1.4 WARRANTIES A. B. Manufacturer's Product Warranty: Submit manufacturer's standard limited product warranty signed by the manufacturer's authorized official , guaranteeing to correct failures in product which may occur during the warranty period, without reducing or otherwise Limiting any other rights to correction which the Owner/Project Consultant may have under the contract documents . Failure is defined to include product failure which leads to interruption of a watertight installation. Correction may include repair or replacement of failed product. Contractor's Warranty period: For roofing flashing and sheet metal, provide a written warranty which shall warrant work to be free of leaks and defects in materials and workmanship for two (2) years, starting from date of substantial completion. Project No . Fellowship 1314 07620 - 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 C. Defects of the sheet metal occurring during the warranty period s hall be promptly corrected by the contractor, and defects of the roofi ng shall be promptly corrected by th e manufacturer at no additional cost to the Owner. Upon notification from the Owner or the Owner's representative that evidence of a defect exists, the responsible party shall immediately inform the Owner's representati ve of the date on whi ch corrective work will be sc heduled, and shall noti fy the O wner's representative when the corrective work has been completed . PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET METAL MATERIAL A. Hot-dipped Gal vanized Steel for use as continuous clips : Minimum 22-gauge, G-90 , hot-dipp ed galvanized metal , commercial quality, ASTM A 525 . B. Metal edge and parapet cap flashing , downspouts, gutters, coping and miscellaneous metal : Hot-Dip Gal valume sheetmetal flat stock, commercial quality, meeting ASTM A 792/ A and A 792M. 01 Cap Flashing, coping and mi scellaneous metal shall be minimum 24 gage . 02 Collector heads, downspout s and boots shall be minimum 22 gage. C. Gal valume : an aluminum I zinc alloy containing approximately: 01 Aluminum: 55 % 02 Zinc: 43 .5% 03 Silicon: 1.5% C . Sheet Lead : QQ-L-201 , Grade B. 2.2 FASTENERS A. Nail s, Rivet s and Fastenings: 01 · Nails s hall be annular hot-dip galvanized for galvanized steel. 02 Rivets shall be Full stainless steel Series 42 or 44 , as appropriate . Do not use pop rivets where exposed to view. 03 Al uminum -flat head , sizes as required . B . Fasteners shall be same metal as flashing/sheet metal , or other non-corrosive metal as recommended by s heet manufacturer for the specific application. Match finish of exposed heads with material being fastened . C . Fasteners and fastening plates or bars shall be listed in the Factory Mutual Approval Guide. D . Fastener for Brick : Shall be one-fourth inch by two inches (1/4" x 2"), zinc with plated steel or stainl ess steel nail , one piece unit, flat head . E . Screws: Self-tapping sheet metal type with neoprene washer, as appropriate. F . Continuous Clip: Concealed hold-down clip type ; of same materials as coping, gravel guard, sized to suit application. Use a continuous clip, minimum 22-gauge G-90 galvanized. 2.3 RELATED MATERIAL A. Solder: QQ-S-571 composi tion best suited for purpose; use high tin content, minimum 60/40, for stainless steel and monel alloy. Project No . Fellowship 1314 07620 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 2.4 B. Sealant (for Sheet Metal): One-component polyurethane, conforming to requirements ofFS TI-S-230C, non-staining and non-bleeding . C. Butyl Sealer: 01 Where impractical to use solder at joints, comers, etc ., seal with "DAP Butyl Gutter and Lap Sealer", or "Cushion-Lock CL-50 Butyl Sealer. D . Miscellaneous Materials : 01 Downspout Boots : Cast iron by Neenah Foundry Company, Series R-4929 , minimum 36"length; or pre-approved equal. 02 Splash Blocks: Concrete, 3000 psi , 28 days . Provide and install with protection pads at all new downspouts which surface drain. 03 Metal Accessories: Provide sheet metal clips , straps, anchoring devices, and similar accessory units as required for installation of work, matching or compatible with material being installed, non-corrosive, size, and gauge required for performance. FABRICATION -GENERAL A. Shop-fabricate work to greatest extent possi ble. Comply with detail s shown, and with applicable requirements of SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" and other recognized industry practices. Fabricate for waterproof and weather-resistant performance; with expansion provisions for running work, sufficient to permanently prevent leakage, damage or deterioration of the work. Form work to fit substrates. Comply with material manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Form exposed sheet metal work without exce ssive oil-canning, buckling, and tool marks, true to line and levels as indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. B . Fabricate gravel stop s/fascia, gutters/downspouts, counter-flashings, pitch pans, expansion joints, and copings with new gal vanized sheet metal as specified . Fabricate gravel guard and fascia to size and dimensions as indicated on the drawings . Fabricate light metal coping, gutters and downspouts as indicated. C. Form sheet metal on bending brake. D. Shape, trim and hand seam metal on bench insofar as practicable. E . Form materials with straight lines, sharp angles and smooth curves. F . Fold back edges on concealed side of exposed edge to form hem (1 /2" minimum). G. Weld or solder joints on parts that are to be permanently and rigidly assembled . H . Submit sheet metal models for approval by the Owner/Project Consultant. I . Limit single-piece lengths to ten feet (10'). J. Fabricate comer pieces with eighteen inch (18") extensions, metered and sealed by forming as one piece. K. Surface sand flange prior to applying any primers on metal. L. All sheet metal shall be sealed and watertight. M . Metal work should be secured so as to prevent damage from buckling or wind . Where clips are shown, these are to be continuous. Project No . F ellowship 1314 07620 -3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 N. Seams: Fabricate non-moving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock seams. For metal other than aluminum, tin edges are to be seamed, form seams, and solder. 0 . Expansion Provisions: Form expansionjoints ofintermeshing hooked flanges, not le ss than one inch (1 ") deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). P . Sealant Joints: Where movable, non-expansion type joints are indicated or required for proper performance of work, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant, in compliance with industry standards. Q. Separations: Provide for separation of metal from non-compatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating concealed surfaces at locations of contact, with bituminous coating or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer/fabricator. R. Bed flange s of work in a thick coat ofroofing cement in accordance with roofing system manufacturer's requirements where required for waterproof performance. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify roof openings, curbs, pipes, sleeves, ducts or vents through roof are solidly set, cant strips and reglets in place, sub strates are smooth and clean and nailing strips located. B. Verify membrane termination and base flashings are in place, sealed and secure. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field measure site conditions prior to fabricating work. Provide all shop drawings and mock-ups one month prior to installation to the Owner/Project Consultant for approval. B . Install starter and edge strips and cleats before starting installation . 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: All sheet metal termination to vertical wall shall have a through-wall with receiver installed on masonry walls or prefabricated "Z" bar flashing pre-installed to fluid applied wall finished prior to installation of sheet metal termination. This applies to edge metal, base flashing closures and all vertical surface intersections. Refer to NRCA, SMACNA, and metal manufacturer's guidelines. B. Cap Flashing I Roof Edge Flashing: 01 Shall be installed with expansion joints, ten feet (10') on center, one-fourth inch (1 /4") expansion leeway, with a cover plate. 02 Secure metal flashings with continuous cleats on exposed face(s). 03 Lock seams and end joints. 04 Form sections identical to profiles as shown or approved similar, to match existing building. 05 Fabricate corner pieces with minimum eighteen inch (18"), maximum forty- eight inch (48") extensions, formed and sealed with rivets and sealant, as one piece. 06 Hem exposed edges three-fourths inch (3 /4") minimum. Project No. Fellowship 1314 07620 -4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 c . D . E. 07 Integrate flashing in a manner consistent with detailing. 08 Provide and install continuous clip around perimeter. 09 Shall be fabricated in accordance with all SMACNA provisions . Counterflashing: 01 Install metal counterflashing at all interfacing work as required for a permanent watertight installation. Collector Head and Downspout: 01 Fabrication : a . Fabricate collector head and downspout in size and profile to match existing, taking care that the scupper boot and roof system interface properly into the back of the collector head. Seal the pipe to the collector head for water-tightness. b. Field measure site conditions prior to fabricating work. c. Fabricate with required connection pieces. d. Fabricate section square, true, and accurate in size, in maximum possible lengths and free of distortion or defects detrimental to appearance or performance. e . Hem exposed edges of metal. f. Form and seal all metal joints; provide for expansion joints per SMACNA. 02 Installation : a. b. c . d. downspouts . e . f. Pitch Pans : 01 02 03 04 05 Install collector head, downspout, and accessories. Join lengths with seams pop riveted and sealed watertight. Flash and seal collector head to downspouts and accessories. Seal all metal joints watertight for full metal surface contact. Support Brackets, Joint Fasteners: Profiled to suit gutters and Anchorage Devices : SMACNA requirements. Type recommended by fabricator. Downspout Supports: minimum l" x 22 gage Galvalume straps, minimum 3 per downspout. Install pitch pans of24-gauge G-90 galvanized sheetmetal according to NRCA standards, minimum of six inches by six inches ( 6" x 6"). Pitch pans shall be fabricated to minimum of eight inches (8") above the finished roof membrane. Mastic shall be applied under pitch pan flange a minimum of one-half pound (1/2#) per linear foot. All metal flanges shall be primed with asphalt primer prior to flashing installation. Inside of pitch pan shall be cleaned and primed as required by pitch pan sealant manufacturer. All projections enclosed in pitch pans shall be cleaned in any manner suitable and coated with a rust inhibitive coating as approved by the Owner/Project Consultant. Coating shall be allowed to dry prior to pitch pan fill. 06 Base of pitch pans shall be filled with grout or cementitious binder to proper height and allowed to cure. 07 Top finish fill shall be self-leveling, one-part urethane, with maximum fill to within three-eighths inch (3 /8") of top of pitch pan sides. Project No . Fellowship 1314 07620 -5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 F . Bonnets/Hoods: 01 02 03 04 Project No. Fellowship 1314 Fabricate and install above all pitch pans, where necessary, or reinstall as applicable, metal bonnets o ver all pitch pans, NO EXCEPTIONS . Bonnets I Hoods shall be manufactured with metal compatible with metal to which bonnet is to be attached . On beams and other steel, weld in place bonnets fabricated from one-fourth inch (1 /4") steel plate. Draw band bonnets fabricated from 22-gauge galvanized steel may be used on circular projections . END OF SECTION 07620 -6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 SECTION 07900 BUILDING SEALANTS CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 APPLY TO THIS SECTION. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to Instructions to Proposers for substitutions. 1.2 SUBMITT ALS A. Comply with Section 01300. B. Product Data: 01 Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with specified requirements . 02 Manufacturer's installation instructions C . On site sample for Architect's approval of colors. 1.3 INSTALLATION CONFERENCE: A. Refer to Section 01420 -Notification of Architect Requirements 1.4 REFERENCES A. Federal Specifications TT-S-00227£ B. ASTM C793 , ASTM C794 1.5 WARRANTIES A. Warrant the work specified herein for two years against becoming unserviceable or causing an objectionable appearance, resulting from either defective or nonconforming materials and workmanship . Warrant exterior joints against failure of the joint to effectively seal out water or moisture. Warrant interior joints against cracking, crazing separation of the material from the substrate or other joint failure. 1.6 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section includes exterior sealants and sealants for moving joints and interior caulking . B . Refer to concrete specifications for paving sealants . C. Refer to glass and glazing section for glass sealants. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Caulking for exposed non-working interior locations at all hollow metal frames and abutting surfaces at ceiling, wall angles and all other loc ations for finished appearance: Type: Tremco "Acrylic Latex 834" Project No . Fellowship 1314 07900 - 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 B. Exterior concrete joints, including drives, parking, sidewalks, play surfaces and other flatwork : Type: Tremco "THC 900/90 l" C. Exterior highly active joints in walls, masonry or concrete fences: Type: Tremco "Dymeric" D. Exterior joints around windows, glazing, entrances, soffit joints and other general sealant areas: Tremco "Mono" E. Interior Expansion Contraction or Control Joints where movement is to be accommodated: Tremco "Mono" F. Primers, Cleaners, Top Coats: Use only materials listed as suitable in resistance to staining, compatibility and durability before proceeding. G. Back-Up Filler: Closed cell or open cell , non-gassing filler as recommended by sealant manufacturer. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Tremco B . Dow Chemical Co . C . Sonneborn D . Pecora, Inc. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Temperatures: Do not install sealants when air temperature is under 40°Fahrenheit. Sealants may be warmed to ease installation when recommended by the manufacturer. B. Tooling : Tool exposed joints to a slightly concave surface using slicking materials recommended by the manufacturer. The tooling procedure shall press sealant against the sides of the groove. No materials shall be left "feathered" out or smeared on the abutting materials. If necessary, protect adjacent surfaces with tape . Completed joints shall have a uniform professional appearance. Use an anti-tack compound on sealant that does not set up fast enough to avoid dust collection. C . Sealant Back-Up: Provide a back-up filler where groove depth is too great to fill with sealant. Review joint design with Architect. D. Compressive Filler: Seal vertical expansion joints with fillers. Provide compressible filler twice the width of the joint and with a depth of one and one-half times the compressed width . Lap ends a minimum of 2 inches E. Seal ends together in such a manner to allow natural drainage. Install filler by compressing material and sliding into joint. Align filler on one face of the joint before it expands to the full joint width. END O F SECTION Project No . F ellowship 1314 07900 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 SECTION 08110 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1, as indexed, apply to this Section . PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUBSTITUTION A. Refer to Instructions to Proposers for substitutions. 1.2 SCOPE A. Hollow metal doors B. Hollow metal door and glazing frames C . Related Work 01 Section 08213 -Plastic Laminate Faced Wood Doors 02 Section 08215 -Interior Aluminum Frames 03 Section 08710 -Finish Hardware 04 Section 08800 -Glass and Glazing 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01300. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and technical data for all products proposed to be furnished . C . Shop Drawing: Show or schedule each door's location, size, thickness , details of construction, fire rating where applicable . 01 Provide installation details indicating specific assemblies related to the work of this project. Generic details are not acceptable. D . Finish Hardware Location: Hollow metal manufacturer shall obtain an approved hardware schedule, hardware templates and samples of physical hardware where necessary to ensure correct fitting and installation. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. References 01 National Fire Protection Association -NFPA Pamphlet No. 80 02 American Society for Testing Materials: a. ASTM A526 -Steel sheet, zinc-coated (galvanized) by hot dip process , commercial quality b. ASTM A366 -Steel, carbon, cold-rolled sheet, commercial quality 03 Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., in reference to fire-rated metal doors and frames. 04 Factory Mutual, in reference to doors and frames. 05 American National Standards Institute: a. ANSI Al51-l-1969, Test Method for Standard Steel Doors b. ANSI A250.l 1-2001 Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames 06 NAAMM Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association B. Delivery, Storage and Handling Project No. Fellowship 1314 08110 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 01 02 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Doors 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 B . Frames 01 D eli ver, store and handle hollow metal work in strict accordance with manufacture's recommendations to prevent damage, rust and deterioration . Store materials in a covered, dry location and promptly clean and touch-up scratches or rust spots with a rust-inhibitive primer. Doors shall have their wrappings or coverings removed upon delivery at the building site and shall be stored in a vertical position spaced by locking for air circulation . Doors shall be custom made, of types and sizes shown on reviewed shop drawings, and shall be fully welded seamless construction with no visible seams or joints on faces or vertical edges. Minimum door thickness shall be 1 3/4 inches, unless specifically noted or shown differently. Doors s hall be strong, rigid and neat in appearance, free from warp and buckle. Corner bends shall be true and straight and of minimum radius for gage of metal used. Provide 22 gage steel stiffeners s paced max . 6 inch o .c . and extending full height of door. Fill interior with foamed in place urethane. Use mineral filler as required for labeled doors . Door Face Gages: a. Doors 36" wide or less shall be 16 gage galvanized . b. Doors 37" wide or more shall be 14 gage galvanized. Faces shall be joined at vertical edges of door by a continuous weld extending full height of door. Welds shall be ground, filled and dressed smooth to provide a smooth flush surface . Top and bottom edges of doors shall be closed with a continuous recessed steel channel not less than 16 gage, extending full width of door and spot welded to both faces . Exterior doors shall have an additional flush closing channel at top and bottom edges . Openings shall be provided in the bottom clos ure channel at top and bottom edges. Openings shall be provided in the bottom closure of exterior doors to permit the escape of entrapped moisture. Edge profile shall be provided on both vertical edges of door as follow s: a. Single-acting swing doors -beveled 1/8 inch in 2 inch Hardware Reinforcements: a. Doors shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled and tapped at factory for fully templated hardware, in accord with the reviewed hardware schedule and template provided by Section 08710 -Finish Hardware. Where surface-mounted hardware is to be applied, doors shall have reinforcing plates only. b . Minimum gages for hardware reinforcing plates shall be as follows : 1. Hinge & pivot reinforcements: 7 gage 2 . Reinforcements for lock face , flush bolts, concealed holders, concealed or surface-mounted closers : 12 gage 3 . Reinforcements for lock face , flush bolts, concealed holders, concealed or surface-mounted closers : 12 gage Glass moldings and stops -Loose stops shall be not less than 18 gage steel , with butt corner joints, secured to frame opening by countersunk tamper proof screws. Snap-on attachments will not be acceptable. Edge Clearances : a . Between door and frame at head and jambs: 1/8 inch b . At door sills with no threshold, 5/8 to 3/4 inch above finished floor c. At door sills with threshold, as required to suit threshold d . Between meeting edges of double doors -118 inch Steel Louvers: Fabricate from 16 gage and galvanized (zinc coated), inverted "V" blade, sight proof type , unless otherwise shown. Exterior Doors and Frames shall be Hot Dipped Galvanized. Frames for exterior openings shall be made of commercial cold rolled steel conforming to ASTM A366, and shall be galvanized after fabrication . Project No . F ello wship 1314 08110 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 02 03 04 05 06 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Frames for interior openings shall be either commercial grade, cold-rolled steel confonning to ASTM A366 or commercial grade hot rolled and pickled steel conforming to ASTM A569 . Door Frame Gages : a . Exterior door frames 48" wide or less shall be 14 gage b. Exterior door frames 49" wide or more shall be 12 gage. c . Interior door frames 48 " wide or less shall be 16 gage. d. Interior door frames 49" wide or more shall be 14 gage. Frames shall be custom made, welded units with integral trim of sizes and shapes shown on Drawings and required for the specific intended use. Frames shall be strong and rigid , neat in appearance, square, true and free of defects, warp and buckle. Molded members shall be clean cut, straight and of uniform profile throughout their length. Jamb depths, trim , profile and backbends shall be as shown on Drawings and required for the specific intended use. 07 Comer joints shall have contact edges closed tight, with trim faces mitered and continuously welded, and stops butted. The use of gussets shall not be permitted . Minimum depth of stops shall be 5/8 inch. Frames for multiple openings shall have mullion and rail members which are closed tubular shapes having no visible seams or joints. Joints between faces of abutting members shall be securely welded and finished smooth. Hardware Reinforcements: Frames shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled and tapped at factory for fully templated hardware in accordance with finish hardware schedule and templates provided by Section 08710 -Finish Hardware. Where surface-mounted hardware is to be applied, frames shall have reinforcing plates only. Minimum thickness of hardware reinforcing plates shall be as follows: a . Hinge and pivot reinforcements (1-1 /4" x 10" minimum size): 7 gage b . Strike reinforcements : 12 gage c . Flush bolt reinforcements : 12 gage d. Closer reinforcements: 12 gage e. Reinforcements for surface-mounted hardware, hold-open arms, surface panic devices: 12 gage Floor anchors shall be securely welded inside each jamb, with holes for floor anchorage. Jamb Anchors for frames for installation in masonry walls shall be provided with adjustable jamb anchors of the T-Strap type. Anchors shall be not less than 16 gage steel. The number of anchors provided at each jamb shall be as follows: a . Frames up to 7'-6" height - 3 anchors b . Frames 7'-6" to 8'-0" height - 4 anchors c . Frames ov er 8'-0" height - 1 anchor for each 2 feet , or fraction thereof in height. Jamb Anchors for frames for installation in wood or metal stud partitions shall be provided with steel anchors of suitable approved design, not less than 16 gage thickness, securely welded inside each jamb as follows: a . Frames up to 7'-6" height - 4 anchors b. Frames 7'-6" to 8'-0" height - 5 anchors c . Frames over 8'-0" height -Four anchors plus one additional for each 2 feet , or fraction thereof over 8 inches. Jamb Anchors for frames to be anchored to previously placed concrete, masonry or structural steel shall be provided with anchors of suitable design as shown on reviewed shop drawings. Dust cover boxes of not less than 26 gage steel shall be provided at all mortised hardware items . Frames shall be provided with steel spreader temporarily attached to bottoms of both jambs for bracing during shipping and handling. Loose glazing stops shall be of cold rolled steel, not less than 18 gage thickness, butted at comer joints and secured to the frame with countersunk cadmium or zinc-plated screws . Loose stops at exterior frames shall be placed on the exterior side of the frames unless otherwise shown. Project No . F ellowship 1314 08110 -3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 19 Prepare fr ame for silencers. Provide three single silencers for single doors on strike side. Provide two single silencers on frame head at double doors without mullions . C . Finish: Shop paint steel (whether galvanized or ungalvanized) stops and accessories as follows : 01 Clean surfaces free of mill scale, rust, oil , grease, dirt and other foreign matter. 02 Chemically treat surfaces and apply one coat of an approved baked-on rust- inhibitive primer paint to provide a minimum 0 .5 mil dry film thickness . D . Labeled Doors and Frames 01 Labeled doors and frames shall be provided for openings requmng fire protection ratings as scheduled . Such doors and frames shall be constructed as tested and approved by Underwriters Laboratories or other nationall y recognized testing agency having a factory inspection service . 02 If any door or frame scheduled to be fire rated cannot qualify for appropriate labeling because of its size, design, hardware or other reason ; the Architect shall be so advised before fabrication work on that item is started. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A . Hollow metal door and frame manufacturers shall be members of the National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM) B. The following manufacturers are prequalified to provide hollow metal doors and frames subject to provisions and requirements of this section of specifications : 01 Curries 02 Ceco I United Dominion Industries 03 Republic Doors and Frames 04 Pearland Industries 05 Steel craft 06 American Door Products 07 Door Pro Systems PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Separate dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action. B . C . Frames 01 02 03 04 Doors 01 02 Anchorage and Connections. Firmly anchored and secure to adjacent construction. Frame Spreader Bars: Leave intact until frames are set perfectly square and plumb and anchors are securely attached . Remove hardware, with the exception of prime-coated items, tag box, and reinstall after finish paint work is completed. Installation of labeled frames shall conform to National Fire Protection Association Pamphlet No. 80 , "Fire Door and Windows" and UL design requirements . Hang doors square, plumb and straight, firmly anchored into pos1tJon . Eliminate hinge bound conditions and making all items smooth operating. Adjust operable parts for correct functions. Apply hardware in accordance with hardware manufacturer's templates and instructions. 03 Remo ve hardware, with the exception of prime-coated items, tag box, and reinstall after finish paint work is comp leted. Project No . F ellowship 1314 08110 -4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 D. E . 04 Installation of labeled doors shall conform to National Fire Protection Association Pamphlet No. 80, "Fire Doors and Windows" and UL design requirements. Coordinate with other trades as required for installation of glass and glazing to be installed in doors and frames. Immediately after erection, sand smooth all rusted and damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch-up with compatible air-drying primer. END OF SECTION Project No . Fellowship 1314 08110 -5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 SECTION 08213 PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED WOOD DOORS CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 APPLY TO THIS SECTION. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to Instructions to Proposers for substitutions. 1.2 SUBMITT ALS A. Manufacturer's specifications and other data of all products proposed to be furnished as needed to prove compliance with specified requirements. B. Submit Manufacturer 's data sheets, completely describ ing door construction. C . Shop Drawi ngs: show or schedule location, size, thickness, elevation, details of construction, location and extent of hardware blocking, fire rating and other pertinent data for each door required . D . Manufacturer's installation instructions . E. Samples of plastic laminate colors and patterns for Architect's approval. 1.3 RELATED WORK A. Section 08110 -Hollow Metal doors and Frames B. Section 08710 -Finish Hardware 1.4 REFERENCES A. Underwriters Laboratories: 01 UL Label Fire Door 02 UL 10-C Fire Test B . National Codes: 01 Nat ional Fire Protection Association NFPA-252 02 IBC (edition having jurisdiction) 03 C. Architectural Woodwork Institute 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. High pressure decorative laminate faced doors shall conform to the latest edition of the following standards: 01 WDMA LS. 1-A 02 A WI Standards and requirements for "Premium Grade". B . Tolerances for warp, telegraphing, s quareness, and pre-fitting dimensions as per the latest edition of WDMA LS . 1-A Project No . F ellowship 1314 08213 -1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 C . Each door shall bear an identifying label indicating the manufacturer, door number and order number, as well as fire rating where applicable. D . Where fire rated doors are required, provide labeled doors. Construction details and hardware application shall be as approved by the labeling agency. 1.6 WARRANTY A. All doors shall be warranted for the life of the door under normal use against material defects, warping, and delamination of laminate facing and becoming unserviceable. B. Any defects noted during the warranty period shall be corrected at no cost to the building owner. Such corrective work shall include all labor and material for repair, replacement, refinishing and re-hanging as required . C. Provide manufacturer's executed, written lifetime warranty with close-out documentation . PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Solid Core Wood Doors: 01 Thickness: 1-3 /4 inch 02 Core Material : Particle Board Core for non-rated and 20-minute fire-rated doors; mineral for 1-1/2 hour-rated doors. 03 Density: 28-32 lb PCF. Comply with particleboard standard ANSI A208.1, Grade l-LD-2. 04 Door Stiles: minimum 1-3 /8" (nominal) Structural Composite Lumber (SCL) with minimum 1116" hardwood veneer suitable for staining or painting to approximate plastic laminate finish as selected by the Architect. HDPL stiles shall not be acceptable. 05 Door Rail: minimum 1-3/8" (nominal) Structural Composite Lumber (SCL). Minimum 6" head rail at all doors to receive a closer. Rails shall be sealed with a clear sealer. Where head rail may be visible from a second story vantage point, head rail shall be stained or painted to match stiles. 06 Glass Lite Frames I Stops : Metal type with painted finish. Coordinate with other trades as required . 07 Seal top , bottom and cut surface of openings at factory with two coats of varnish. 08 Vertical door edges shall be factory painted I stained to match door face. Factory shall supply matching paint I stain and edges shall be touched-up in field. B . Plastic Laminate 01 Vertical grade, 1/16 inch thick. 02 Finish shall be as selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors and finishes . 03 Laminate shall be applied to the core by a hot press method using Type 1 exterior grade, water resistant adhesive. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Doors: 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 Alfab, Inc . Mar lite Mengel Wood Industries, Inc. Ragland Manufacturing Co. VT Industries, Inc. Weyerhaeuer Laminating, Inc. Graham Manufacturing Co. Project No . F ellowship 1314 08213 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 B. Plastic Laminate : 01 Ralph Wilson Plastics, "Wilsonart" 02 Formica Corp., "Formica" PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A . Carefully verify that doors are properly installed at intended door location and that door prep for finish hardware is accurate and complete. B . Install all doors plumb and square to frame with +/-118" clearance between door and frame . C. Install finish hardware in accordance with approved templates . D . Verify that top and bottom rails are sealed prior to doo r installation. E. Take all necessary precautions to protect door finishes before, during and after installation . In the event of damage to the plastic laminate surfacing, replace door. F . Do not strip heads of Phillips head screws. Remove and replace all stripped screws. G. Upon completion of door installation, cycle door several times to confirm that door, frame and hardware are all installed and functioning correctly. END OF SECTION Project No . Fellowship 1314 08213 -3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 SECTION 08305 ACCESS DOORS CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1, as indexed, apply to this Section . PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to Instructions to Proposers for substitutions. 1.2 SCOPE A. Access door for roll-up grille where shown . 1.3 RELATED WORK A. Access doors for mechanical and plumbing items. Division 15 B. Access doors for electrical items . Division 16 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01300. B . Product Data. Manufacture's specified and technical data. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Type. Flush steel door for gypsum wall board construction, (Fire rated by partition type where applicable) B. Size. 2'-0" x 3'-0" unless otherwise noted in drawings C. Fronts. Provide flush frames D. Hinges. Provide concealed type hinges E . Finish. Provide rust inhibiting shop primer F. Frames. 16 gauge G . Doors. 14 gauge flush type H . Lock. Flush screw driver operated with steel cam Project No . Fellowship 1314 08305 -1 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Milcor, Inc . PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate locations with the trade that is constructing the material being penetrated . B. Install according to manufacturer's printed instructions. END OF SECTION Project No . __ -511612014 08305 -2 O:\Design Docs\! Jobs Under Contra ct\1314 Fellowship C hurch\Fello ws hip Specs-edited\Fe ll owship s pecs\08305 Access Doors FC 1314.doc 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 4 3 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1, AS INDEXED, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUBSTITUTION 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 A. Refer to Instructions to Proposers for substitutions. SCOPE A. Furnish finish hardware as specified and scheduled. RELATED WORK A. Installation of Finish Hardware . Section 06220 B . Hardware for aluminum doors. Section 08800 SUBMITTALS A. B. c. D. Comply with Section 01300 Shop drawings. Schedule the specified hardware sets correlated to the door numbers shown on the drawings. Submit data sheets of the items proposed for use. Templates: As soon as schedules are returned, without exception , furnish required template information to the various manufacturers for fabrication purposes . Upon completion, deliver to Owner (Construction Manager) two copies of approved finish hardware schedule and keying schedule together with one set of clearly marked installation tools and templates. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. B . c . D. E. Installer. Finish hardware installer shall be a person or firm technically proficient and experienced in this trade and shall be responsible for properly detailing and fitting materials to the condition required by the drawings . The Hardware Supplier shall have an AHC member is good standing and make responsible for all Hardware in this specification. Hardware Supplier is responsible for the complete Hardware function at each door or door opening. Fire Rated Openings. Provide hardware which complies with NFP A80 and which has been tested and listed by UL or FM for the use indicated. Standards for Handicapped. Compl y with Section 7, Article 60lb, Vernon 's Texas Civil Statutes . Project No . F ellows hip 1314 08710 - 1 1 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2 3 2.1 GENERAL 4 5 A . Package each item of hardware separately. Mark each package with item 6 number corresponding to item number shown in the hardware schedule . 7 8 B . Keying: ~Typical] 9 01 urnish cylinders with construction cores or construction master 10 keyed, as aEplicable for lock t;e specified. 11 02 Confer wit Owner for <)recise eymg requirements 12 03 Stamp master keys . "D NOT DUPLICATE" 13 04 Furnish three (3) keys each set. 14 05 Visual Key Control: Stamp keys and cores with key set symbol. 15 06 Master key and grand master key as directed to the [Best] system. 16 17 18 2.2 APPROVED MANUFACTURES 19 Item S~ecified Manufacturer A~~roved 20 l\iraiiufacturers 21 Hmges Hager Stanley 22 23 Pivots Rixson ABH, McKinney 24 25 Locksets Stanley Schlage,Best 26 Cylinder 27 28 Cylinder Cores Best Best, Falcon 29 Magnetic Locks 30 Exit Devices Stan ley 31 32 Closers K2 Sargent 33 34 Miscellaneous Hagar Hiawatha , Ives 35 O .H. Stops 36 Pulls/Push 37 Flush bolts 38 Sto~ Hager Rockwood 39 Kie !ates 40 Thresho lds 41 Gasketin~ 42 Door Seas National Guards Rockwood 43 44 45 46 47 2.3 HARDWARE SCHEDULE 48 49 50 ****All hardware to be in satin chrome, or brushed aluminum when not 51 available, to coordinate with section 08800 finishes. **** Project No . Fellowship 1314 08710 -2 HDWSET 1 2 EA L-1 1 EA N-3 HDWSET 2 3 EA B-1 1 EA C-2 1 EA E-1 1 EA E-3 1 EA S-1 1 EA T-1 1 EA W-1 1 EA W-2 HDWSET 3 2 EA AS-1 6 EA B-2 2 EA C-1 2 EA E-2 2 EA E-3 2 EA S-1 1 EA SM-1 HDWSET 4 2 EA AS-1 6 EA B-2 2 EA C-1 2 EA E-3 2 EA E-4 1 EA S-1 HDW SET 5 3 EA B-2 1 EA C-1 1 EA L-3 2 EA S-1 MORTJSECYL BUTTS CLOSER EXIT DEVICE EXIT TRIM FLOOR STOP THRESHOLD WEATHERSTRIP SWEEP ASTRAGAL SEAL BUTTS CLOSER EXIT DEVICE EXITTRIM FLOOR STOP SMOLESEAL ASTRAGAL SEAL BUTTS CLOSER EXIT TRIM EXIT DEVICE FLOOR STO P BUTTS CLOSER STOREROO M LOCK FLOOR STOP 8Q00566 ECBB 1100 NRP4112 X 4112 QDC11 1 QED 111 RI M 36" QET160 243F 404S36" 294DV36X84 756SD 36" 600 84" ECBB110041/2 X 4112 QDC211 QED 128 SVR 36 X 84 UL QET160 243F 5050B 600 84" ECBB1100 4112 X 4112 QDC2 11 QET160 QED 117 36 X 84 EO 243F ECBB110041/2 X 41/2 QDC211 QCL270 PEA 243F Proj ect No. F ellowship 1314 08710 -3 2 3 HDWSET 6 3 EA B-3 1 EA L-4 1 EA S-1 HDWSET 7 3 EA B-3 1 EA L-5 1 EA S-1 HDWSET 8 3 EA B-3 1 EA L-2 1 EA S-1 HDWSET 9 3 EA B-3 1 EA L-3 1 EA S-1 HDWSET 10 3 EA B-2 1 EA C-1 1 EA PP-1 1 EA PP-2 1 EA S-1 HOWSET 15 6 EA B-2 2 EA FB-1 1 EA L-3 2 EA S-1 BUTIS PRNACYLOCK FLOOR STOP BUTIS OFFICE LOCK FLOOR STOP BUTIS PASSAGE LOCK FLOOR STOP suns STOREROOM LOCK FLOOR STOP BUTTS CLOSER PUSH PLATE PULL PLATE FLOOR STOP BUTIS FLUSH BOLTS STOREROOM LOCK FLOOR STOP Project No. F ellowship 1314 EC1100 41/2 X 41/2 QCL240PEA 243F EC110041/2X41/2 QCL250PEA 243F EC1100 4112 X 4112 QCL230 PEA 243F EC1100 4112 X 4112 QCL270PEA 243F ECBB1100 4112 X 41/2 QDC211 33S 33E 243F ECBB1100 41/2 X 41/2 2820 QCL270PEA 243F 08710. 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 3.2 CO ORDINATI ON A. B . C. D. F. Prepare a complete schedule, including all items proposed for each opening and other miscellaneous items. Submit four copies to the Architect for approval before purchase of the material. Prior to the final inspection by the Architect, the supplier shall check all closers for proper operation after they have been installed and adjusted by the Contractor, and he shall make necessary adjustments to those closers, which prove to be difficult to adjust upon the initial attempt of the Contractor. He shall verify the keying to ensure proper locations of locksets and shall assist the Contractor in correcting faulty operation of any lock called to his attention by the Contractor. Supplier shall attend and chair a keying meeting with the Owner, Architect and Contractor, once submittals have been reviewed. Marking and Delivery: Mark each item of hardware for opening on which it is to be used1 and deliver a complete sch edule to the Contractor when the hardware is aelivered. Should the marking of any item become separated from the item after delivery, the item will be returned to the supplier by the Contractor for remarking, before attempting to install it. Keys shall be hand delivered to the Owner by the hardware supplier within 24 hours upon notification by the Architect. INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer 's recommendation. Provide expansion shield anchors for hardware attachment to masonry and concrete. Provide sex bolts and through bolts for all door clo sers . B. Permanent cores shall be installed by the Contractor. END O F SECTION Project No . F ellowship 1314 08710 -5 SECTION 08800 2 3 GLAZED SYSTEMS 4 5 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 APPLY TO 6 THIS SECTION. 7 8 PART 1 -GENERAL 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 DESCRIPTION A Refer to Instructions to Bidders for substitutions. SCOPE A Work Included: 01 Exterior glass and aluminum framing systems and storefront systems . 02 Aluminum glass entry doors. 03 Glazing of plastic laminate doors . 04 Glazing of hollow metal doors. B. Work Specified Elsewhere: 01 Section 08 110 -Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 02 Section 082 13 -Plastic Laminate Doors 03 Section 08710 -Finish Hardware. SUBMITTALS A Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with specified requirements . B. Manufacturer's complete installation instructions for system(s) proposed to be provided . C. D . Shop Drawings: Complete shop drawings by manufacturer, indicating elevations, sections, substrates, finishes, hardware and installation details. Details shall indicate I include actual details relative specifically to this project; including substrates and interfacing work. Standard, generic details shall not be acceptable. Samples: Show manufacturer's full range of colors 01 Samples of each type of glass (12" x 12" minimum) 02 In place sample of sealant at frame perimeter for Architect's approval. Architect shall select samples for review from manufacturers full color line . 03 Obtain hardware templates from finish hardware supplier. 04 Samples of framing finish for approval and fastener types. E. Mock-up 01 In conjunction with mock-up wall required for masonry and back-up walls , provide a mock-up window incorporated into the masonry mock-up . 02 Mock-up window shall be minimum 16" x 16 " and shall include head, jamb, sill framing members and sub-sill flashing . Glass is not required. 03 Construct in such a way that all fastening methods are viewable. 04 Perimeter of window shall be sealed continuous. INSTALLATION CONFERENCE Project No. F e llowship 1314 08800 -1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 1.5 1.6 1.7 A. Refer to Section 01420 -Notification of Architect Requirements REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute: ANSI 297.1 -1975 Safety Performance Specification ANSI 297 .1 -1972 Safety Glass Code B. Federal Specifications : Fed . Spec. DD-G-001403 B Fed. Spec. TT-S-00230 Sealing Compound : Synthetic Rubber Base and TT-S-00203C Fed. Spec. TT-S-001657 Sealing Compound: Butyl Rubber Base Fed. Spec . DD-G-451d QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts, and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. B . Provide aluminum framing systems, doors, and windows from one source and supplied by a single manufacturer. C In addition to complying with pertinent codes and regulations of governmental agencies having jurisdiction, comply with pertinent recommendations contained in: 01 Flat Glass Marketing Association: a. Glazing Sealing Systems Manual b. Glazing Manual WARRANTY A. Submit a written warranty, executed by the entrance manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace units that fail in workmanship within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to : B. 01 Structural and performance failures , including excessive deflection, excessive leakage, air infiltration beyond specified requirements . 02 Faulty operation of hardware directly related to items listed above. 03 Deterioration of metals, metal finishes , and other materials beyond normal weathering. Manufacturer's warranty period shall be 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. 44 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 2.1 PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS A. Requirements apply simultaneously through the most adverse conditions of each exterior application . 01 Wind loads: Design system to withstand positive and negative wind loads normal to the plane of the wall in typical zone at 25 PSF. Wind Load is 110 MPH 02 Thermal Movement: Provide for noiseless expansion and contraction of all materials and assemblies due to temperature changes in a range between 10°F and 180°F, without detriment to appearance or performance. Project No . Fellowship 1314 08800 - 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 2.2 03 Water Infi ltration : Drain water entering at joints and cond ensation occurring within the wall construction to the exterior face o f the wall. Allow no uncontrolled water other than condensation on the interior face of the wall. 04 Air Filtration : Limit air leakage to maximum 0 .005 cfm/ft2 at 6 .24 psf. for storefront and curtain wall systems . MATERIALS A. Glass : General: Glass sha ll meet the requirements of Fed. Spec. DD-G-451-d B . Glass Types : 01 Type G-1 - 1/4 inch glazing quality "Grey" tempered glass . 02 Type G-2 -1/4 inch glazing quality, Low E, tempere d glass. 03 Type G-3 - 1/4 inch clear wire safety glass, Type 1, Class 1, Kind A , Form 1. Pattern shall be straight diamond mesh or square grid, as se le cted by Architect. 04 Type G-4 -Insulated Glass - 2 lites of Y." tempered glass separated by a Yi'' air space. Air space to be dual sealed and meeting the certification requirements of the IGCC for a CBA rating. Exterior glazing shall be tinted tempered type G 1 glass; interior glazing shall be clear tempered type G2 glass . 05 GS -Spandrel Glass : Ceramic grit coated heat strengthened glass , Fed. Spec. DD- G-001403 , Y." thick, color selected by Architect. Color: match type G-1 tinted glass. 06 G6 -Acoustical Glass: one sheet of '.4 '" wire glass (G3) and one layer of 3/8 .. clear laminated glass . Install in acoustical retardant doors provided in section 08386. C . Aluminum Entrance Doors: Oldcastle Building Envelope Model 3 75 or equi valent product from li st of approved manufacturers . 01 Tubular sections: 4 1/4 inch vertical stiles, 3 1/2 inch top rail and 8 1/2 inch overall bottom rail ; with 0.125 inch minimum thickness at all tubular sections . 02 ASTM B221, alloy 6063-TS for extrusions ; ASTM B209 , alloy 5005-Hl6 for sheets; or ot he r alloys and temper recommended by manufacturer appropriate for specified finish . 03 Connections: Provide bolted and welded connections, fit to a hairline joint. 04 Provide reinforcing at bolted attachments. Tapped aluminum is not permitted. 05 Provide concealed screws , nuts , bolts, and anchors , except hardware screws on hinge and closer-arm of door, of non-corrosive metal. 06 Finish : Clear anodized aluminum. 07 Glas s in Door: Type G-4 at all exterior loc ations . 08 Use manufacturer's recommended gaskets for flu sh glazing (color "black"). 09 Refer to Section 08710 for finish hardware requirements. Coordinate with other trades as required . D . Aluminum Storefront I Entrance I Window Framing System : Oldcastle Building Envalope Series 3000 ; or equivalent product from manufacturers list: 01 Size : 2" x 4 112" mullion profile ; pressure glazed, center glaze, exterior loaded ; available with butt glazed verticals ; to accept l" glazing . Provide sub-frames at door jambs on entrances as required to accept Medium Stile doors. 02 Pro vide mullion reinforcement, if necessary, to achieve structural requirements to meet loading criteria. 03 Intermediate horizontal mullions shall be unders ized a minimum of 1 inch les s depth than perimeter I primary framing member size. 04 Finish: Clear anodized aluminum. 05 Glass: G-4 at all exterior locations. G-4 at transoms . Type G-5 where indicated. 06 Glas s pockets shall be sized to accept glass specified . Project No . F ellowship 1314 08800 -3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 F . G. H . I. J. K. 07 Provide sill flashing with end dams . Aluminum: 01 ASTM B221, alloy 6063-T5 for extrusions; ASTM B209, alloy 5005-Hl6 for sheets; or other alloys and temper recommended by manufacturer appropriate for specified finish. 02 Minimum thickness of0.125 inch for framing members and 0.050 inch for glazing stops and similar components. Internal Reinforcing: 01 ASTM A36 for carbon steel; or ASTM B308 for structural aluminum. 02 Shapes and sizes to suit installation. 03 Shop coat steel components after fabrication with alkyd type zinc chromate primer complying with FS TI-P-645. 04 Provide steel reinforcing in aluminum framing as required to achieve specified wind load resistance. Inserts and Anchorage Devices: 01 Manufacturer's standard formed or fabricated assemblies, steel or aluminum, of shapes, plates, bars or tubes . 02 Hot-dip galvanize steel assemblies after fabrication; comply with ASTM Al23, 2.0 ounce minimum coating. 03 Provide all anchoring angles, plates, fasteners and accessories required for secure attachment to adjacent work. Fasteners : 01 Non-magnetic stainless steel or cadmium plated steel coated with yellow or silver iridescence plating, compatible with materials being fastened. 02 Series 300 stainless steel for exposed locations . Cadmium plated steel with 0.0005 inch plating thickness and color chromate coated for concealed locations. 03 Provide nuts or washers of design having the means to prevent disengagement; deforming of fastener threads is not acceptable. 04 Provide concealed fasteners wherever possible. 05 For exposed locations, provide countersunk flathead fasteners with finish matching item fastened. 06 All fasteners used to secure the sub-sill flashing and sill frame member shall be bedded in sealant at penetrations through window assembly components. Heads of fasteners at these locations shall be covered with sealant. Sub-Sill Flashing 01 All glazed systems shall be furnished with continuous sub-sill flashing , spanning the full width of the rough opening. 02 Sub-sill flashing shall be minimum 0.065 " aluminum with integral (turned up) end dams and back dams. Minimum height of dams shall be l ". 03 Open vertical joint at end dam I back dam junction shall be TIG welded continuous to form a seamless dam component directing any I all trapped water to outside of building . 04 Finish of sub-sill flashing shall match frame finish . Miscellaneous Materials: 03 Provide material isolators at all dissimilar metals in contact with aluminum framing components. 04 Where indicated on the Drawings provide minimum 0 .080" aluminum extrusions Project No . Fellowship 1314 08800 -4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 . 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 2.4 L. M. or break metal between non-contiguous framing components (i .e . segmented radius walls, column wraps , etc.). Fabricate as required for concealed fastening . Glazing Materials at Aluminum Framing : 01 Glazing Gaskets: Extruded neoprene conforming to ASTM C-502 (color "black"), sized to fit the frame . 02 Sealant: Comply with Fed. Spec. TT-S-00230 Glazing Materials at Hollow Metal Frames : 01 General : Use glazing compound and preformed glazing sealants approved for the application, except as otherwise specified, conforming to Glazing Materials portion of the FGMA Glazing Manual. 02 Sealant: a. One part acrylic polymer sealant conforming to Fed . Spec. TT-S-00230 or silicone, Fed. Spec. TT-S-0023-C. Use for glazing of all fixed glass . Include primer as recommended by manufacturer. b . Color: Shall as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range c. All sealants to be compatible w I adjacent material per mfg. instructions . 03 Setting Blocks: Hard rubber or clean grain softwood . 04 Back-up Material: Foamed polyethylene or polystyrene rod stock; sizes as required by joint condition, and compatible with sealant. 05 Glazing Tape: DAP #1202 or as approved. 06 Glazing Gaskets: Extruded neoprene, free of porosity, surface defects , dimensional irregularities, and conforming to physical properties of ASTM C502. 07 Use of metal sash putty will not be permitted, but compound conforming to Fed . Spec. T-G-410 will be permitted . The use of non-skinning compounds, non- resilient type preformed sealers and preformed impregnated type gaskets will not be permitted . MANUFACTURERS A. Glass: 01 Oldcastle Glass 02 PPG Industries 03 Ford Glass 04 AFG Industries, Inc. 05 HGP In dustries B. Aluminum Framing System and Doors: 01 The Vista-Wall Group (basis of design) 02 U. S. Aluminum 03 YKK AP American, Inc. 04 EFCO 05 Arch Aluminum 06 Kawneer PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 SURF ACE CONDITIONS Project No . Fellowship 1314 08800 -5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 3.2 A. Thoroughly examine conditions at each and every location under which work of this Section will be performed. 01 Verify that each rough opening is the correct size for the framing being installed. Maximum allowable joint at perimeter of framing shall be 5/8". Inform general contractor of any non-conforming rough openings and do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected . 02 Verify that the sub-sill substrate is continuous, solid, level and at the proper elevation for installation of sub-sill flashing . Sub-sill flashing must be set in a 100% bed of sealant without any voids. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected . B. Verify that wood bloecking, thru-wall flashing , masonry and other adjacent work is installed as required for the proper installation of aluminum framing prior to proceeding . Inform general contractor of any non-conforming work and do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. C. Clean glazing channels, stops, and rabbets to receive the glazing materials, making free from obstructions and deleterious substances which might impair the work. 01 Remove protective coatings which fail in adhesion or interfere with bond of sealants. 02 Comply with manufacturer's' instructions for final wiping of surfaces immediately prior to application of primer and glazing compounds or tapes. 03 Prime surfaces to receive glazing compounds in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. INSTALLATION -ALUMINUM FRAMING A. Install all aluminum framing in strict accordance with the manufacturer's installation standards and recommendations; firmly anchored for long life under hard use . B. All sill members of fixed frames shall be installed with continuous aluminum sub-sill flashing (with end dams). 01 Set sill flashing in 100% bed of sealant. 02 All fasteners used to anchor sub-sill flashing shall be completely bedded in sealant prior to installation of sill framing . 03 Coordinate with dampproofing sub-contractor to install additional thru-wall flashing at base of jambs to lap over I onto aluminum su b-sill flashing -prior to installation of si ll framing member(s). Coordinate as required. C. Shim and center framing within rough opening. Maximum sealant joint at perimeter of framing shall be 5/8". Coordinate with other trades to correct rough opening where perimeter joint will exceed 5/8". D . Erection Tolerances: 01 Maximum Deviation from Vertical : 1/8 inch in any story and 1/4 inch in any 45 foot run. 02 Maximum Deviation from Horizontal : 1/8 inch in any 30 foot run . 03 Maximum Deviation from True Alignment: 1/32 inch from any two abutting units ; and horizontal components meeting at a vertical mullion . Allow no edge projections. 04 Maximum Joint Cap: 1/32 inch. 05 Maximum Openings Between Movable Glazing Stop and Adjacent Member: 1/32 inch. Project No . Fellowship 1314 08800 -6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 3.3 3.4 INSTALLATION-GLASS A. Inspect each piece of glass immediately prior to start of installation. 01 Do not install items which are improperly sized, have damaged edges, are scratched, abraded, or damaged in any other manner. 02 Do not remove labels from glass until so directed by the Architect. 03 Install glass so distortion waves , if present, run in a horizontal direction . B . Locate setting blocks at sills one quarter of the width of the glass in from each end of the glass, unless otherwise recommended by the glass manufacturer. 01 Use blocks of proper size to support the glass in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 02 Provide spacers for all glass sizes larger than 50 united inches, to separate glass from stops, except where continuous glazing gaskets or felts are provided. a . Locate spacers no more than 24 inches apart, and no closer than 12 inches to a comer. b. Place spacers opposite one another. c . Make bite of spacer on glass 1/4 inch or more. C . Set glass in a manner which produces the greatest possible degree of uniformity in appearance. D. Do not use two different glazing materials in the same joint system, unless the joint use is approved in advance by the Architect. E. F. G . Mask, or otherwise protect surfaces adjacent to installation or sealants. Install all glass, gasket and aluminum framing in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Caulk joints continuous at exterior and interior faces of framing and elsewhere as indicated, as required to meet performance specifications using materials specified in Sealants - Section 07900. Follow sealant manufacturer's printed instructions for the installation of his product. PROTECTION A. Protect glass from breakage after installation by promptly installing streamers or ribbons, suitably attached to the framing and held free from glass. Do not apply warning markings, streamers, ribbons, or other items directly to the glass , except as specifically directed by the Architect. B. Protect all window framing during and after installation from marring, blemishes, scratches and damage due to incidental adjacent work. If damaged, make all necessary repairs or replacements in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as directed by the Architect. END OF SECTION Project No . F ellowship 1314 08800 -7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 SECTION 09220 LATH AND PLASTER CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 APPLY TO nns SECTION. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUBSTITUION A. Refer to Instructions to Proposers for substitutions . 1.2 SCOPE A. Exterior cement plaster B . Basis of design: Synergy Stucco System 7 /8" overall thickness 1.3 RELATED WORK 1.4 SUBMITT ALS A. Manufacturer's specifications and product data for all products proposed to be furnished as required to demonstrate compliance with the specified requirements. A. Shop drawings showing all primary and secondary framing; including coordination with adjacent and interfacing work and fixtures. 01 Show locations and types of all proposed joints . C. Samples . 01 Color chart showing full range of colors for finish coat. 02 12" x 12" sample of each type to be used. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. American Society for Testing and Materials 01 ASTM C6-49, (1974) Normal Finishing Hydrated Lime 02 ASTM C35-76 , Inorganic Aggregates for Use in Gypsum Plaster. Type II 03 ASTM C207-76 , Hydrated lime for Masonry Purposes 04 ASTM C-1063 installations of lathing and furring for Portland Cement plaster. 05 ASTM C-926 application of Portland Cement plaster. 06 ASTM C-91 , Masonry Cement B . Sealants and Backer rods as required at dissimilar materials and expansion joints within the stucco wall system shall provide a complete watertight system . C . System shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's product specifications. D . American Subcontractor's Association: ASA No. A42.4 E . Texas Lathing and Plastering Contractors Association/Texas Bureau for Lath and Plaster. Project No . F ellowship 1314 09220 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Furring and Lathing 01 Metal Lath . Expanded type, Permalath 1000, 17ga, weighing 2.5 #/sq.yd ., galvanized . Use "dimpled" self-furring type on concrete surfaces. 02 Screws. Self-tapping, Stainless Steel. 03 Lathing Channels. Cold rolled from 16 gauge steel , hot dip galvanized 3/4" weighing 316 lbs. per 1000 Jin . ft. 04 Main Runner Channels. 1-1 /2" cold rolled galvanized channels weighing 508 lbs . per 1000 Jin . Ft. B. Accessories: Pure Zinc alloy unless otherwise noted . 01 Casing Bead . 26 gauge expanded flange casing, with 3" wings and grounds of depth of plaster specified. 02 Control joints. 26 gauge, double "V" design with 1 W' wings . 03 Expansion joints. 26 gauge, equal to Keene #40 . 04 Comer Bead. 26 gauge expanded to wings of 2-5 /8". 05 Interior Corner Reinforcement. 2" x 2" or comer master #30 USG self-edge comerite, or Cornermaster #30. 06 Wire. Cold drawn annealed galvanized. Provide gauge nos. 8, 10 , 12 and 14. Drip Screed. Fry Reglet Corp ., aluminum drip screed DS-875 , or slotted vent DS-875 V-200 as shown. C . Cement Plaster 01 Portland cement. Comply with ASTM C-150, Type I. 02 Lime. Comply with ASTM C-206 , Type S and Fed. Spec . SS-L-0035la, TypeF. 03 Sand. Provide sand that meets ASTM C-144 (Sharp Torpedo Type) finish coat graded per ASTM C842. 04 Water. Potable 05 Fiberglass Strands . 1/2 inch alkaline resistant 06 Finish. SMOOTH E. Finish Type 01 Acrylic Polymer Finish Coat 02 Smooth as possible, no course aggregate 2.2 MIXES A. Portland Cement Plaster 01 Scratch and Brown Coat 1 sack Portland cement 2 sacks masonry mix 9 cu . ft . sharp torpedo plaster sand 1-1/2 lbs. of 1/2" alkaline resistant fiberglass strands 02 Brown coat for all Portland cement plaster shall be mixed in the same proportions as scratch coat with addition of 1 cu. ft . plastering sand and liquid and powdered waterproofing used according to the manufacturer's recommendations. 03 Stucco Finish Coat: Oriental Plaster Mix. 04 Acrylic Finish Coat: Factory mixed 100% pure acrylic based integral color. 2.3 MANUFACTURERS A. Stucco 01 02 03 Synergy Sentry Stucco National Gypsum Co. United States Gypsum Co. B. Lath & Metal Project No . F ellowship 1314 09220 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 01 Alabama Metal Industries Corp . 02 Bailey Metal Products Limited 03 Bostwick Steel Lath Co . 01 Marino Industries 05 United States Gypsum Co . 06 Western Metal Lath Co. 07 Dietrich C. Acrylic Finish Coat 01 Dryvit 02 Finestone 03 R-Wall 04 Senergy 05 STO PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Cold Weather 01 Do not use frozen material. 02 Do not apply cement plaster to frozen surfaces or surfaces containing frost. 03 Do not mix materials or apply cement plaster when ambient temperature is less than 35°F/1.6°C. 04 A temperature of at least 55 °F must be maintained prior to plaster application, during its application, and until it is dry. Any plaster work, which freezes within 48 hours of application, shall be remo ved and replaced with new plaster. B. Hot Weather 01 Protect cement plaster from uneven and excessive evaporation during bot, windy, and dry weather. 02 Moist curing after each coat of cement plaster with water if ambient temperature is more than 75°F/24°C. Moist cure for 48 hours after application of coats. 03 Hot, or dry, or windy weather the cement plaster should be moistened down and then covered with a single sheet of polyethylene plastic (clear only). 04 Moist curing is required at the start and end of workday. 05 Humidity higher than 75 percent. Moist curing not required . C. Remove rust, oil, grease or other foreign substance, which might hinder good bond from lath immediately prior to application of plaster. D. Commencing work shall be construed as acceptance of preceding work performed by others as suitable to receive work specified in this di vision. E. Erect and maintain scaffolding in accordance with all applicable Jaw s and regulations, local or other. F . Manufactured products shall be delivered in original packages, containers or bundles, bearing manufacturer's name and brand. G. Mix in accordance with manufacturer's direction. Protect mixes from frost, dust and evaporation. Clean mixers, boxes and tools after each batch. H . Mix thoroughly with correct amount of water until uniform color consistency. Measure materials accurately. I. Mix materials dry to uniform color and consistency, before adding water. J . Mix only as much plaster as can be used in one hour. K. Do not re-temper mixes after initial set ha s occurred. Project No. Fellowship 1314 09220 -3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 3.2 L. Do not apply finish coat when there is any form of p recipitation . Protect cement plaster from all forms of precipitation during the application and the setting/curing period of finish coat. Ensure that the finish is fully set prior to removing protective covering. M. All stucco shall be 1" think and acrylic finish applied with last coat. APPLICATION A. Furring and Soffit Framing: 01 Main runner channels (1-1 /2") and lath channels shall be spaced at 2 '-0"o .c (3 /4") channels spaced 16 " o.c. 02 The use of 16 gauge galvanized ,wood studs (3-1 /2" wide) may be used as miscellaneous framing to achieve geometry approved by the Architect in the field . 03 All galvanized hanger wires shall be spaced at 4'-O" o.c. max. Do not use power actuated anchors through metal deck for wire supports. 04 Prepare all framing to receive and control joints. 02 Exterior soffit locations provide 1 Yi cold rolled channel stiffeners secured to structure above, space 2 ft., each way. B. Metal Lath (Felt Backed) 01 Secure lath to sheathing by securely fastening per manufacturers minimum standards. 02 Lap metal lath at least 2 inches over supports. 03 Apply lath with long dimension of sheet across supports. 04 All lath shall be tightly stretched, free from looseness, bags , and bulges . 05 PERMA LATH 1000 with two layer of water-resistant barrie (grade D or better over wood sheathing) C. Metal Comer Beads 01 Provide on all external plaster comers in single lengths where length of the comer does not exceed 12 feet. 02 Fasten securely with tie wire spaced 8" o.c. staggered in two wings. D . Casing Beads 01 Install at edges of all horizontal planes and elsewhere as indicated on drawings. 02 All junctions shall be mitered . 03 Horizontal surfaces shall be isolated from all vertical surfaces. E. Control Joints 01 It is not required to cut lath behind control points, it is required to cut lath behind expansion joints. 02 Panels should be relatively square. 03 Notify architect if plaster areas exceed 18 lineal feet in length without a control joint. 04 Install control joints for surface areas of approximately 150 square feet whether shown or not. Verify locations with Architect. 05 Install where dissimilar back-up materials join whether detailed or not. F. Portland Cement Plaster 01 Trowel apply base coat with sufficient force to form good keys and bond. Allow to harden and scratch to produce rough surface. Keep moist until application of brown coat. 02 Apply brown coat, scratch for bond and allow to set hard. Keep moi st until application of finish coat. 03 Use in all exterior locations and interior locations where noted . 04 Finish Coat a . Stucco finish at all ceilings and exterior soffits; apply and cure in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Match texture of approved sample. b . Acrylic finish at all exterior walls. Mix and apply in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions . No scaffold lines or other Project No . Fellowship 1314 09220 -4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 3.3 marks are allowed due to the application. Match colors and textures of approved samples . CLEAN UP AND PROTECTION A. Rubbish and debris shall be removed as often as necessary. As each room or space is complete, remove all rubbish, debris, scaffolding and tools, and leave broom clean. B. Clean plaster spots from work of other trades . Protect finish plaster from injury. END OF SECTION Project No. Fellowship 1314 09220 -5 1 SECTION 09260 2 3 GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEMS 4 5 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 APPLY 6 TO THIS SECTION. 7 8 PART 1 -GENERAL 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to Section AB and AF for substitutions. SCOPE A. Work Included: 01 Metal framing for gypsum board construction 02 Gypsum board 03 Hollow Metal Frames (shall be installed under this sections) 03 Sheathing B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere : 01 Section 06100 -Rou gh Carpentry 02 Section 05410 -Light Gauge Steel Framing 03 Section 05500 -Miscellaneous Steel 04 Section 07160 -Through-Wall Flashing and Dampproofing 05 Section 07210 -Building Insulation 06 Section 09510 -Acoustical Lay-In Ceilings 07 Section 09900 -Painting and Staining 08 Section 09960 - Vinyl Wall Covering SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's specification s and other data for all products proposed to be furnished as needed to prove compliance with specified requirements . B. Third-party test re s ults of documentation that wood framing products meet specified performance and physical properties. C. Manufacturer's in stallation instructions for all products proposed to be furnished . REFERENCES A. B. ANSI A97 .11 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 01 ASTM C 473 -Standard Test Methods for Physical Testing of Gypsum Panel Products . 02 ASTM C 475 -Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board. 03 ASTM C 840 -Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board . 04 ASTM C954-10 -Standard Specifications for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products to Steel Studs Project No . Fellowship 1314 09260 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 1.6 1.7 C. 05 06 07 08 09 ASTM C1002 -07 -Standard Specifications for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products to Steel Studs ASTM Cl 177 -Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing. ASTM C 1280 -Standard Specification for Application of Gypsum Sheathing. ASTM C 1396 -Standard Specification for Gypsum Board. ASTM E 119 -Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Material s. Gypsum Association: 01 GA-214 -Recommended Levels of Gypsum Board Finish. 02 GA-216 -Application and Finishing of Gypsum Panel Products. 03 GA-253 -Application of Gypsum Sheathing . 04 GA-290 -Area Separation Walls. 05 GA-600 -Fire Resistance Design Manual. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Wood Framing: Provide non-load bearing wood stud partitions with deflections conforming to U360 at 5 PSF for ceramic tile finished walls; and U240 at 5 PSF for typical gypsum board walls (interior). Exterior L /240 at 30PSF for exterior studs . B. Fire-Resistive Rating: Where indicated on Drawings, provide materials and construction that are identical to those assemblies whose fire resistance rating has been determined per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 01 Meet or exceed fire resistance requirements outlined under provisions of the GA-600 Fire Resistance Design Manual for wall and ceiling assemblies . 02 Meet or exceed Class A flame/fuel/smoke requirements of ASTM E 84 surface burning characteristics for finish materials. C . Sound Transmission Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies with STC ratings, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by a qualified independent testing agency. D. Impact-Resistant Characteristics : No structural failure at 400 foot pounds per ASTM E 195. E. Mold-Resistant Characteristics: Rating of 10 according to ASTM D 3273 mold testing. F . Gypsum Wall Board be "Tough Rock Abuse" where shown on the plans . DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers or bundles bearing name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. Project No . F e llowship 1314 09260 - 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 B. Store materials inside under cover and keep dry and protected against damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic and other causes. Neatly stack gypsum boards flat to prevent sagging. C . Handle gypsum board to prevent damage to edges, ends , and surfaces. Do not bend or damage metal comer beads and trim. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 2.2 STUD FRAMING MATERIALS A. All wood framing members shall be studs and top plates and base plates shall be according to Rough Carpentry. B. c. 01 Provide in sizes as indicated on the drawings and required for the actual installation assembly. 03 Sizes of studs shall be based on 16" O.C. framing with the maximum, laterally unbraced height at each condition in accordance with the following schedule based on gypsum board applications; 5PSF at U360 : Stud Gyp Bd Size Layers 5-1 /2 " 1 layer ea side 3-5/8" 1 layer ea side 04 Where heights exceed limits stated above, framing at less than 16" O .C. or use of size shall be allowed, conditional on submittal of engineered calculations for each specific condition; sealed and signed by a Texas licensed structural engineer. Studs at all framed door and window openings shall be installed with full-height (floor to top of wall), double studs at jambs. 01 Double studs at opening shall be clipped I fastened together to result in a single composite assembly. 02 Coordinate with other trades where additional miscellaneous steel bracing is required . 03 Framed openings for mechanical and similar work shall be framed as required for the assembly. Fastening directly to ductwork is not permitted . Coordinate with other trades as required. Adhere to U.L. requirements at fue rated partitions. Structural bracing as required, Reference Structural for Details WALL AND CEILING BOARD MATERIALS: A. A. General Design Basis: All gypsum wallboard shall be USG 5/8 inch thick, Type X, tapered-edged. Sizes shall be 4'-0" wide by longest practical length to minimize joints. 01 Suitable for use in fire rated assemblies. Humidity Resistant Gypsum Wallboard shall be USG 5/8", Type X , Sheetrock "Mold Tough" gypsum panels . 01 Panels shall comply with ASTM D3273. 02 Use at all walls in high humidity at restrooms, non-air-conditioned interior spaces I rooms) that do not receive a ceramic tile finish . 03 Also provide within 24" of all sinks and lavatories . Project No . Fellowship 1314 09260 -3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 2.3 C . Ceramic Tile Substrate: A cement-based backer board manufactured specifically for ceramic tile substrate and use in wet locations . Use as wall board sub strate at all ceramic tile finished surfaces. 01 Minimum 5/8 inch thick 02 Provi de I install in greatest size sheets possible (48 " x 96" or larger) to minimize joints. 03 Use joint reinforcement and fastener s in accordance with manufacturer 's printed instructions . 04 Acceptable manufacturers I products include: a. USG "Durock" (basis of design) b . James Hardie Industries HardieBacker c. National Gypsum "Permabase". E . Comer Beads: No. 28 gauge galvanized steel, 1 1/4 inch legs . Use at all exterior comers . F. Joint Compound (Taping): Standard types manufactured by gypsum wallboard manufacturer for intended use . Fire rated type mu st be used on fireproof systems. G . Laminating Adhesives: Standard type manufactured or recommended by manufacturer of product to be laminated . H. Gypsum board reveals shall be 1/2" wide by 5/8" deep drywall reveal s; extruded aluminum, painted finish . 01 Provide where indicated on the Drawings 02 Acceptable manufacturers I products include: a. Gordon 'Final Forms I' Series 500 (basis of design) b. Fry Reglet -. "DRM" Series c. Pittcon -"SWR" Series I. Control Joints: Metal type with 1/4 inch open joint, perforated flanges for floating in place. 01 Niles Building Products model 093 Zinc Control Joint ; or equal. 02 Control joints shall be located vertically a maximum of 30'-0" O .C. floor to above ceiling; each side of door frame s from top of jamb to above ceiling; and at building expansion joints full length unless detailed or specified otherwise. J. Fasteners (screws) shall be U.S .G . type "S" drywall screws, minimum 1-1 /4" length, or longer as required to penetrate framing components a minimum of 1/2". K. Exterior Sheathing, (As required per plans: REF Structural) 01 Mold-resistant , fire-rated glass-mat gypsum sheathing board. 02 Thickness: 5/8 inch (16 mm). 03 Properties : Enhanced mold resistance per ASTM D3273 . Glass facers on both sides. 04 Water absorption less than 6 percent per ASTM C473. 05 Configuration : Forty-eight inches (1219 mm) wide by length required with square edges for horizontal application . MANUFACTURERS: A. Gypsum Wall Board : Provide dome stically manufactured gypsum wall board . 01 U .S . Gypsum Co . 02 National Gypsum Company Project No. F ellowship 1314 09260 -4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 B . C. 03 Georgia Pacific 04 Temple-Inland Forest Products Corp . Exterior Sheath ing 01 Temp le-Inland Forest Products Corp. "Green Glass" 02 Georgia Pacific, "Dens Glass Gold" 03 U .S. Gypsum "Securock" 04 National Gypsum, Gold Bond "e2XP" Extended Exposure Sheathing Substitutions of above must be approved by the Architect 10 days prior to proposal I bid date. P ART 3 -EXEC UTION 3.1 W OOD FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Studs : 01 02 03 04 Single lengths positioned vert icall y in the runners, spaced 16 inches O.C. maxim um unless otherwise shown .. Install double studs at framed opening jambs. Install stud bracing on each side of opening at frame head height betweenjamb stu d s and adjacent studs. Secure studs to st ud plate on both sides at bottom p late prior to installation of gyp board . Where framing extends to structure or floor I roof deck, secure studs to both sides at bottom plate prior to install ation of gyp board . 3 .2 WALLBOARD INST ALLATION A. Select the maxim um practical length to minimize end joints. Al l end joints shall be neatly fitted and staggered. Joints on opposite sides of partition shall be so arranged as to occur on d ifferent studs. B. Install metal corner bead at external comers. Where length of the comer does not exceed standard stock lengths, use a single length. C. Install gypsum board 1/2 inch above surface of slab to prevent wicking of moist ure . D. A p ply at least three coats of joint co mpound over beads, screw heads and t rim, and each coat shall be feathered out onto panel faces . Refer to Para. 3 .7 Workmanship Tolerances for level of finish required. D . Float out and san d joints to make joints invisi bl e when pai nted with non-texture pai nt, level 4 finis h require d throughout. E . Hollow m etal door fram es t o b e set w ithin framed opening, install plumb and level to en sure proper opera tion of doors. REF 08110 3.1 for requirements F. Caulk around pipes, ducts, structure or simi lar items which penetrate drywall systems. G . Fasten wallboard at 12 inches o .c., except at the edges/joints which shall be at 8 inches o .c . Project No . Fellows hip 1314 09260 -5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.8 H. At all wrap-around hollow metal frames, gyp board shall extend Yi " minimum into frame thro at. I. At all exterior metal framed walls extend gypsum wall board from floor to deck unless noted otherwise. SHEATHING INSTALLATION A. Install sheathing in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and applicable instructions in Gypsum Association -253 and ASTM 1280 . B . c. D . E. Install using maximum lengths possible to minimize the number of joints. Secure sheathing to wood framing with hot dip galvanized screws spaced 8 inches O.C. at perimeter of board and 12" O.C. in field of board . Do not countersink fasteners; drive them to bear flush with surface of sheathing. Locate fasteners at least 3/8" from edges . Provide sheathing at all exterior wood framed walls unless noted otherwise. Install with all joints tight. Accurately cut and scribe at interfacing I penetrating work. F. Coordinate with the installation of dampproofing above grade. Refer to spec section 07160 . CEILING FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Main Runners: Hanger wires (9 gauge) shall be spaced not over 4'-0" in the direction of 1 1/2 inch main runner channels, not over 4'-0" in the direction of right angles to · the main runners, and within 6 inches of the ends of main runners and of boundary walls, girders or similar interruptions of ceiling continuity. Do not place over 4 '-0" o .c., properly positioned and leveled . B. Furring Channels : Space 16 inches o.c., and saddle-tie with two strands of 16 gauge tie wire to main runners or main support members . Do not let into or come in contact with abutting masonry walls. End splices shall be provided by nesting channels or studs no less than 8 inches and securely wire-tie. CEILING BOARD INSTALLATION A. Apply gypsum board of maximum practical length with the long dimension at right angles to the furring channel and fastened with 1 inch drywall screws spaced 12 inches o.c. in the field of the board and along abutting ends. B. Align abutting end or edge joints over the web surface of the furring channel. Tie neatly and accurately with end joints staggered. COMMENCEMENT RESTRICTIONS A. Interior gypsum wallboard and ceiling board installation may not commence until all exterior sheathing and dampproofing is completed, the individual floor is dried in or roofing is complete, roof top equipment openings are covered and flashed, and exterior wall openings are protected . Project No . Fellowship 1314 09260 -6 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 3.9 PROTECTION AND CLEAN UP A. Coordinate with painting and make sure all gypsum board is primed and the specified texture is provided. B. Unless the Construction Manager gives notice otherwise, in advance. Each Trade contractor is responsible for removing his own trash from the Work area and for the initial cleaning of his own Work, while ongoing and when completed. 01 T rash Removal : Clear the building and site of trash at least once a week . When rapid accumulation occurs , make more frequent removal. Remove highly combustible trash such a paper and cardboard daily . 02 Disposition Of Debris: Remove debris from the site and make legal disposition. Locations for disposal shall be of the Contractor's choice within the above restrictions . No debris or material may be buried or burned at the si te . Take necessary precautions to prevent accidental burning of materials be avoiding large accumulations of combu stible materials . C. The Work shall be turned over to the Construction Manager/Owner in immaculate condition. Cleaning includes removal of smudges , marks , stains, fingerprints, soil , dirt , paint spots, dust , lint, discolorations and other foreign material. D . Remove all temporary facilitie s. END OF SECTION Project No . Fellowship 1314 09260 -7 I 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 SECTION 09310 CERAMIC TILE CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 APPLY TO THIS SECTION . PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to Instructions to Proposers for substitutions. 1.2 SUB MITT ALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer 's product data for all products proposed to be furnished . B. Samples: 01 Selection: Submit full range of manufacturer's colors, patterns, textures and finishes available for the specified tile series . 02 Approval: Submit samples of selected tile mounted on 12" x 12" board indicating joint size and grout. C. Certification: Provide Master Grade Certificate as specified in ANSI Al37.l. D . Installation Instructions: Manufacturer 's installation instructions for this application. E . Maintenance: Manufacturer 's recommended maintenance procedures . 1.3 REFERENCES A. Tile Council of American, Inc . "Tile Handbook" B. American National Standards Specifications for the installation of ceramic tile. 1.4 SCOPE A. Refer to room finish schedule, wall tile at restrooms PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Ceramic Tile: Reference drawing for detail and patterns 01 Nominal Sizes: a.12" x 12" b. Stratford Place SD94 b. Dorian Grey 02 Provide bullnose at the top of all wall patterns. 03 Provide cove base where scheduled . 04 Tile shall be through-body color. 05 Brick bond, as indicated on plans B . Accent tile: Reference drawings for details and patterns . 01 Nominal Size: 02 6" x 6" x 3/8" (Daltile Selected from Group 2 range) 03 Provide size and shapes as indicated on drawings. Project No . Fellowship 1314 09310 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 C . Mortar Adhesive and Grout: 01 Laticrete 254 Platinum thin-set mortar 02 Mix in strict accordance with manufactures recommendations 03 Water: Potable, drinking quality 04 Grout (l /8 11 Joint): a . As recommended by tile manufacturer b . Color selected by Architect c . ANSI Al18 .6 05 Grout Release as recommended by tile manufacturer D. Expansion Joints: 01 Polysulfide compound sealant over filler. Provide at all concrete foundation control joints, changes in materials, where floor tile abuts perimeter walls, curves, columns , and pipes. Sealant shall match grout color. Tile Council of America #EJl 71-90 2.2 ACCEPT ABLE MANUFACTURERS: A . Dal-Tile -(basis for design) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Examination: Examine substrates for defects which may affect the work. Do not start work until defects have been corrected . Ensure that surfaces are: 01 Dry, clean, free of oily or waxy films. 02 Firm and level within specified tolerances. 03 Sloped to drains where floor drain occurs. 04 Minimum of 40°F and rising. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Joints to be installed in a brick bond pattern. B. Set tile and grout in accordance with Tile Council of America, Inc. Spec. Fl 15-93 , and Fl21-93 at restrooms in patterns as directed by the Architect. C. Lay out all work so that , where possible, no tiles less than half size occur. D. Install in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions . E. Use potable water. F . Install base tile so that joints align with floor tile joints, where applicable. G. Expansion joints per Tile Council of America, Inc., Spec EJl 71-90 . Coordinate expansion joints with joints in the concrete slab . END OF SECTION Project No . F ellowship 1314 09310 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL LAY-IN CEILING CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1, as indexed, appl y to thi s Section. 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to In structions to Proposers for sub st itutions . 1.2 SCOPE A. Suspension System B . Acoustical Ceiling Boards C . Fire Protection over light fi xtures and other ceiling mounted items as required . 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01300 . B . Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and technical data. C . Samples: submit two units for each type o f acoustical unit , su sp e nsion system and accessories . 1.4 INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Refer to Section 0142 -Notification of Architect Requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Projection Conditions 1. Do not install acoustical ceiling until building is enclosed, sufficient heat is provided, dust generating activi ties have terminated and o verhead mechanical work is completed , tested and appro ved . 2. Maintain temperature at minimum 60 degrees F° and humidity if 40% to 50% prior to , during, and after installation. B . References 1. American Society for Testing Materials: ASTMC635 ASTMC636 ASTME795 ASTME84 2 . Underwriters Laboratories assembly, as noted on drawings. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Lifetime system warranty to withstand conditions up to 104°F , 95 % relati ve humidity without vi sible sagging . PART 2 -PRODUCTS Project No. F ellowship 1314 09510 - 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 2.1 2.2 MATERIALS A . Suspension System: 01 Typical Grid Type "A": a . Pre-painted standard cold-rolled steel electro-zinc coated (ASTM C635) b. UL 1-hour rated assemblies and 1-hour rated assemblies as indicated on drawings (where it is noted on the Finish Schedule). c. Color: Low sheen satin (typically white). d. Main runners & cross tees to be 1 112 inches. e. Approved hold down clips. 02 Grid for Type "B" Lay-in Boards: a . Same as typical grid, except with an aluminum cap (factory white flat finish). B. Hanger Wire: 01 12-gauge steel wire 02 Spacing at 4'-0'" o .c . both directions, wrapped tightly at least 3 full turn s. C. Lay-in Board: 01 Type "A": suitable for humid areas up to but not including standing water A. USG-Radar ClimaPlus (none directional) B. #2210/2410 as indicated on plans C . White Finish D. Fire Resistive E . 24 in . X 24/48" in. X 5/8 in . F . Square Lay-In Edge Detail G . NRC=0.55 H . CAC=35 I. Light reflectance= 0.84 02 Type "B": a . Un-perforated vinyl face on gypsum board b . 24" x 24" x 1/2" thick c . 2-hour rated assembly (ASTM C635), Class "A" d . Color: White e . Location : All areas subject to humidity, shower stalls, etc D . Accessories : 01 At all locations (whether detailed or not) where an acoustical lay-in ceiling abutts a gypsum board ceiling in the same plane, provide a "W" shaped reveal or "shadow" molding similar to USG #MS 174 . 02 All Grid to be Donn DXIDXL. MANUFACTURERS A . Armstrong World Industries, Inc . B . U. S. Gypsum C. Certain Teed D . Con wed Project No . Fellowship 1314 09510 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 E. Donn Products, Inc. F . Chicago Metallic G . Eurostone PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION 3.2 3.3 A. Ensure that walls are flat and wall corners square. Commencing work shall be construed as acceptance of preceding work performed by others, as suitable to receive work specified in thi s Section . B . Ensure that wall control joints are flat and will not cause wall mold to misalign at those locations. C . Coordinate all locations of cut tile with Architect in field , prior to commencing work. D . Do not install any ceiling tile until all above ceiling inspections and corrections have been completed . SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEMS A. Install ceiling systems by skilled workmen in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions, the approved shop drawings and reflected ceiling plans. Exposed surfaces of acoustical units shall be le vel and flush, with all joints straight and true. Cutting and fitting around all items protruding through acoustical ceiling shall be done neatly. Edge moldings and runners shall have flush hairline joints, with all corners mitered. B Install main beam and cross tees in accordance with reflected ceiling plans. Suspend main beams from structure above (but not bridging), by means of #12 gauge galvanized wire, located 4 feet on center. Join cross tees to main beam with a positive interlock. At perimeter areas, secure angle molding to ve rtical surfaces, ends of tee s to rest on bottom flange of molding. c . Align beams or tees with angle molding at comers, unless authorized by Architect. E. Attachment of grid members to wall molding with pop rivets is not permitted. Hanger wire at 45 degrees, approximately 10 inches long may be used to tie the grid to the wall above the ceiling to prevent eventual disengagement of the two components. EXTRA STOCK A. Deliver two (2) unopened cartons of each type of ceiling board at completion of job to location as directed by owner. END OF SECTION Project No . Fellowship 1314 09510 - 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 SECTION 09660 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 APPLY TO THIS SECTION. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUBSTITUTION 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 A. Refer to Instructions to Proposers for substitutions. SCOPE A. Vinyl Composition Tile B . Resilient Rubber Cove Base C. Rubber Stair Tread RELATED WORK A . All other Division 9 flooring specifications. SUBMITIALS A. Product Data. Manufacture's specification data and installation instructions. B. Samples . Submit full range of colors and patterns of actual material s proposed to be furnished for Architect's selection. C. Maintenance Data. Include in the final close-out documents the maintenance data describing the procedure to be followed in maintaining the materials . D . Asbestos Free Materials. Provide a written notarized statement indicating that all materials used are totally asbestos free. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Vinyl Comp osition Tile. Fed Specs SS-T-312, Type IV Composition I PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE: A. Materials 01 Size. 12" x 12" x 1/8" thick B. Patterns and Colors: Selected from manufacturer's premium line. Patterns shall be as indicated on the Drawings; and if not indicated, shall be a maximum two color pattern as directed by the Architect. Project No. Fellowship 1314 09660 -1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 2.2 2.3 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE MANUFACTURERS: A. Armstrong World Industries -"Standard Exelon" (basis of design) B . Mannington Commercial -"Designer Essentials" C . Tarkett I Azrock Floor Products -"Cortina Colors and Classics" RESILIENT MATERIALS A. Materials 01 Base: a . Quality Standard. ASTM-1861-98, Type TS 100% rubber base with matching end stops and molded corner units. b . Type. Top-set cove; 48 inch lengths or in roll c. Height. 4 inches, unless shown otherwise d. Thickness. Full 0.125 e. Color. As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. 02 Resilient Reducer Strips: a . l" wide x 1/8" thick, rubber, tapered or bullnose edge, color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. B. Primers and Adhesives 01 Concrete Slab Primer: Non-staining type as recommended by material manufacturers. 02 Adhesives: Waterproof, stabilized type as manufactured by resilient material manufacturer. 2.4 RESILIENT MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS A. Flexco B. Roppe Rubber Co. C . Burke Mercer Floor Products, Co. D . Nora Rubber Flooring PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. B. Subfloors: 01 Verify that substrate is smooth, level, at required finish elevation, and without more than 118 inch in 10'-0" variation from level or slopes shown on the drawings. 02 Prior to laying materials, broom clean or vacuum the surfaces to be covered, and inspect the subfloors. Project No. Fellowship 1314 09660 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 3.2 3.3 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General: 01 Install materials only after finishing operations (including painting), have been completed, and after permanent heating and cooling system is operating. 02 Verify that moisture content of concrete slabs, building air temperature, and relative humidity are within the limits recommended by the manufacturers of the materials used . B . Installing Resilient Tiles: 01 Place units with adhesive cement in strict compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 02 Butt units tightly to vertical surfaces, nosings, edgings, and thresholds. 03 Scribe, as necessary, around obstructions and to produce neat joints. 04 Place tiles tightly laid , even, and in straight parallel lines. 05 Extend units into toe spaces, door reveal s, and in closets and similar spaces. 06 Lay units from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so that units at opposite edges of the room are of equal width . a. Adjust as necessary to avoid use of cut widths less than 3 inches wide at edge of space. b . Lay units square to axis of the room or space. 07 Match units for color and pattern by using materials from cartons in the same sequence as manufactured and packaged. 08 Lay in with grain in all units running in the same direction. 09 Place resilient edge strips tightly butted to units and secured with adhesive, providing at all unprotected edges, unless otherwise shown. C . Installing Base: 01 Install base on so lid backing . Adhere tightly to wall and floor surfaces. 02 Use factory-preformed exterior corners, and factory preformed or job- mitered interior comers. 03 Scribe and fit to doorframes and other obstructions . 04 Install base on all casework as shown, unle ss otherwise noted. CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Remove excess adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces, using neutral cleaner recommended by the manufacturer of the resil ie nt materials. EXTRA STOCK A. Deliver to the Owner for his future use an extra stock of two unopened bo xes of each color and pattern of tile selected, and one container of base adhesive. END OF SECTION Project No . Fellowship 1314 09660 -3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 SECTION 09661 LUXURY VINYL TILE FLOORING CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 APPLY TO THIS SECTION. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUBSTITUTION 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 A. Refer to Instructions to Proposers for substitutions. SCOPE A. Luxury Vinyl Tile/Plank B. Resilient Rubber Cove Base RELATED WORK A. All other Division 9 flooring specifications. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. Manufacture 's specification data and installation instructions . B. Samples. Submit full range of colors and patterns of actual materials proposed to be furnished for Architect's selection. C . Maintenance Data. Include in the final close-out documents the maintenance data describing the procedure to be followed in maintaining the materials. D . Asbestos Free Materials. Provide a written notarized statement indicating that all materials used are totally asbestos free. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Must Comply with ASTM Cl028 and ASTM D2047 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 LUXURY VINLY TILE/PLANK: A. Materials : 01 ARMSTRONG, Natural Creations : Arbor Art a . Size : 6" x 48" x .125" thick planks b. Edge: Slight Bevel c . Texture: Distressed d. Wear Layer: .020" Clear, Rigid high density Polyurethane Project No. F ellowship 1314 09660 - 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 2.2 2.3 2.4 B . Patterns and Co lors: Joints to be staggered at random, starter planks minimum length to be at least 10 " in length , color from standard Arbor Art product line LUXURY VINYL TILE MANUFACTURERS: A. Armstrong (basis of design) B. Others-Approval based on actual submission of material s. RESILIENT MATERIALS A. Materials 01 Base : a . Q uality Standard. ASTM-1861-98 , Type TS 100 % rubber ba se with matching end stops and molded comer units. b. Type. Top-set cove; 48 inch lengths or in roll c. Height. 4 inches, unless shown otherwise d . Thickness . Full 0 .125 e . Color. As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. 02 Resilient Reducer Strips: a. l " wide x 1/8" thick, rubber, tapered or bullnose edge , color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors . B. Primers and Adhesive s 01 Concrete Slab Primer: Non-staining type as recommended by material manufacturers . 02 Adhe sives: Waterproof, stabilized type as manufactured by resilient material manufacturer. RESILIENT MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS A. Roppe Rubber Co. C. Burke Mercer Floor Products, Co. D . Nora Rubber Flooring PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION 3.2 A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected . B . Subfloors: 01 Verify that substrate is smooth, level, at required finish elevation, and without more than 1/8 inch in 10'-0" variation from level or slopes shown on the drawings . 02 Prior to laying materials , broom clean or vacuum the surfaces to be covered, and inspect the subfloors . INSTALLATION A. General: Project No. F ellowship 1314 09660 - 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 3.3 3.4 B. C . 01 Install materials only after finishing operations (including painting), have been completed, and after permanent heating and cooling system is operating. 02 Verify that moisture content of concrete slabs, building air temperature, and relative humidity are within the limits recommended by the manufacturers of the materials used. Installing L VT Planks: 01 Place units with adhesive cement in strict compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 02 Butt units tightly to vertical surfaces, nosings, edgings, and thresholds. 03 Scribe, as necessary, around obstructions and to produce neat joints. 04 Place tiles tightly laid, even, and in straight parallel lines. 05 Extend units into toe spaces, door reveals, and in closets and similar spaces . 06 Lay units from center marks established with principal wall s, discounting minor offsets, so that units at opposite edges of the room are of equal width. a. Adjust as necessary to avoid use of cut widths less than 2 inches wide at edge of space. b . Lay units square to axis of the room or space. 07 Match units for color and pattern by using materials from cartons in the same sequence as manufactured and packaged. 08 Place resilient edge strips tightl y butted to units and secured with adhesive, providing at all unprotected edges, unless otherwise shown. Installing Base: 01 Install base on solid backing . Adhere tightly to wall and floor surfaces. 02 Use factory-preformed exterior comers, and factory preformed or job- rnitered interior corners. 03 Scribe and fit to doorframes and other obstructions . 04 Install base on all casework as shown, unless otherwise noted. CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Remove excess adhesive and other blemi shes from exposed surfaces, using neutral cleaner recommended by the manufacturer of the resilient materials. EXTRA STOCK A. Deliver to the Owner for his future use an extra stock of two unopened boxes of each color and pattern of planks selected, and one container of base adhesive. END OF SECTION Project No . Fellowship 1314 09660 - 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 SECTION 09680 CARPET CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1, as indexed, apply to this Section. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 A. Refer to Instructions to Proposers for su bstitutions . MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY A. Manufacturer shall warrant the carpeting for 15 years against the following defects: 01 D imensional stability including curling. 02 Edge ravel. 03 Delamination of backing . 04 Wear in excess of 10 % by weight. B. Manufacturer shall warrant that the generation of static electricity shall not exceed 3 .5 KV at 70°F at 20% RH for the life of the carpet. SUBMITTALS A. B. c. D. E. F. SCOPE A. Shop drawings to the Architect showing layout of all seams and cross seams, location , and type of carpet accessories. Certificate showing manufacturer's loom on which carpet will be produced, and date of last inspection for specification tolerances . Samples showing manufacturer's matching color (12" x 12"). Actual base and accessory samples. Actual sample from loom to produce run of carpet. Manufacturers product data including base adhesive. Maintenance instructions. Furnish and install all carpet as in dicated . ALTERNATE A. Refer to Section 01030 -Alternates. Project No. Fellowship 1314 09680 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Provide carpet free of any irregularities in weave or materials, and each color of one dye lot. Carpet shall be moth and vermin-proof, and pre-shrunk carpet. Borders and I or patterns as indicated on the Drawings. B. Carpeting: Reference Finish Schedule for type and placements "C-1" 01 Field Carpet: Tandus Reverb ( 44024) Color "TBD" or approved equal as selected by Architect. 02 Construction: Tufted Patterned Loop 03 Fiber: TDX Nylon 04 Dye method: Solution 05 Pattern Repeat: 35.82" L x 24 " W 06 Tufted Weight: 22.0 07 Gauge 1/10 08 Stitches per inch: 13.4 09 Finished Pile Thickness: 0.197 10 Product size: 12 foot 11 Primary backing: super-toe 12 Protective Treatment: Ensure C. Carpet Accessories and Adhesive (refer to Section 09660, 2.2 Resilient Materials): 01 Standard accessories as recommended by the successful carpet manufacturer. 02 Carpet edge shall be vinyl overlap type for glue-down carpet. 03 Adhesive as recommended by carpet manufacturer. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Tarkett B. Interface FLOR C . The Mohawk Group D. Shaw Group PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION 3.2 A. Deliver carpet to the job site in original mill scrapings, if full rolls . Store carpet raised above floor, under cover, and in well ventilated spaces, as soon as delivered . Protect carpet from damage, dirt, stains, and moisture . B. The floor shall be clean and free of any foreign substances, such as wax, paint, oil , etc. C . Cracks and holes shall be filled with latex emulsion filler compatible with adhesive . D. Any ridges and high spots in concrete surface shall be brought to the attention of the Architect and the General Contractor. INSTALLATION Project No. Fellowship 1314 09680 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 3.3 3.4 A. B . General : 01 02 03 Seams : 01 02 03 04 Glue directly to floor using no pad and no foam . Roll carpet with a roller to ensure maximum contact at the pressure recommended by the manufacturer. Scribe carpet accurately to all vertical surfaces. Align lines of carpet as woven, using no fill strips less than 15 cm (6") in width, laying all carpet in same direction unless specifically otherwi se d irected by the Architect. Locate seams only where shown on approved shop drawings or where otherwise approved by Architect. Fabricate seams by the compression method, using a butt joint, and properly bead and seal. Do not stretch seams. Brush out or roll out air bubbles toward seam. Carefully app ly a bead seam adhesive to the cut edge at proper height to lock in tufts and seal edge. Do not use floor adhesive to bead cut edge . U se regular seam adhesive. C . Clean-Up : 01 Thoroughly clean all carpet surfaces prior to final acceptance of the carpeted areas by Owner. Leave work in neat , uniform condition, vacuumed and ready for use. 02 Any spillage of adhesive on the face of the carpet shall be removed immediately with a clean-up solvent recommended by the manufacturer. 03 Avoid traffic for at least twelve hours after installation. 04 Carpet contractor shall repair any and all damage done by his workmen. 05 Provide traffic areas with heavy Kraft paper or "Visqueen" to protect against damage and soiling . Provide such protection when directed by the Architect. EXTRA CARPET A . After completion of the carpet installation, the carpet subcontractor shall provide an additional 3 % of total yards installed of carpet (6' wide) and/or two cartons of unopened carpet tiles to the Owner for future carpet replacement that may be required . This extra stock is to be unused rolls and/or tiles and does not include scraps. GUARANTEE A. The carpet installer shall be required to re-lay any carpet that does not provide an attractive wrinkle-free appearance, and s hall correct any condition due to fau lty installation which may appear for a period of one year from date of substantial completion. END OF SECTION Project No . F ellowship 1314 09680 -3 1 SECTION 09770 2 3 CONCRETE FLOOR SEALER 4 5 6 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1, as indexed , apply to this Section. 7 8 PART 1 -GENERAL 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to Instructions to Proposers for substitutions. B . Locations: All mechanical and electrical rooms, UNO 1.2 SUBMITT ALS A . Refer to Section 01300. Submit manufacturer's data. PART 2 -PRODUCT 2.1 MATERIALS AND MANUFACTURERS A. Concrete floor sealer shall be "Cureseal W" semi-gloss clear sealer as manufactured by L. M . Scofield ; or equal approved by the Architect. B . Prosoco "Durasheen" C. ZEP Manufacturing "ZEP Seal Out" PART 3 -EXECUTION A. Concrete slabs shall be smooth, dry, and free of any foreign materials. B . Apply two coats of specified finish in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions . C . Allow approximately 24 hours drying time between installation of coats . Do not apply second coat until Architect has inspected first coat application. D. Install coating after all painting operations are completed. E. Apply any painted stripes or graphics indicated on drawings . Allow approximately 24 hours drying time between installation and additional coats. F. Apply two (2) additional coats of concrete floor sealer over any areas receiving striping or graphics as specified above. (Total for striped areas is 4 coats.) END OF SECTION Project No . Fellowship 1314 09770 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 SECTION 09900 PAINTING AND STAINING CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 APPLY TO TIITS SECTION. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1.2 1.3 A. SCOPE A. B. Refer to Instructions to Proposers for substitutions. Work Included: Work under this Section includes furnishing all labor, material, equipment and accessories necessary for completion of all painting and staining. Refer to paragraph 3 .01 for list of items to recei ve paint. Work Not Included: 01 Shop coat of paint on metal , unless noted otherwise. Refer to Section 05500 - Miscellaneous Metals . 02 Aluminum and copper, unless noted otherwise . 03 Factory finished equipment. 04 P lastic clad educational equipment. SUBMITTALS A. Material lists: Give the supplier's name, product name, number and generic description of each proposed product and its use . Provide product data sheets if requested. B. Samples: Submit full range of colors, patterns, textures and finishes available for selection, incl uding the following: 01 Color Chips: Provide complete duplicate sets of color chips for color selection. 02 Small Applied Samples: Provide pieces of actual material on which p aint will occur with minimum dry mil thickness of specified paint. 03 Sheen Samples : Provide full range of varying sheens when sheens are controllable by intermixing. C. Installed Samples : Provide large size samples for approval. Approved samples may be left in p lace as part of the wo rk . D . E . F . Interior: One room and/or area, as selected by the Architect, shall be painted with material s specified or accepted and applied directly from container, unthinned. After acceptance by Architect, room and/or area shall be standard of quality of entire project. Exterior: Three samples, 4 'x4' each, of all exterior finishes, provided at the job site. Samples shoul d represent each substrate. After acceptance by Architect, samples shall be standard of quality of entire project. Certification: Furnish a letter certifying that materials submitted are truly equivalent, or better than those called out in the finish schedule. Project No. Fellowship 1314 09900-1 1 2 3 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 4 5 A. Materials shall be applied directly from containers in which material is purchased. No 6 exceptions . 7 8 B. Subcontractor shall provide to Owner and Architect a notarized certification that paint I 9 used is as specified in writing by the Architect. 10 11 C . Number of coats of each of several finishes shall be in accordance with detailed 12 specifications, which will produce first quality finish if properly applied. If number of 13 coats specified fails to produce a finish acceptable to Architect , this Contractor shall 14 apply additional coat(s) at his own expense until an acceptable finish is achieved. 15 16 D. Provide primers and other undercoat paints produced by same manufacturer as finish 17 coats. Use thinners recommended by paint manufacturer's printed instructions . 18 19 E. Deliver products to jobsite in unbroken containers bearing manufacturer's labels, 20 intact and legible at time of use. 21 22 1.5 WARRANTY 23 24 A. The undertaking of a painting subcontract will indicate that the subcontractor will 25 warrant the work specified herein for one year against becoming unserviceable or 26 causing an objectionable appearance, resulting from either defective or 27 nonconforming materials and workmanship . 28 29 B. Defects shall include by not be limited to the following: 30 01 Discoloring noticeably by yellowing , streaking, blooming, changing color or 31 darkening 32 02 Mildew 33 03 Peeling, cracking, blistering, alligatoring or releasing from the substrate 34 04 Chalking or dusting excessively 35 05 Changing sheen in irregular fashion 36 06 Softening or becoming tacky 37 07 Bubbling 38 39 c. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary for 40 approval of the Architect, and at no additional cost to the Owner. 41 42 1.6 RESPONSIBILITY OF COORDINATION 43 44 A. Coordinate the work specified herein with the following work: 45 01 Provide information to preceding trades for proper preparation of substrate. 46 02 Inspect substrate before proceeding to verify proper preparation. 47 03 Notify Architect of any item to receive paint which may not be covered by a 48 scheduled finish type. Architect will furnish appropriate specification . 49 50 1.7 PRODUCT HANDLING 51 52 A. Store only approved materials at the jobsite, storing only in a suitable and designated 53 area restricted to the storage of paint materials and related equipment. 54 Project No . Fellowship 1314 09900 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 1.8 B. c. D . Temperature in the storage area shall be between 40°F and 11 o°F. Open and mix all materials in the storage area. Use all means necessary to protect materials before , during, and after application, and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. Apply water-base paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted, and surrounding air temperatures are between 50°F (10°C) and 900F (32oC), unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacturer's printed instructions. E. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted, and surrounding air temperatures are between 45°F (7°C) and 95°F (35oq, unless otherwi se permitted by paint manufacturer's printed instructions. F. Do not paint in snow, rain , fog or mist , or when relative humidity exceeds 85%, or to damp or wet surfaces, unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacturer's printed instructions . Painting may be continued during inclement weather, if areas and surfaces to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by paint manufacturer, during appl ication and drying periods . EXTRA STOCK A. Upon completion of the work of this Section, deli ver to the Owner, an extra stock equaling 10 percent or a minimum of 1 gallon, whichever is greater, of each color, type, and gloss of paint used in the work. Make sure each container is ti ghtly sealed , clearly labeled with contents, and location where used . PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. All paint materials selected for coating systems for each type of surface shall be the product of a single manufacturer and shall, as a system, have flame spread, fuel contribution, and smoke density test results less than 25. B. Paint materials listed herein, unless otherwise designated in the "Painting Schedule", are the products of Sherwin Williams., and require no further approval as to manufacturer or catalogue number. C . Similar first -l ine material of one of the following manufacturers may be used subject to approval by the Architect fo r items indicated to be coated with Sherwin Williams material s : 01 ICI I Devoe 02 PPG Industries 03 Carbo line 04 Sherwin-Williams 2.2 MATERIALS A . The following is a specification of typical painted items and does not specifically include every item that is to receive paint. It should, however, establish type and quality of finish for all items normally included in a complete paint job. Project No . Fellowship 1314 09900 -3 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 B. c. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. Ferrous Metals: 01 1 coat -SW Pro-Cry! Universal Water Based Primer B66-310 Series. 2 .0 - 4.0 mdf 02 2 coats -SW DTM Acrylic Gloss Coating B66Wl00 Series. 2.5 -4.0 mdf each coat Exterior Wood: 01 1 coat-SW A-100 Alkyd Wood Primer Y24W20 . 2 .3 mdf 02 2 coats -SW DTM Acrylic Semi Gloss Coating B66Wl 00 Series . 2.5 -4.0 mdf each coat Interior Gypsum Drywall and Ceilings -Enamel Finish: 01 1 coat -SW Prep rite 200 Latex Primer B28W200. 1.1 mdf 02 2 coats -SW ProMar 200 Zero VOC S/G Latex Series. Interior Galvanized Metal: 01 1 coat -SW ProCryl Water Based Universal Primer B66-310 Series. 2.0 - 4.0 mdf 02 2 coats -SW ProClassic Waterborne Acrylic S/G Enamel B31 W51 Series . 1.4 mdf each Interior Non-Galvanized Metal: 03 1 coat-SW ProCryl Water Based Universal Primer B66-3 l 0 Series. 2.0 - 4.0 mdf 04 2 coats -SW ProClassic Waterborne Acrylic S/G Enamel B3 l W5 l Series . 1.4 mdf each On Metal with Shop Coat, use: 01 Touch-up Shop Coat with SW ProCryl Water Based Universal Primer B66- 310 Series. 2.0 -4.0 mdf 02 2 coats -SW Pro Classic Interior Alkyd Semi Gloss B34 Series 03 Used for metal doors and frames and miscellaneous metal items Interior CMU -Enamel Finish: 01 2 coats -SW Loxon Block Surfacer A24W200. 8 .0 mdf each coat 02 2 coats -SW ProClassic Waterborne Acrylic S/G Enamel B3 l W5 l Series. 1.4 mdf each Interior Wood -Enamel 01 1 coat-SW Preprite Classic Latex Primer B28Wl01. 1.6.mdf. 02 2 coats -SW ProClassic Waterborne Acrylic S/G Enamel B3 l W5 l Series. 1.4 mdf each Interior Wood -Transparent Finish 01 SW Wood Classics Stain A49-200 Series. 02 1 coat SW Wood Classics Sanding Sealer B26V43. 1.2 mdf. 03 2 coats SW Wood Classics Varnish A66 Series. 2.6 mdf each coat Cement Siding, Soffit and Trim (specification call pre -primed). 01 Cement Siding, Soffit and Trim 02 2 coats -SW ProClassic Waterborne Acrylic S/G Enamel B31 W51 Series. Project No . F ellowship 1314 09900 -4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 2.3 L. Follow the Manufactures recommendation for top coat. COLORS A. Variations and multiple colors s hall be as noted on schedules and legend in the drawings . Different colors may be selected for each room, and more than one color may be selected in each room. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 ITEMS TO RECEIVE PAINT 3.2 A. B. Generally, all unfinished items that are normally painted in any typical building, including but not limited to the following list: 01 All ferrous metal 02 All Exterior Wood: 03 All interior wood 04 All exposed conduit, outlet boxes and electrical cabinets, excluding those located in mechanical rooms . 05 All exposed pipe, plumbing and ductwork, excluding those located in mechanical rooms. 06 All new metal grilles, except aluminum, unless otherwise indicated. 07 All new exposed gypsum board surfaces, including all mechanical rooms. 08 All exposed interior concrete masonry units, incl uding all mechanical rooms . 09 Miscellaneous other items which normally require painting or are scheduled to be painted . 10 Consult plans, finish schedule, details and specifications for other trades as all items usually field painted or finish will be considered as part of the Contract. 11 All new exposed mechanical equipment and electrical equipment. 12 Any other material that is exposed to view that is not prefini shed. All work where a coat of material has been applied must be inspected and approved by the Architect, before application of succeeding specified coat, otherwise no credit for coat applied will be given. Notify Architect when a particular coat has been completed for inspection and approval. Apply coats of material in strict accordance with manufacturer's specifications, except where requirements of these specifications are in excess of manufacturer's requirements. Paint all sight exposed pipe and plumbing, only after all mechanical work and tests have been completed. PREPARATION A . General : Surface must be clean to ensure adhesion. Remove oil and grease with paint thinner. Wash off dirt with warm soapy water and rinse with clean water. Remove rust by wire brushing or sanding . B. Unfinished Surfaces: 01 Wood: Sand smooth and apply one coat of primer undercoat. After primer has dried overnight, putty nail holes and cracks, then spot-prime putty with primer. Again, allow the primer to dry o vernight, sand lightly and topcoat. 02 Masonry and Concrete: Remove form release compounds, efflorescence or cement dust on masonry and concrete by etching with a 10% solution or muriatic (Hydrochloric) acid. Power wash surface after etching with clean Project No . Fellowship 1314 09900 -5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 3.3 water, and paint while still damp, but within manufacturer's moisture tolerance. On surface where muriatic acid cannot be used to neutralize the efflorescence, remove the efflorescence by sanding, scraping or wire brushing, and apply a coat of masonry conditioner before painting. Fill voids and pores in concrete and haydite blocks with latex block filler and allow to dry overnight before top coating. 03 Iron and Steel: Prime with metal primer and allow to dry overnight before top coating. 04 Galvanized Metal : Prime with galvanized metal primer and allow to dry overnight before top coating. APPLICATION A. General: Surfaces to be finished must be clean, dry, free of dirt, oils, loose paint or any other contamination that would adversely affect adhesion, protective properties or appearance of the coating. B. Allow exterior paints to dry 72 hours between coats and interior paint to dry 24 hours between coats. Allow all enamels and varnishes to dry 24 hours between coats. If enamel and varnishes are tacky after 24 hours, allow additional time until finish is dry. C. Leveling : Apply with proper consistency and quality so paint flows out to a level surface free of brush and roller marks, bubbles, dust, runs, sags, and holidays . Spread evenly. D . Appearance: Uniform color, texture and sheen . E. Acrylic coating on concrete tilt-wall system to be applied with lOOOpsi airless sprayer with heavy duty texture gun. F. Neatness: Paint shall not be smeared, spattered or run over adjoining colors or materials. Cut-on lines shall be straight. G. First coat shall be white , unless otherwise specified . END OF SECTION Project No . Fellowship 1314 09900 -6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 SECTION 10165 PLASTIC LAMINATE TOILET PARTITIONS CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1, as indexed, apply to this Section . PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to Instructions to Proposers for substitutions. 1.2 SUBMITT ALS A. Shop Drawings: Within four weeks of award of contract, submit: 01 Complete shop drawings for the Architect's approval , show all required field measurements, all details and elevations plans, and sections required to indicate all conditions . 02 Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements . 03 Manufacturer's installation instructions . 04 Samples or color charts showing manufacturer's full range of colors PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Toilet Partitions: 01 General Partitions 04 Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc . 06 Tex-Lam B. Plastic Laminate: 01 Wilsonart 02 Formica 2.2 MATERIALS A. All toilet partitions shall be floor mounted, overhead braced, laminated plastic in the dimensions and arrangements indicated on the drawings . B. Panels: 01 02 Doors, stiles, wall posts , panels and seats of compartments shall have a finished thickness of 1 inch nominal minimum, and shall have a uniform flush front appearance. Core of doors, wall po sts , panels and seats shall be resin impregnated particle board. 03 Stiles shall have a leveling device and be concealed by a one piece 4 inch high, type 304 satin finish stainless steel shoe. C. Finish : Project No. Fellowship 1314 10165 - 1 I 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 01 Surface of toilet compartments shall be high pressure laminated plastic 1116 inch thick, with matte fini sh, and shall be self-edged with laminated plastic . Color as selected by Architects. A maximum of two colors shal l be selected . 02 All laminating shall be done with adhesives that prevent delamination from moisture and heat. D. Hardware: 01 All door hardware, mounting brackets and support brackets for seats shall be type 304 satin finish stainless steel. 02 Headrails and headrail returns of overhead braced toilet compartments shall be anodized aluminum with satin finish. Locate above all doors and panel s. 03 Hinges shall hold door of unoccupied compartment partially open. 04 Locked compartment may be opened from outside by lifting door. 05 All exposed screws to be tamperproof. 06 Mounting hardware at all panels and all stiles or walls shall be stai nle ss steel continuous channels with side flange . PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. B. Install all toilet partitions where indicated on the drawings, and as indicated on the shop drawings, anchoring all components firmly in place for long life under hard use, and in complete accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations . C. Provide blocking/anchoring devices to secure to wall. Anchoring devices must be compatible to wall type, to ensure adequate strength . 3.2 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING A. Defaced laminate finish will not be permitted . Damaged, scratched or marred defective materials will be rejected, and shall be replaced with new materials. B. Clean surfaces free of oil and imperfections. C. Except for compartments for the handicapped, adjust doors to remain at a uniformly open position when unlocked . END OF SECTION Project No. Fellowship 1314 10165 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 SECTION 10420 GRAPHICS CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1, as indexed, apply to this Section. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1.2 1.3 1.4 A. Refer to Instructions to Proposers for substitutions . WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install the following: 01 Room identification signs 02 Exterior signage 03 Building Letters QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work of this Section shall comply with applicable requirements of the Handicapped Accessibility Act of Texas, as codified in Section 7, Article 60lb, Vernon's Texas Civil Statutes. ALLOWANCE A. Include in the proposal the cash allowance stated in Section 01020 for graphics as se lected, and as directed by the Architect. END OF SECTION Project No . Fellowship 1314 10420 -1 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 I 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 SECTION 10522 FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND CABINETS CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION I, as indexed, apply to this Section . PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to Instructions to Proposers for substitutions. 1.2 SUB MITT ALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions . PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Cabinets : 01 Larsen 's Manufacturing Co. 02 J. L. Industries -"Cosmopolitan" Series #1037-VIO B. Fire Extinguisher: 01 Larsen's Manufacturing Co. 02 J . L. Industries 2.2 MATERIALS A . Fire Extinguisher Cabinets: (SRFE noted on Plans) 01 24" x 9 1/2" x 6" inside box dimension 02 Semi-recessed type with 2 1/2 inch return trim rolled edge 03 Stainless steel door with handle and silk-screened lettering "Fire Extinguisher" with wire glass . 04 Hinge: Concealed 05 Provide a handle and roller catch . 06 Finish of Exterior: Stainless steel 07 Finish of Interior: Standard 08 All fire extinguisher cabinets shall be furnished with 10 lb . fire extinguisher. 09 Fire rated cabinets as required, Ref: Plans for locations. B . Fire Extinguishers (Standard): 01 Multi-purpose dry chemical with UL 4A-60B:C and FM approved ; UL 2A- IOB:C for 5 lbs. 02 Capacity: 5 lb. At mechanical rooms and direct wall mounted extinguishers; and I 0 lb. at fire extinguisher cabinets as shown on drawings . 03 Extinguishers are furnished for direct wall mounting and for fire extinguisher cabinets. Refer to drawings for location and quantity. 04 Provide initial inspection tag for each extinguisher . C . Surface Mounted 01 Same as above with brackets etc. (Use in Mech . Rooms) Project No . Fellowship 1314 10522 -I 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in openings prepared by others in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions . END OF SECTION Project No . Fellowship 1314 10522 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 SECTION 10650 OPERABLE WALL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 APPLY TO THIS SECTION. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to Instructions to Proposers for substitutions. 1.2 SUB MITT ALS A. Complete shop drawings for the Architect's approval. B . Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with specified requirements . C . Manufacturer 's installation instructions. D. Samples or color charts showing manufacturer 's full range of colors . 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM £557-77 -Architectural Application and Installation of Operable Partitions PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Basis of Design: Shall be Top Supported Series 632 as manufactured by Hufcor, and furnished and installed by an authorized distributor. 01 Design, fabricate and provide in configurations as indicated on the Drawings. 02 Operable walls shall be complete with all components, hardware, suspension system, sound seals and accessories required for a complete installation. B. Operation: Shall consist of a series of top center-supported, manually operated, paired, flat panels. C. Panels shall be nominally 3" [76] thick and to 48" [1219) in width. (ref plans for opening size) 01 Panel faces shall be of Class "A" rated gypsum laminated to appropriate substrate to meet the minimum STC rating of 47. 02 Frames shall be of 16 gauge [l.42mm] painted steel formed to capture and protect vertical edges of the face material. 03 Weight of the panels shall be 5 .3-11.4 lbs. per sq. ft. [25.66-55 .6kg/sq .m] based on options selected. (ref plans for height) D . Vertical interlock between panels shall be of tongue and groove configuration and provide panel-to-panel interlock. The lead panel shall seal against the adjacent wall without the need for wall mounted jambs. 01 Horizontal top seals shall be continuous contact multi-ply vinyl. Project No . Fellowship 1314 10650 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 2.2 2.3 E . F. G . 02 Horizontal bottom seals shall be manually operated and provide up to 2" [50] nominal operating clearance . Horizontal trim shall be of aluminum . Suspension system: 01 T rack shall be of clear anodized architectural grade extruded aluminum alloy 6063-T6 . Track design shall provide integral support for adjoining ceiling, soffit, or plenum sound barrier. 02 T rack shall be connected to the structural support by pairs of 3/8" [l O] dia. threaded steel hanger rods. L , T, or X intersections shall be factory assembled and welded. 03 Each panel shall be supported by two 2-wheeled counter-rotating horizontal carriers . 04 Wheels to be of precision ground steel ball bearings with heat treated and hardened races encased with molded polymer tires Finishes 01 Face finish shall be : Factory applied reinforced vinyl fabric with woven backing, weighing not less than 15 oz. per lineal yard [465 g/m]. Color shall be selected from manufacturer's standard color selector. 02 Frame and horizontal trim color shall be: Gray 03 Aluminum track shall be clear anodized MANUFACTURERS A . Hufcor (basis of design) B. Panel fold c . Modemfold D. Modemo OPERATION A. set. B . Panels are manually moved from the storage area, positioned in the opening, and seals Bottom seals shall be activated by pressing the edge of the panel into the edge of the adjacent panel or wall. Seal activation requires approximately 15 lbs. [6 .8 kg] of force per panel. C . Final partit ion closure: Expanding Jamb Closure Panel of the construction as basic panels but with an expanding jamb. Jamb compensates for minor wall irregularities and provides a minimum of250 lbs . [l 13.4kg] seal force against the adjacent wall for optimum so und control. The jamb activator shall be located approximately 45" [1143] from the floor in the panel face and be accessed from either side of the panel. The jamb is equipped with a mechanical rack and pinion gear drive mechanism and shall extend 4"-6" [100-152] by turning the removable operating handle. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Project No . F ellowship 1314 10650 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 A. Preparation of opening shall be by General Contractor. B. Installation. The complete installation of the operable wall system shall be by an authorized factory-trained installer and be in strict accordance with the approved shop drawings and manufacturer's standard printed specifications, instructions, and recommendations and in accordance with ASTM E-557-77. C. Cleaning 01 All track and panel surfaces shall be wiped clean and free ofhandprints, grease, and soil. 02 Cartoning and other installation debris shall be removed from the job site. D. Training 01 Installer shall demonstrate proper operation and maintenance procedures to owner's representative. 02 Owners manuals shall be provided in Close-Out Documentation. END OF SECTION Project No . Fellowship 1314 10650 -3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 SECTION 10800 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1, as indexed, apply to this Section. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1.2 1.3 A. Refer to Instructions to Proposers for substitutions . SCOPE: A. Furnish and install items specified. SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01300. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate size, material and finish . Show lo cations, installation procedures . Include details of joints, attachments, fasteners , clearances, and mounting heigh ts . C. Product D ata: Submit manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions. D . Operation and Maintenance Instructions: 01 Provide printed or written instructions for operation and maintenance of units specified . 1.4 MINIMUM COMPLIANCE ST AND ARDS A. Comply wi th ANSI Al 17 .1 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 QUALITY ST AND ARDS 2.2 A. Design , fin ish and keying of items shall be the same. B. Furnish items from one manufacturer only, unless otherwise specified or directed by Architect. MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel: 01 Alloy: AISI, Type 302 or 304 (18-08) ASTM Al67 02 Finish: No. 4 satin, unless otherwise specified 03 Thickness : US Stainless 22 gauge minimum B. Aluminum : 01 Extruded: 6463-T5 alloy, anodized 02 Cast: 356 or 356-T6 alloy Project No . F ellowship 1314 10800 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 2.3 C . Chromium Plating : D. 01 Method: Over nickel 02 Standard: ASTM C456, Type SC 2 Brass : 01 02 Cast or forged QQ-B-626C E. Mirrors: (Framed) 01 Standard: Federal Standard A-A-3002 . 02 Glass thickness: 1/4 inch minimum 03 Backing: Electrolytic cooper 04 Protection: Padding and filler strips 05 Frame: Type 304 stainless steel, satin finish. MANUFACTURERS A. American Specialties (Basis of Design) B. Bobrick Dispensers, Inc. C. GAMCO, General Accessory Mfg. Co. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 MOUNTING LOCATIONS A. Refer to drawings for mounting locations . When not shown, submit supplier's recommendations for locations and mounting height before proceeding . B . Contractor shall be responsible for supplying all opening, blocking, and other components necessary for installation-of all toilet accessories. C . Use approved theft-resistant type fasteners. D . Comply with ADA requirements . Refer to the drawings . PART 4-SCHEDULES 4.1 ITEM LIST A. As a quality standard, model numbers shown are ASI Products . Washroom Equipment: 01 TA-1 -Soap Dispensers a. Model No.: 0347 b . Mounting: Surface with concealed fasteners . c . Soap: Liquid 02 TA-2 -Mirrors a . Model No.: 0620 stainless steel framed mirror without shelf. b . Mounting: Surface with concealed fasteners c . Sizes: 18" X 30" UNO 03 TA-3 -Paper Towel Dispenser a. Model No.: 0469, C-fold paper towel dispenser, stainless steel. b . Mounting: Recessed with concealed fasteners Project No . F ellows hip 1314 10800 -2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 04 05 06 07 08 09 TA-4 -Paper Towel Dispenser (Single Stall Restrooms) a. Model No.: 0462, C-fold paper towel dispenser, stainless steel. b . Mounting: Recessed with concealed fastene rs TA-5 -Toilet Paper Dispenser a . Model No.: 0030 dual roll stainless steel dispenser. b. Mounting : Surface with concealed fasteners c. Location: One at each toilet, whether indicated or not. T A-6 -Grab Bars -Toilet Compartments a . Model No.: 3800 x 36 and x 42 in each 60" wide accessible stall b. Model No.: 3800 x 42 (2) in each 36" wide accessible stall c. Mounting: Surface with concealed fasteners and theft-proof covers TA-7 -Mop and Broom Holder a. Model No.: 8215-4 , four holders b. Mounting: Surface c. Location: One at each mop sink, whether indicated or not. TA-8 -Clothes Hooks a. Model: 0714 b. Mounting: Surface (48" AFF) c . Location: One at each toilet stall door, whether indicated or not. T A-09 -Baby Changing Station a. Model: KB200 b. Mounting: Surface (comply with TAS) c. Location: Reference plans END OF SECTIO N Project No. F ellowship 1314 10800 -3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 SECTION 12510 HORIZONTAL BLINDS CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1, as indexed , apply to this Section. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Refer to Instructions to Proposers for substitutions . 1.2 SUBMITT ALS A. Comply with Section 01300. B. Product Data. Manufacturer's specifications and technical data. C . Shop drawings. Show locations of blinds and typical mounting details. D . Samples. Samples showing manufacturer's full range of colors . PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Horizontal blinds shall consist of the following: 01 Steel Channel Headrail: 'U'-shaped, 1" high x 1-1 /2" deep, fabricated from .025 inch thick phosphate-treated steel with rolled edges at top, with a prime coat of vinyl primer and finish coat of polyester baked enamel to match bottom rail and slats. 02 Head Channel Hardware: Metal hardware shall be electroplated . Provide lift cords and braided ladders. 03 Enclosed Metal Bottom Rail: Tubular shape, .030 inch thick phosphate- treated steel with prime coat of vinyl primer and finish coat of polyester baked enamel matching headrail and slat color. 04 Slats: Slats shall be virgin aluminum alloyed for maximum strength, flexibility and resistance to internal and external corrosion. Slats shall be nominal 1 inch wide. Slats shall have a pre-coating treatment to bond the polyester baked enamel finished coating. Total coating thickness shall be .8 mil. 05 Tilter: Wand-type shall be operated by a length of transparent extruded plastic rod with a multi-sided cross-section measuring approximately 3/8 inch across points for comfortable grip. Plastic wand shall be easily detachable by means of a wand link and sliding crystal sleeve . Tilter shall be snap-fitted to headrail using no rivets or metal cleats. 06 Braided Ladders: a . Distance between end ladder and end of slats shall not exceed 6 inches. b. Distance between ladders shall not exceed 22 inches . c . Material shall be polyester yam. Vertical component shall be not less than .045 inch dia . nor greater than .066 inch diameter 07 Cord lock and tilter operation locations: Tilter at left, cord lock at right (standard). 08 Installation brackets: End support, hinged cover brackets .042 inch thick treated steel with prime coat of epoxy primer and finish coat of polyester baked enamel in color to match headrail. Brackets shall be marked left and right to facilitate installation and shall have a 1-114 inches extra-wide top to accommodate power screwdriver. 09 Intermediate support brackets: Brackets shall be furnished for blinds over 60 inches wide. Maximum spacing for intermediate support brackets shall be 48 inches. Project No . Fellowship 1314 12510 -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 10 Install valance brackets and double blade stacked slats at top of all blinds . 2.2 MANUFACTURERS 01 Levolor Riviera Blinds 02 Bali Classics Custom Mini Blinds 03 Hunter Douglas PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install blinds at locations scheduled or noted on the drawings in accordance with manufacturer's installation procedures, except as otherwise specified herein. B. C. D. Install intermediate support brackets and extension brackets as needed to prevent deflection in headrail. Inside mount blinds with adequate clearance to permit smooth operation of blinds and any sash operators. Hold blinds 114 inch clear from each side of window opening unless other clearance is indicated. Set tilt and locking controls . Demonstrate blinds to be in smooth uniform working order. END OF SECTION Project No. F ellowship 1314 12510 -2 FOR OFFICE USE ONLY CASE NO.: 'lJ!f ~'3 DATE SUBMITIED: // / L-j CrTY o F Cou .ECE STATION Home ~{Tl!Xus A&M University ' TIME: y : QO STAFF : A :r DESIGN REVIEW BOARD APPLICATION WOLF PEN CREEK DEVELOPMENT REVIEW (Check all that apply. Note: All items checked must be presented to the Design Review Board at the same time): ~ Site Plan I Building 0 Building 0 Sign MINIMUM SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: ~ $350 Design Rev iew Board Application Fee . / ~ · Application completed in full. This application form provided by the City of College Station must be used and may not be adjusted or altered . Please attach pages if additional information is prov ided . For S ite Plan I Building consideration : /~ $932 Site Plan Application Fee . / ~ $600 (minimum) Development Permit Application I Public Infrastructure Review and Inspection Fee . Fee is 1% of acceptable Engineer's Estimate for public infrastructure , $600 min imum (if fee is> $600, the balance is due prior to the issuance of any plans or-development permit). 1Jift' $350 Non-Residential Architectural Standards Building Review Application Fee (if applicable). J ~ Six (6) folded copies of site plan . ~ One (1) folded copy of the landscape plan . O One (1) copy of the following for building review (if applicable). ~ Building elevations to scale for all buildings . ~ A list of building materials for all facade and screening . ~ Color samples for all buildings or list colors to be used from the approved color palette. v ~ Two (2) copies of the grading, drainage, and erosion control plans with supporting drainage report. O Two (2) copies of the pub lic infrastructure plans and supporting documents (if applicable). ~ The attached Site Plan and Non-Residential Architectural Standards Bui lding Review checklists (if applicable) with all items checked off or a brief explanation as to why they are not check off. For Building cons ideration: O $350 Non-Res idential Architectural Standards Building Review Application Fee (if app licable). One (1) copy of building elevations to scale for all buildings . A list of building materials for all facades and screening . Color samples for all buildings or list colors to be used from the approved color palette . D D D D The attached Non-Residential Architectural Standards Building Review checklist with all items checked off or a brief explanation as to why they are not checked off (if appl icable). For Sign consideration: O Ten (10) copies of sign details with dimensions. O Ten (10) copies of the building elevation showing sign placement (if attached signage is proposed). O Ten (10) copies of color samples . 0 Material samples . NOTE: Proposed development in Wo lf Pen Creek must be reviewed by the Design Review Board . When staff has completed their tech nical review of the proposal, it will be scheduled for consideration by the Design Review Board . Ten (10) copies of all current design plans and color samples will be required for the Board . Revised 4/14 Page 1 of 11 Date of Opt ional Preapplication or Stormwater Management Conference January 22, 20 14 at 3:00 pm NAME OF PROJECT Fellowship Church : The Next Step Project ADDRESS 1001 Colgate Drive LEGAL DESCRIPTION (Lot, Block, Subdivision) Lot 2, Block 2, South Creek-Phase 1 APPLICANT/PROJECT MANAGER'S INFORMATION (Primary contact f or the project): Name Katie Burch, AJA E-mail katie@collierconstruction .com Street Address 160 1 Hwy 290 West City Brenham State Texas Zip Code _7_7_8_33 ____ _ Phone Number 979-251-4145 Fax Number 979-836-4940 ---------------~ PROPERTY OWNER'S INFORMATION : Name Rodger Lewis E-mail rodger@fellowshipbcs .org Street Address 1701 George Bush East Suite #140 City College Station St ate _TX _______ Zip Code _7_7_84_0 ____ _ Phone Number 979-764-8776 Fax Number NIA ---------------~ -------------- OTHER CONTACTS (Please specify type of contact , i.e. project manager, potential buyer, local contact , etc .): Name NIA E-mail ------------------------------------- Street Address City State ________ Zip Code Phone Number Fax Number This information is necessary to help staff identify the appropriate standards to rev iew the application and will be used t o help determine if the application qualifies for vesting to a previous ordinance . Notwithstanding any assertion made, vesting is limited to that which is provided in Chapter 245 of the Texas Local Government Code or other applicable law. Is this appl ication a continuation of a project that has received prior C ity platting app roval(s) and you are requesti ng the application be reviewed under previous ordinance as applicable? D Yes !R No If yes , provide information regarding the first approved application and any related subsequent applica t ions (provide additional sheets if necessary): Project Name : NIA City Project Number (in known): Date I T imeframe when submitted : Revised 4/14 Page 2 of11 Proposed use of property Worship/Office Building (Phase I) Is there Special Flood Hazard Area (Zone A or Zone AE on FEMA FIRM panels) on the property? n Yes IXl No Squarafuotageofattached~gn _N_f,_'A ____________________________ ~ Square footage of freestanding sign _N_f,_'A ___________________________ _ For Site Plan consideration , describe how the following proposed elements meet the goals of the special district plan and related regulations : Site Lighting : I Please reference sheet A1. 01, E Sheets Solid Waste : IP/ease reference sheet A 1.01 Relationsh ip of building(s) to site: I Please reference sheet A 1.01 Relationship of building(s) and site to adjoining areas : IP/ease reference smvey Building footprint design : IP/ease raferonce sheet A2.01 , A2.02 Miscellaneous structures and street hardware: nla Landscaping : IPtease referance sheet A1.03 Site Maintenance : nla Revised 4/14 Page 3of 11 For Building consideration, describe how the following proposed elements meet the goals of the special district plan and related regulations : Building Lighting: I Please mference sheet A1 .01, E Sheets Solid Waste Screening : I Please reference sm.et A 1. 01 Relationship of bui lding(s) to site : I Please reference sheet A1 .01 Relationship of bu il ding(s) and site to adjo in ing areas : I Please referen ce smvey Building design : I Please reference sheet Al.01, Al.02 Maintenance (as related to Building design): nla For Sign consideration, describe how the following proposed elements meet the goals of the special district plan and related regulations: Signs : nla Maintenance : nla The applicant has prepared this application and certifies that the facts stated herein and exhibits attached hereto are true, ~~' A<Pr w.h 14-, ~t igMtilleand title Revised 4/14 Page 4of11 CERTIFICATIONS REQUIRED FOR ALL DEVELOPMENT Owner Certification: 1. No work of any kind may start until a permit is issued. 2 . The permit may be revoked if any false statements are made herein. 3. If revoked, all work must cease until permit is re-issued . 4. Development shall not be used or occupied until a Certificate of Occupancy is issued . 5. The permit will expire if no significant work is progressing within 24 months of issuance . 6. Other permits may be required to fulfill local , state, and federal requirements . Owner will obtain or show compliance with all necessary State and Federal Permits prior to construction including NOi and SWPPP . 7 . If required, Elevation Certificates will be provided with elevations certified during construction (forms at slab pre-pour) and post construction . 8. Owner hereby gives consent to City representatives to make reasonable inspections required to verify compliance . 9. If, stormwater mitigation is required, including detention ponds proposed as part of this project, it shall be designed and constructed first in the construction sequence of the project. 10 . In accordance with Chapter 13 of the Code of Ordinances of the City of College Station, measures shall be taken to insure that all debris from construction, erosion, and sedimentation shall not be deposited in city streets , or existing drainage facilities. All development shall be in accordance with the plans and specifications submitted to and approved by the City Engineer for the above named project. All of the applicable codes and ordinances of the City of College Station shall apply . 11 . The information and conclusions contained in the attached plans and supporting documents will comply with the current requirements of the City of College Station, Texas City Code, Chapter 13 and associated BCS Unified Design Guidelines Technical Specifications, and Standard Details . All development has been designed in accordance with all applicable codes and ordinances of the City of College Station and State and Federal Regulations. -l. J 12. Release of plans to ~~ ~iJ?Uv~me or firm) is authorized for bidding purposes only. I understand that final apprat and release of plans and development for construction is contingent on contractor signature on approved Development Permit. 13. I, THE OWNER, AGREE TO AND CERTIFY THAT ALL STATEMENTS HEREIN , AND IN ATTACHMENTS FOR THE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT APPLICATION, ARE, TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE , TRUE, AND ACCURATE . Property Owner(s) Engineer Certif1 1. The project h< I of the project · 5 6' &--. > ..n- 2. I will obtain or 1 I _ ,,c. p:.._7[;:.CW--' including NOi C' ,.; _pi.. · l> .,.. require sedime ' f I ~ "l 3. The informatior L f:::::-,. 1. -> current requirer Design Guidellr of the City of Cc 4 . I, THE ENGINE I FOR THE DEVE ACCURATE . Engineer Revised 4/14 including detention ponds, proposed as part ind Federal Permits prior to construction TPDES : i.e .. projects over 10 acres may supporting documents comply with the Chapter 13 and associated BCS Unified · with all applicable codes and ordinances \JTS HERE IN, AND IN ATTACHMENTS :ST OF MY KNOWLEDGE, TRUE , AND .4- Page 5of11 v I/ L..l_I .1..':t V L.. ':t':tl-'1'1 1-'l.Jl r t:;.1_.J_\> t >ll.l.lJ \...UU.l vil -/ l\lUUta <JUUUt>UU CERTIFICATIONS REQUIRED FOR ALL DEVELOPMENT Owner Certification: 1. No work of any kind may start until a permit Is issued . 2 . The permit may be revoked if any false statements are made here in. 3 . If revoked, all work must cease until permit is re-issued . 4 . Development shall not be used or occupied until a Cert1frcale of Occupancy is issued . 5. The permit wi ll expire 1r no s1gn1flcant wor'I< is progressing within 24 months of i!llluance . 6. Other permits may be required 10 fulfill local , state, and federal requirements . Owner will obtain or show compliance with all necessary State and Federal Perm its prror to construction Including NOi and SWPPP 7. If required , Elevat ion Cert1tlcates wrll be provided with elevations certified during construction (forms at slab pre-pour) and post construct ion . 8 . Owner hereby gives consent to City representatives to make reasonable inspect ions required to venfy compliance . 9 . If, stormwater mitigation is required . including detention ponds proposed es part of this project . 11 shall be designed and constructed first in the construction sequence of the project. 1 o In accordance with Chapter 13 of the Code of Ordinances of the City of College Station , measures shall be taken to insure that all debris from construction, erosion , and sedimentatron shall not be deposited 1n city streets , or existing drainage fac ili ties . All development sha ll be In accordance with !he plans and specifications submitted to and approved by the City Engineer for the above named project. All of the applicable codes and ord inances of the City of College Stat ion shall apply . 11 . The information and conclusions contarned in the attached plans and supporting documents will comply with the current requirements or the City of College Station , Texas City Code , Chapter 13 and associated BCS Unified Design Gutde ll nes Techn ical Specifications . and Standard Details All development has been designed m accordance with all applicable codes and ord inances of the City of College Station and State and Federa l Regulations . 12 . Release of plans to (name or firm) is authorited ror bidding purposes only. I understand that final approval and release of plans and development for construction rs conllngent on contractor signature on approved Development Permit , ·13 . l, THE OWNER , AGREE TO ANO CERTIFY THAT AL L STATEMENTS HEREIN , AND IN ATTACHMENTS FOR THE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT APPLICATION , ARE, TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE. TRUE , ANO ACCURATE Date \ Engineer Certification: 1. The project has been designed to ensure that stormwater mitigat ion , including detent ion ponds, proposed as part of the project will be con!itructed first in the construction sequence . 2 . I wlll obtain or can show compliance with all necessary Local , Slate and Federal Permits prior to construction including NO i and SWPPP . Design will not preclude compliance with TPDES i e .. projects over 1 O acres may require Mtdlmentalion bas in. 3 . The Information and conclusions contained in the attached plans and support ing documents comply with the current requirements of the City of College Station , Texas City Code, Chapter 13 and associated BCS Unified Design Guidel ines . All development has been designed in accordance with all applicable codes and ordinances of the Crty of Co ll ege Station and State and Federa l Regulations . 4 . I, THE ENGINEER , AGREE TO AND CERTIFY THAT ALL STATEMENTS HEREIN . AND IN ATTACHMENTS FOR THE DEVELOPMENT PERM IT APPLICATION . ARE . TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE , TRUE, AND ACCURATE .· '; ~ r ·, l ·.~-• , I ~ ' : __.._,,___.._L_,..~----·------ Engi neer Date R e11i~11~ 4114 Pago 5 of 11 The following CERTIFICATIONS apply to development in Special Flood Hazard Areas. Required for Site Plans, Final Plats, Construction Plans, Fill/ Grading Permits, and Clearing Only Permits:* certify, as demonstrated in the attached drainage study, that the alterations or development covered by this permit, shall not: (i) increase the Base Flood elevation ; (ii) create additional areas of Special Flood Hazard Area ; (ii i) decrease the conveyance capacity to that part of the Special Flood Hazard Area that is not in the floodway and where the velocity of flow in the Base Flood event is greater than one foot per second _ This area can also be approximated to be either areas within 1 00 feet of the boundary of the regulatory floodway or areas where the depth of from the BFE to natural ground is 18 inches or greater; (iv) reduce the Base Flood water storage volume to the part of the Special Flood Hazard Area that is beyond the floodway and conveyance area where the velocity of flow in the Base Flood is equal to and less than one foot per second without acceptable compensation as set forth in the City of College Station Code of Ordinances, Chapter 13 concerning encroachment into the Special Flood Hazard Area ; nor (v) increase Base Flood velocities. beyond those areas exempted by ordinance in Section 5 .11 .3a of Chapter 13 Code of Ordinances . Engineer Date Initial [':ol • If a platting-status exemption to this requirement is asserted, provide written justification under ~ separate letter in lieu of certification. Required for Site Plans, Final Plats , Construction Plans, and Fill / Grading Permits: B . 1, M. hr-eJ.e.-< ·le.~ C..Dn.Li'C\, O'\: , certify to the following : ; (i) that any nonresidential or multi-family structure on or proposed to be on this site as part of this application is designed to prevent damage to the structure or its contents as a result of flooding from the 100-year storm . Engineer Date Additional certification for Floodway Encroachments: C. I, ----------------· certify that the construction, improvement, or fill covered by this permit shall not increase the base flood elevation. I will apply for a variance to the Zoning Board of Adjustments . Engineer Date Revised 4/14 Page 6of11 Required for all projects proposing structures In Special Flood Hazard Area (Elevation Certificate required). Residential Structures: D . I, , certify that al l new construction or any substantial improvement of any residential structure shall have the lowest floor, including all utilities, ductwork and any basement, at an elevation at least one foot above the Base Flood Elevation . Required Elevation Certificates will be provided with elevations certified during construction (forms at slab pre-pour) and post construction . Engineer I Surveyor Date Commercial Structures: E . I, ________________ , certify that all new construction or any substantial improvement of any commercial, industrial, or other non-residential structure are designed to have the lowest floor, including all utilities, ductwo rk and basements, elevated at least one foot above the Base Flood Elevation Engineer I Surveyor Date OR I, , certify that the structure with its attendant utility, ductwork, basement and sanitary faci lities is designed to be flood-proofed so that the structure and utilities , ductwork , basement and sanitary facilities are designed to be watertight and impermeable to the intrusion of water in all areas below the Base Flood Elevation, and shall resist the structural loads and buoyancy effects from the hydrostatic and hydrodynamic conditions. Required Elevation Certificates will be provided with elevations certified during construction (forms at slab pre-pour) and post construction . Engineer I Surveyor Date Conditions or comments as part of approval : Revised 4114 Page 7of11 CITY OF C m.LEGE STATION Home ofTrxa f A&M Uni umi~y ' SITE PLAN MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS (ALL CITY ORDINANCES MUST BE MET) INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: [8J Sheet size -24" x 36" (minimum). [8J A key map (not necessarily to scale). [8J Title block to include : [8J Name , address, location, and legal description [8J Name, address, and telephone number of applicant O Name, address , and telephone number of developer/owner (if differs from applicant) [8J Name, address, and telephone number of architect/engineer (if differs from applicant) [8J Date of submittal [8J Total site area [8J North arrow. [8J Scale should be largest standard engineering scale possible on sheet. [8J Ownership and current zoning of parcel and all abutting parcels . O The total number of multi-family buildings and units to be constructed on the proposed project site . O The density of dwelling units per acre of the proposed project. [8J The gross square footage of all buildings and structures and the proposed use of each . If different uses are to be located in a single building, show the location and size of the uses within the build ing . Bu ilding separation is a minimum of 15 feet w/o additional fire protection . Locations of the fol/owing on or adjacent to the subject site: Designate between existing and proposed 0 The density of dwelling units per acre of the proposed project. [8J Phasing. Each phase must be able to stand alone to meet ordinance requirements . O Buildings (Existing and Proposed). [8J Setbacks according to UDO, Article 5 . [8J Building elevations, color samples , and materials list for buildings (as applicable). Indicate placement of materials on facades . [RJ Include the following dimensions : [8J Total vertica l square footage minus openings (for each fa9ade separately ) [8J Total vertical square footage of each building material (for each fa9ade separately) [gJ Total vertica l square footage of each color (for each fa9ade separately) Geography [8J Water courses . [RJ 100 yr. floodplain and floodway (if applicable) on or adjacent to the p roposed project site . Please note if there is none on the site with confirming FEMA/FIRM map number. [8J Existing topography (2' max or spot elevations) and other pertinent drainage information . (If plan has too much information, show drainage on separate sheet.) [8J Proposed grading (1' max for proposed or spot elevations) and other pertinent drainage information . (If plan has too much information , show drainage on separate sheet.) Revised 4/14 Page 8of 11 Streets, Parking, and Sidewalks ~ Existing streets and sidewalks (R .O .W.). ~ Existing Driveways , both opposite and adjacent to the site according to UDO , Article 7. ~ Proposed drives . Minimum drive aisle width according to UDO, Article 7 ~ Indicate proposed driveway throat length according to UDO, Article 7 ~ Proposed curb cuts. ~ For each proposed curb cut (including driveways , streets, alleys , etc.) locate existing curb cuts on the same and opposite side of the street to determine separation distances between existing and proposed curb cuts . IZ] Proposed curb and pavement detail. ~ A 6" raised curb is required around all edges of all parts of all paved areas without exception . (To include island , planting areas, access ways, dumpster locations , utility pads , etc .) No exception will be made for areas designated as "reserved for future parking". IZ] Proposed medians. ~ Proposed sidewalks (both public and private). ~ Proposed pedestrian/bike circulation and facilities for non-residential buildings (UDO , Article 7). 1Z] Off-Street parking areas with parking spaces drawn, tabulated, and d imensioned. 1Z] Designate number of parking spaces required by ordinance and provided by proposal. IZ] Handicap parking spaces . ~ Parking Islands drawn and dimensioned with square footage calculated according to UDO , Section 7 .2 or 7 .9 for non-residential buildings . 1ZJ Parking setback from R .O .W. to curb of parking lot as required . D Wheelstops may be required when cars overhang onto property not owned by the applicant or where there may be conflict with pedestrian or bike facilities , handicap accessible routes or above ground utilities, signs or other conflicts . D Security gates, showing swing path and design specs with colors . D Guardrails. Include design and colors . D Traffic Impact Analysis for non-residential development (UDO, Artic le 7). ~ Please note if none is required . D Will there be access from a TxDOT R .O .W.? D Yes IZ] No If yes , then TxDOT permit must be submitted with this application. Easements and Utilities [8J Easements -clearly designate as existing or proposed and type (utility, access , etc .) [8J Utilities (noting size and designate as existing or proposed) within or adjacent to the proposed site, inc luding building transformer locations , above ground and underground service connections to buildings, and drainage inlets. D Sewer Design Report (if applicable). D Water Design Report and/or Fire Flow Report (if applicable). D Drainage Report with a Technical Design Summary . D Meter locations, existing and proposed (must be located in public R.O .W. or public utility easement). D Provide a water and sanitary sewer legend to include D Min imum water demands D Maximum water demands D Average water demands in gallons per minute, and D Maximum sewer loadings in gallons per day D Will there be access from a TxDOT R.O .W.? D Yes [8) No If yes , then TxDOT permit must be submitted with th is application . Revised 4/14 Page 9of11 Fire Protection [8J Show fire lanes. Fire lanes with a minimum of 20 feet in width with a minimum height clearance of 14 feet must be established if any portion of the proposed structure is more than 150 feet from the curb line or pavement edge of a public street or highway . [8J Show proposed and existing fire hydrants . Fire hydrants must be located on the same side of a major street as a project, and shall be in a location approved by the City Engineer. Any structure in any zoning district other than R-1 , R-1A , or R-2 must be within 300 feet of a fire hydrant as measured along a public street, highway or designated fire lane . NOTE: Fire hydrants must be operable and accepted by the City , and d rives must have an all weather surface before a building permit can be issued . 0 Will building be sprinkled? ~ Yes D No If the decision to sprinkle is made after the site plan has been approved, then th e plan must be resubmitted . If Yes , [8J Show fire department connections . FDC's should be within 100' of the fire hydrant. They shall be accessible from the parking lot without being blocked by parked cars or a structure . Landscaping [8J Landscape plans as required in Article 7 of the Unified Development Ordinance . The landscap ing plan can be shown on a separate sheet if too much information is on the original site plan . If requesting protected tree points, then those trees need to be shown appropriately barricaded on the landscape plan. Attempt to reduce or eliminate plantings in easements . Include information on the plans such as : [8J required point calculations ~ additional streetscape points required . Streetscape compliance is required on all streets . ~ calculations for # of street trees required and proposed (proposed street tree points will accrue toward total landscaping points.) [8J proposed new plantings with points earned [8J proposed locations of new plantings [8J screening of parking lots, 50% of all shrubs used for screening shall be everg reen . [8J screening of dumpsters, concrete retain ing walls, off street loading areas , utility connection points , or other areas potentially visually offensive . D existing landscaping to remain D show existing trees to be barricaded and barricade plan . Protected points will only be awarded if barricades are up before the first development permit is issued . [8J Buffer as required in Article 7 of the Unified Development Ordinance . ~ Show irrigation system plan. (or provide note on how irrigation system requirement will be met prior to issuance o f C .0 .) All plans must include irrigation systems for landscaping . Irrigation meters are separa t e from the regular water systems for buildings and will be sized by city according to irrigation demand submitted by applicant and must include backflow prevention protection . D Is there any landscaping in TxDOT R.O.W.? O Yes [8J No If yes , t hen TxDOT permit must be submitted at the time of application. Other D Common open spaces sites 0 Loading docks 0 Detention ponds D Retaining walls [8J Sites for solid waste containers with screening . Locations of dumpsters are accessible but not visible from streets or residential areas. Gates are discouraged and visual screen ing is requ ired . (Minimum 12 x 12 pad re qu ired .) D Are there impact fees associated w ith this development? O Yes [8J No NOTE: Signs are to be permitted separately . Revised 4/1 4 Page 10of 11 CITY oF Coll.EGE STATION Pl.ANNING & DEVELOPMENT NRA BUILDING REVIEW MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS (ALL CITY ORDINANCES MUST BE MET) INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: Refer to UDO Section 7.9 Non-Residential Architectural Standards, as appropriate. [g] Sheet size -24" x 36" (minimum). [g] Title block to include: [g] Name, address, location , and legal description [g] Name, address, and telephone number of applicant D Name, address, and telephone number of developer/owner (if differs from applicant) [g] Name, address, and telephone number of architect/engineer (if differs from applicant) [g] Date of submittal [g] Scale should be largest standard scale possible on sheet. [g] List of colors from the City of College Station color palette to be utilized or proposed equivalents . [g] Color samples . [g] List of materials to be utilized . [g] Elevations of each non-residential building and screening structure . Show placement of materials and co lors on the facades according to UDO Section 5 .6 .8 or 7 .9. ~ Include the following dimensions : ~ Total vertical square footage minus openings (for each fac;:ade separately) [g] Total vertical square footage of transparency (for each fac;:ade separately in Northgate) ~ Total vertical square footage of each building material (for each fac;:ade separately) ~ Total vertical square footage of each color (for each fac;:ade separately) D Graphic representation and/or description of existing build ings in building plot to show material , color, and architectural harmony . Revised 4/14 Print Form Page 1 1 of 11 . ' r v-ctf)p, / vr '/-f}<lr o ( I /.. , r A Wo tu(t/'11 , / ·u )J f-1 1 ftfV' J_ ( ,,;1( Ir I VI .,f_prz \ ,. ~[ c:{ F" />~ , .j'} A 10 Parking Easement Agreement ( ~ <"""' J,,., y.;r fl-',J frl?.,, {, j ~hr r . . THE STA TE OF TEXAS f"""(l/t fl. f , •• fr. # COUNTY OF BRAZOS 0 ",{ f, ~ ;,.((-f I ~~,o[tf This PARKING EASEMENT AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made and entered into as 17 of the __ day of , 2015, by and between Fellowship Church of College Station , a Texas nonprofit corporation ("Fellowship ") with an address for notice of 1700 George Bush Drive East , Suite 140 and Eastmark Wolf Pen Apartments, LLC, a Texas limited liability company ("Eastmark") with an address for notice of 1700 George Bush Drive East , Suite 160 , College Station , Texas 77840 . WHEREAS , Fellowship is the owner of Lot Two (2), Block Two (2), Southcreek Phase I, located at 1001 Colgate Drive , College Station , Brazos County , Texas (herein after referred to as the "Fellowship Property"); and WHEREAS, Eastmark is the owner of Lot One (1), Block "D", Eastmark Subdivision , Phase II , located at 2400 Central Park Lane , College Station , Brazos County , Texas (herein after referred to as the "Eastmark Property"); and WHEREAS , in order to be used as a place of worship the Fellowsh ip Property requires additional off-site parking to comply with the parking requirements set forth by the City of College Station Unified Development Code ; and WHEREAS , Eastmark is willing to grant a parking easement to Fellowship for the benefit of Fellowship ; NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein , the sufficiency of wh ich is hereby acknowledged , the parties hereby agree as follows : I. Easement Property: That portion of the parking lot located on the Eastmark Property adjacent to Central Park Lane , as more particularly shown on Exhibit "A" attached hereto. II . Easement Purpose : For the parking of vehicles on the Easement Property, together with the associated ingress and egress for vehicles and pedestrians along established driveways and sidewalks adjacent to the Easement Property . Ill. Grant of Easement. A Eastmark grants , sells , and conveys to Fellowship a license , privilege and easement over, on , and across the Easement Property for the Easement Purpose and for the benefit of the Fellowship Property, together with all and singular the rights and appurtenances thereto in any way belonging (collectively , the "Easement"), to have and to hold the Easement to Fellowship, but only for so long as the Fellowship Property is used for purposes of a place of worship . B . The Easement is non-exclusive and irrevocable, but only for so long as the Fellowship Property is used for purposes of a place of worship. ~~~~ G-~ Parking Agreement Pag e 1 of 5 26622\Parking Ease ment for Fellowship .docx ',•, IV. Duration of Easement . The Easement shall remain in full force and effect for so long as the Fellowship Property is used for purposes of a place of worship . At such time as the Fellowship Property is no longer used for purposes of a place of worship , the Easement shall become null and void by its own terms , and Eastmark shall not be required to file any release , termination or other document to evidence the termination of this Easement. V. Improvement and Maintenance of Easement Property . Improvement and maintenance of the Easement Property will be at the sole expense of Eastmark. VI. Indemnity . Fellowship does hereby agree to indemnify and hold Eastmark harmless from any claim , liability , law suit or loss of any kind arising directly or indirectly out of the use of the Easement Property by the Fellowship or its members , tenants , patrons, customers , employees , and invitees. Fellowship shall at all times maintain a policy of general liability insurance in the minimum amount of $1 ,000 ,000 .00 covering the Eastmark Property (limited to the Easement Purpose), such policy to list Eastmark as an additional insured, and the Fellowship shall provide Eastmark with evidence of such insurance. VII. Notices . Any notice or communication required or permitted hereunder will be deemed to be delivered, whether or not actually received , when deposited in the United States mail, postage fully prepaid , registered or certified mail, and addressed to the intended recipient at the address shown , and if not shown , then at the last known address according to the records of the party delivering the notice , or when personally delivered . Notice given in any other manner will be effective only if and when received by the addressee . Any address for notice may be changed by written notice delivered in the same manner. VIII. No Dedication. It is mutually agreed that nothing contained herein shall be deemed a conveyance or dedication in favor of the general public or for any public purpose whatsoever, it being the intention of the parties that this Agreement is for the private benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns and shall be strictly limi ted to and for the purposes herein expressed. IX . Governing Law. The laws of the State of Texas shall govern the interpretation, validity , performance, and enforcement of this Agreement. X . Further Assurances . In connection with this Agreement as well as all transactions contemplated by this Agreement , each signatory party hereto agrees to execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments and to perform such additional acts as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate , carry out and perform all of the terms , provisions , and conditions of this Agreement in all such transactions . Parking Agreement Page 2 of 5 26622\Parking Easement for Fellowship .docx Eastmark Wolf Pen Apartments, LLC, a Texas limited liability company By : Fercan E. Kalkan , Manager Fellowship Church of College Station, a Texas nonprofit corporation By : Name : ------------~ Title : THE STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZOS § This instrument was acknowledged before me on , 2015 by Fercan E. Kalkan , Manager of Eastmark Wolf Pen Apartments, LLC , a Texas limited liability company Notary Publ ic , State of Texas THE STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZOS § This instrument was acknowledged before me on , 2015 by _______ of Fellowship Church of College Station , a Texas nonprofit corporat ion . Notary Publ ic, State of Texas Parking Agreement Page 3 of 5 26622\Parking Easement for Fellowship .docx Consent and Subordination by Lienholder ___________ , ("Lienholder"), as the holder of a lien on the Eastmark Property , consents to the above grant of the Easement, including the terms and conditions of the grant, and Lienholder subordinates its lien to the rights and interests of Fellowship , such that a foreclosure of the lien will not extinguish the rights and interests of Fellowship . [NAME OF LIENHOLDER] By: Title : Parking Agreement 26622\Parking Easement for Fellowship .docx Page 4 of 5 Exhibit "A" Parking Agreement Page 5 of 5 26622\Parking Easement for Fellowship.docx Cnv OF Cou.EGE STATION Home ofTexas A&M University• FOR OFFICE USE ONLY CASE NO .: DATE SUBMITTED : tA.-\ s ~\ s '.~s PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT SERVICES TRANS MITT AL LETTER Please check one of the options below to clearly define the purpose of your submittal. D New Project Submittal D Incomplete Project Submittal -documents needed to complete an application . Case No.: D Existing Project Submittal. Case No .: We are transmitting the following for Planning & Development Services to review and comment (check all that apply): D Comprehensive Plan Amendment D Rezoning Application D Conditional Use Permit D Preliminary Plan D Final Plat D Development Plat D Site Plan D Specia l District Site Plan D Special District Building I Sign D Landscape Plan INFRASTRUCTURE AND ENGINEERING DOCUMENTS D Non-Residential Architectural Standards D Irrigation Plan D Variance Request D Development Permit D Development Exaction Appeal D FEMA CLOMA/CLOMR/LOMA/LOMR D Grading Plan D Other -Please specify below ~o.-V:~~'""~--\ All infrastructure documents must be submitted as a complete set. The following are included in the complete set: D Comprehensive Plan Amendment D Waterline Construction Documents D TxDOT Driveway Permit D Sewerline Construction Documents D TxDOT Utility Perm it D Street Construction Documents D Drainage Letter or Report D Easement Application D Fire Flow Analysis D Other -Please specify Special Instructions : 10/10 Print Fqrl)1 ClTY OF COILEGE STATION Hom e o/Texas A&M University • MEMORANDUM DATE: October 1 , 2014 TO : Katie Burch , AIA, via ; katie@collierconstruction .com FROM : Jerry Cuar6n , Staff Planner SUBJECT: FELLOWSHIP CHURCH NEXT STEP PROJECT (SDSP) Staff reviewed the above-mentioned site plan as requested . The following page is a list of staff review comments detailing items that need to be addressed. City of College Station Transmittal Letter One (1) complete sets of site civil construction documents for the proposed development with the revised site and landscaping plans attached (one set will be returned to you , please submit additional copies if you want more than one approved set) One (1) revised site plans Please note that this application will expire in 90 days from the date of this memo , if the applicant has not provided written response comments and revised documents to the Administrator that seek to address the staff review comments contained herein . If there are comments that you are not addressing w ith the revised site plan , please attach a letter explaining the details . If you have any questions or need additional information , please call me at 979 .764 .3570 . Attachments : Staff review comments cc : Case file #14-00900183 Planning & Development Services P 0. BOX 9960 • 1101 TEXAS AVENUE · CO LLE GE 511\rI ON ·TEXAS • 77842 TEL. 979 .764 .3570 ·FAX. 97 9.764.3496 cst><.gov/devservices STAFF REVIEW COMMENTS NO. 2 Project: Fellowship Church Next Step Proj ect (SDSP ) -14 -00900183 Planning Comments No. 2 1. Please align driveway spacing for Central Park Lane and Fellowsh ip Drive with centerl ines no more than a distance of 15 feet apart. 2. Please provide end island for parking spaces where Note #11 is shown . 3. Please note that any changes made to the plans , that have not been requested by the City of College Station , must be explained in your next transmittal letter and "bubbled " on your plans . Any additional changes on these plans that the City has not been made aware of will constitute a completely new review . Reviewed by : Jerry Cuar6n Date: September 29 , 2014 Engineering Comments No. 2 1. Additional valve on ma in line is needed when cutting in a tee . Add 8-inch valve to exiting 8- inch line west of tee proposed at Sta 0+00 . 2 . There is conflicting information between Plan and Profile regard ing line sizes on the public section of line . Notes 2 and 3 are still called out even though line is 8". Should Note 17 in P&P actually be Note 15? 3. Isolation valve is required to be public . 4 . Due to length of fire line and limited use , a double check valve at a minimum will be required at the junction between public and private waterline. If the fire suppression system uses chemicals , then an RPZ is required . 5. FDC needs to be immediately accessible from paved fire lane . As proposed it is not. 6 . Show limits of proposed PUE required for fire hydrant. Is any of the electrical proposed for th is project required to be in PUE? Proposed PUEs should also be delineated as required for electric . 7 . City has standard PUE dedication instruments . Easement dedication sheet with required documents are what is needed to be submitted for easement dedication, both temporary blanket easement and PUE(s). Blanket is sufficient to start project , but specific PUEs will be requ ired ahead of Letter of Completion . 8. Show limits of actual floodplain (BFE 265) on Site Plan . 9. Repeat Comment: Development blocking overland flow in drainage easement swale along southwest property line. Clarification; The parking lot pavement and/or fill cannot block flow in drainage easement. This swale carries flows to the creek that exceed the design storm capacities of street and storm sewer . Your proposed parking and/or fill cannot divert flow to adjacent property . 10. Detention Pond will be hard to maintain without bottom grading and low volume flume to outlet. Bottom will stay wet and difficult to mow . Reviewed by : Carol Cotter Date : September 22 , 2014 C rrY oF C ou..EG E STATION Home of Texas A&M University " FOR OFFICE USE ONLY CASENO.: j£.t· \<(~ DATE SUBMITIED: C\' \ C\ ·I y TIME: \:~VJ STAFF : "?->?-. PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT SERVICES TRANSMITTAL LETTER Please check one of the options below to clearly define the purpose of your submittal. D New Project Submittal D Incomplete Project Submittal -documents needed to complete an application . Case No .: Existing Project Submittal. Case No .: sp 14-00900183 Project Name Fellowship Church Next Step Project Contact Name _K-'-a'-tie'--8-'--un-'c_h ___________ _ Phone Number 979-251-4145 ---------- We are transmitting the following for Planning & Development Services to review and comment (check all that apply): D Comprehensive Plan Amendment D Non-Residential Architectural Standards D Rezoning Application D Irrigation Plan D Conditional Use Permit D Variance Request D Preliminary Plan D Development Permit D Final Plat D Development Exaction Appeal D Development Plat D FEMA CLOMA/CLOMR/LOMA/LOMR ~ Site Plan ~ Grading Plan D Special District Site Plan D Other -Please specify below D Special District Building I Sign memo, revised landscape (1 }, site (2), and grad! ~ Landscape Plan erosion control plans (1) INFRASTRUCTURE AND ENGINEERING DOCUMENTS All infrastructure documents must be submitted as a complete set. The following are included in the complete set: D Comprehensive Plan Amendment D Waterline Construction Documents D TxDOT Driveway Permit D Sewerline Construction Documents D TxDOT Utility Permit D Street Construction Documents D Drainage Letter or Report D Easement Application D Fire Flow Analysis D Other -Please specify Special Instructions: 10/10 Print Form MEMO A/E RESPONSE TO STAFF REVIEW COMMENTS NO. 1 Project: Fellowship Church Next Step Project (SP 14-00900183) It is the intention of the architectural and engineering teams to abide by the following C ity of College Station comments in the following manner: JPLANNING 1. Please indicate square footage of proposed office building on site plan. J Shown in Parking Table on C1 . 2. Please input a 15 foot rear setback on site plan. I Added 15' rear setback on C1 . V 3. Please remove the future building expansion, future parking lot, and future development off the site plan as these aren't being reviewed at this time and will need to be submitted for review in the future. / Removed future development which was shown on C1-C4. '\J 4. Please include parking requirements table. Office Building parking is one space per 250 gross square feet. J Shown in Parking Table on C1. 5. Please include end islands for the end of each parking row . Please provide end islands ~- ~7. /s. adjacent to the fire lane turn around in the interior parking rows. Revised drawings C1-C4 to show end islands. Please revise proposed end islands to a minimum width of nine feet. Revised drawings C1-C4 to shown minimum 9' end islands. Please revise C-2 to show Complete as requested. Please illustrate the intersection of Central Park Lane with Colgate Drive. Illustration of Central Park Lane and Colgate Drive is based on aerial data and not the result / of an on the ground survey and is shown on C1 through C4 . '/ 9. Please indicate if there will be parking lot lights, if so please show their location and provide the light fixture detail. / This information is shown on E1 .01. 'J 10. Please include two dumpster enclosure gates to provide a 12-foot clearance width for each dumpster. Dumpster location has been changed and size reduced to a single bin. New location and / orientation is such that a gate is not required . Dumpster has been moved out of the PUE. "'f'. 1. Please show mechanical screening needed for HVAC systems . .. 'f Reference A 1.03. Screening Devices have been added. "\J12. Please provide curb detail per the UDOs Site Design Standards. This detail is shown on the City of College Station Standard Street Details , CB (in original I submission). "113. Please include fixture lighting in site plan. The light source shall not project an opaque housing. No fixture shall directly project light horizontally. J Please refer to Electrical Site Plan , E1 .01 . 14. Comment to revise sheets included in the plan set to exclude S1-1 -S4-4, A2.01 -A11.05 , M-1 J We acknowledge comment #14 . 15. The maximum width of as driveway is 36 feet when measured at the property line. The proposed driveway exceeds that, please revise. Driveway width was reduced and adjacent parking revised as shown on C1 through C4. 4 6. Provide a general note on the site plan that all roof and ground-mounted mechanical equipment shall be screened from view or isolated so as not to be visible from any public right -of-way or residential district within 150 ' of the subject lot , measured from a point five feet above grade. Such screening shall be coordinated with the building architecture and scale to maintain a unified appearance. f General note added on C1. '-' 17. Provide a general note on the site plan that states the following: Exterior building and site lighting will meet the standards of Section 7.11 of the Unified Development Ordinance. The light source shall not project below an opaque housing and no fixture shall directly project light horizontally. Fixtures will be mounted in such a manner that the projected cone of light does not cross any property line. Reference C1 for this comment placed on the drawings , as well as updates made to Electrical sheets. All wall mounted and ground mounted fixtures in question to be verified in field with local authority prior to install. 18. Please note that any changes made to the plans that have not been requested by the City of College Station must be explained in your next transmittal letter and "bubbled " on your plans. Any additional changes on these plans that the City has not be made of aware of will constitute a completely new review . Acknowledge Comment #18 . Changes are clouded , and marked with a Triangle and the code "Posted Set-Local Authority''. LANDSCAPING/STREETSCAPING/BUFFER 1. Please move proposed canopy tree that is located adjacent to fire hydrant. Reference A 1.03 . Tree has been relocated. 2. Please add a note to that the caliber of a Crepe Myrtle is measured as per single cane. Reference A 1.03, note has been placed on drawing . 3. Please fix the labels for the Streetscape Table to show Crepe Myrtle as 1.25" caliber. Reference A 1.03, correction has been made . 4. Please provide a note stating that the irrigation system must be protected by a Pressure Vacuum Breaker, a Reduced Pressure Principle Back Flow Device , or a Double-Check Back Flow Device , and installed as per City Ordinance 2394 . Reference A 1.03, note has been placed on drawing. 5. Please provide a note that All BackFlow devices must be installed and tested upon installation as per City Ordinance 2394. Reference A 1.03, note has been placed on drawing. Note: The note requested above in Planning (item #11) regarding screening is shown on the Landscape Plan A 1.03. ENGINEERING COMMENTS NO. 1 1. Overall utility plan needs to be indicated on Site Plan since this sheet is only one kept in Site Plan file for future reference and use . Utility demands (average and max) should also be provided. Also provide fire sprinkler demand. Existing and proposed utilities have been added to C1 but shown lighter as to not conflict w ith the main drawing purpose which is paving and drainage . 2. I don't think a 6-inch line can provide the combined fire flow and fire sprinkler demands you require without exceeding max velocity of 12 fps . Probably need to extend an 8-inch , reducing down to 6-inch after the hydrant. Increased the 6" line to an 8" line up to the tee where service splits off for fire hydrant and domestic water as shown on C4 . 3. Provide Fire Flow Report/Letter indicating construction type , square footage, subsequent flow requirement, allowed reduction for sprinklering (50%), and resultant need (flow and number of hydrants). Location of/distance to existing hydrants should also be depicted on Site Plan. I realize most of this information is provided in building plans you submitted , but documentation is needed in file. Fire flow report has been submitted . Construction Type: VB Square Footage: 10,840 SF Subsequent Flow Requirement: 2, 750 Gallons per Minute Allowed Reduction for Sprinklering (50%): W i ll take 50 % reduction , building will be sprinkled . Subsequent Flow Requirement based on 50% reduction=1 ,375 Gallons per Minute Resultant Need: Flow: 1, 375 Gallons/Minute Number of Hydrants : 1 Location of/distance to existing hydrants: 94 ' lay of hose (shown on C4). Licensed Fire Engineer's Accompanying Report/Documents will be provided during construction. @ Show location of FDC. Cannot be any further than 100 feet from fire hydrant. Will water design/fire protection you are proposing work for future building expansion? FDC for future building will also need to be a max of 100 feet from hydrant. If future building's eve or parapet height is greater than 30 ', 26-foot fire lane required. General location is shown on C4, 94' lay of hose from hydrant. Other comments regarding future expans ion have been noted by team. 5. Isolation gate valve for fire line needs to specify AmPro USE , LL562 lockable lid or equivalent approved by City. Noted on C4. 6 . Site Utilities Plan does not measure to provided scale. Might be a printing error. Printing error, has been corrected . f*:i Tapping sleeve may only be used if tap diameter is less than or equal to half the main V li ne diameter. Will need to cut in tee and with additional valve on main line . 0 Revised on C4. PUE dedication needed for public main outside limits of existing PUE. Public utility easement to be drafted fo r fire main from PUE to fire hydrant. Kling Engineering (surveyed the property) w ill draft and submit to city. Projected time: 2 weeks drafting of easement. 9. Structural backfill required on public utilities under pavement. Noted on C4. 10. Waterline cover shall be a m inimum of 4 feet. For bury less than 4 feet, ductile iron pipe is required with cement stabil ized sand backfill. Ductile iron pipe shown in areas with less than 4 'of cover on C4 . 11. If flowline of connection to sanitary sewer main 2 feet or higher than flowline of existing main, then drop connection required. Provide flow line of service. Service flow line of 265' previously shown in Note 1, San itary Sewer Line Installation Notes on C4 . ~evelopment blocking overland flow in drainage easement swale along southwest ~roperty line . Overland flow in the Southwest corner of the project is minimal outside of the proposed development. There is planned positive drainage along this proposed development which then flows into the existing dra inage and utility easement past the parking discharge point. Contours past the project parking lot discharge point have been revised to remove previously proposed re-grading of the existing drainage swale as shown on C1 . 13 . Outfall from downspout drainage and parking lot shall be graded to drain to creek , not released toward adjacent property. 0 Outfall from this location is directed to the existing drainage and utility easement which C7,..,.... flows towards the creek as shown on C 1 . ? ~ase flood elevation in this area is 265 '. Although flood map may pictorially indicate \.:._/floodplain off of property , the 265 ' elevation should be delineated and defined as floodplain on this property . Although you may be exempt from detention requ irments , "--= "X you are proposing fill in the floodplain and need to address impacts . You may want to do • VJ a cut/fill balance for encroachment in this floodplain area. ~ v\.lu."' The "detention"-type area has been revised as to not encroach on the~c!s shown in C1. 15 . Erosion Control -Silt fence does not encompass all disturbed area . Northern third of berm is outside silt fencing . Add inlet protection to inlets in Colgate Drive. Include delineation and detail for construction exit. Silt fence and "detention" locations have been revised as shown on C3 . 16 . Driveway connection to Colgate shall refer to Dr iveway Detail ST2-03 . Added detail note to Site Grading and Dra inage Note #1 on C1 . ,..[' 17 . Tree proposed in Landscape Plan may conflict with access to fire hydrant. o, Corrected. Re: A 1.03 ~~0P @ it is City's preference that screening structures (sanitation ) be placed outside any PUE. ~ ~ If maintenance of City utilities requires the removal of the screening structure , it must be replaced at Owner's expense . Screening for the dumpster pad will be replaced at the Owner's expense since its location lies within existing sanitary sewer easement as shown on C1. During future expansion , Owner plans to move dumpster to back of property and out of all easements. 19. Sanitation enclosures shall not be placed in drainage flow areas. Dumpster location has been moved as shown on C1. /] ~Striped end islands? ( We have updated the plan to reflect the new 9' end islands as shown on C1 . 't1 Phase Lines? Future development has been removed from C1-C4 . Reviewed by: Carol Cotter Date: September 3 , 2014 ELECTRICAL COMMENTS REQUIRING IMMEDIATE ATTENTION 1. SITE PLAN/PLAT: Developer will provide CSU with a digital , AutoCAD dwg format , version of p lat and I or site plan as soon as it is available. Ema il to : gmartinez@cstx.gov . This drawing was emailed to Gilbert Martinez. 2 . LOAD DATA: The developer will provide load data to CSU as soon as it is ava ilable. Th is information is critical for CSU to accurately determine the size and number of transformers , and other equ ipment, required to provide service to the project. Failure to provide load data will result in construction delays and , due to clearance requirements, could affect the final building footpr int. Delivery time for transformers and other equipment not in stock is approximate 26 weeks . Noted. Re: Electrical Sheet E1 .01 3. EASEMENTS: Developer provides temporary blanket easement for construction purposes and upon completion of project must provide descriptive easements for electric infrastructure as designed by CSU . Noted , and will comply . 4. If easements are existing, the developer will be responsible for locating easements on site to insure that electrical infrastructure is installed within easement boundaries . Noted , and will comply. GENERAL ELECTRICAL COMMENTS 1. Developer installs conduit per CSU specs and design . Noted, and will comply. Re: Electrical sheet E1 .01. 2. CSU will provide drawings for electrical installation. Noted , and will comply . Electrical drawings have been emailed to Gilbert Martinez to begin this process. 3. Developer provides 30 ' of rigid or IMC conduit for each riser conduit. CSU installs riser . Noted, and will comply. 4. Developer will intercept existing conduit at designated transformers or other existing devices and extend as required. Noted , and will comply. 5 . If conduit does not exist at designated transformer or other existing devices , developer will furnish and install conduit as shown on CSU electrical layout. Noted , and will comply. 6. Developer pours electric device pads or footings , i.e. transformers, pull boxes , or other device , per CSU specs and design . Noted , and will comply. 7. Developer installs pull boxes per CSU specs and design, Pull boxes provided by CSU. Noted , and will comply . 8. Final site plan must show all proposed electrical facilities necessary to provide electrical service, i.e . transformers , pull boxes , or switchgears , all meter locations , and conduit routing as designed by CSU. Electrical site plan in CAD format has been submitted for CSU design. 9. To discuss any of the above electrical comments please contact Gilbert Martinez at 979 .764 .6255 . Reviewed by: Gilbert Martinez Date: September 4, 2014 FIRE 1) Fire Lane will need to be striped throughout due to the unconventional shape . Note has been added to C 1 . 2) If building is required Fire Sprinkler all IFC rules for FS apply Noted , and will comply. 3) Fire Hydrant should be moved for better sight distance from the Dumpsters. Dumpster location has been relocated , please refer to Sheet C1 for new location. Reviewed by : Steve Smith Date: September 3, 2014 SANITATION 1. The dumpster pad shows to be 24x10 , but needs to be 24x12 in order to meet Sanitation standards . Dumpster location has been moved and size changed to 12 'x12 ' as shown on C1. Reviewed by: Wally Urrutia Date: August 21 , 2014 ... ~---~~~~---------~CITY OF C OLLEGE STATION Home of Texas A&M University • ___ ..... IS\liiilll1l;rtli!lll ......... ~ ~.go.,._,.,,_ MEMORANDUM DATE : September 5, 2014 TO : Katie Burch , AIA, via ; kat ie@collierconstruction .com ,J FROM : Jerry Cuar6n , Staff Planner SUBJECT: FELLOWSHIP CHURCH NEXT STEP PROJECT (SDSP) Staff reviewed the above-ment ioned site plan as requested . The following page is a list of staff review comments detailing items that need to be addressed . Please address the comments and submit the follow ing informat ion for further staff review : C ity of College Station Transmittal Letter ; Memo providing written responses to all of staff's comments (identify t he specific page that each comment was addressed on or the reason for not addressing the comment); Two (2) 24 "x36 " revised site plans ; One (1) 24 "x36 " landscaping plan ; One (1) 24 "x36 " grading and erosion control plan; Easement Dedication Sheet and required documents (please note that the Site Plan will not be stamped approved unt il the Blanket Easement , or all other appropriate easements, have been dedicated to the City of College Stat ion). Please note that this application will expire in 90 days from the date of this memo , if the applicant has not provided written response comments and revised documents to the Admin istrator that seek to address the staff review comments contained here in. If there are comments that you are not addressing with the revised site plan , please attach a letter explaining the details . If you have any questions or need additional information , please contact Jerry Cuar6n at 979-764-5030. PC : Rodger Lewis via ; rodger@fellowshipbcs .org J P&DS Project No. 14-00900183 Attachments : Staff Review Comments Planning & Development Services P.O. BOX9960 · J lOl TEXAS AVENU E · COLLEGE STATION · T EXAS · 778-12 TEL 979.764.5570 •FAX. 979.764.3-196 cstx.gov/devservices STAFF REVIEW COMMENTS NO. 1 Project: Fellowship Church Next Step Project (SP 14-00900183) PLANNING 1. Please indicate square footage of proposed office building on site plan . 2 . Please input a 15 foot rear setback on site plan . 3. Please remove the future building expansion, future parking lot , and future development off the site plan as these aren 't being reviewed at this time and will need to be submitted for review in the future . 4 . Please include parking requirements table . Office Building parking is one space per 250 gross square feet. 5. Please include end islands for the end of each parking row . Please provide end islands adjacent to the fire lane turn around in the interior parking rows. 6. Please revise proposed end islands to a minimum width of nine feet. 7. Please revise C-2 to show 8. Please illustrate the intersection of Central Park Lane with Colgate Drive . 9 . Please indicate if there will be parking lot lights, if so please show their location and provide the light fixture detail. 10. Please include two dumpster enclosure gates to provide a 12-foot clearance width for each dumpster. 11 . Please show mechanical screening needed for HVAC systems . 12 . Please provide curb detail per the UDOs Site Design Standards. 13 . Please include fixture lighting in site plan. The light source shall not project an opaque housing . No fixture shall directly project light horizontally. 14 . Comment to revise sheets included in the plan set to exclude S1-1 -S4-4 , A2.01 -A11.05 , M-1 15 . The maximum width of as driveway is 36 feet when measured at the property line . The proposed driveway exceeds that , please revise . 16 . Provide a general note on the site plan that all roof and ground-mounted mechanical equipment shall be screened from view or isolated so as not to be visible from any public right-of-way or residential district within 150' of the subject lot , measured from a point five feet above grade . Such screening shall be coordinated with the building architecture and scale to maintain a unified appearance . 17. Provide a general note on the site plan that states the following : Exterior building and site lighting will meet the standards of Section 7 .11 of the Unified Development Ordinance . The light source shall not project below an opaque housing and no fixture shall directly project light horizontally . Fixtures will be mounted in such a manner that the projected cone of light does not cross any property line . 18 . Please note that any changes made to the plans that have not been requested by the City of College Station must be explained in your next transmittal letter and "bubbled " on your plans . Any additional changes on these plans that the City has not be made of aware of will constitute a completely new review . Reviewed by : Jerry Cuar6n Date : September 3, 2014 LANDSCAPING/STREETSCAPING/BUFFER 1. Please move proposed canopy tree that is located adjacent to fire hydrant. 2 . Please add a note to that the caliber of a Crepe Myrtle is measured as per single cane . 3. Please fix the labels for the Streetscape Table to show Crepe Myrtle as 1.25 " caliber. 4 . Please provide a note stating that the irrigation system must be protected by a Pressure Vacuum Breaker, a Reduced Pressure Principle Back Flow Device, or a Double-Check Back Flow Device , and installed as per City Ordinance 2394 . 5. Please prov ide a note that All BackFlow devices must be installed and tested upon installation as per City Ordinance 2394 . Reviewed by : Jerry Cuar6n Date : September 3, 2014 ENGINEERING COMMENTS NO. 1 1. Overall utility plan needs to be indicated on Site Plan since this sheet is only one kept in Site Plan file for future reference and use . Utility demands (average and max) should also be provided . Also provide fire sprinkler demand. 2 . I don't th ink a 6-inch line can provide the combined fire flow and fire sprinkler demands you require without exceeding max velocity of 12 fps. Probably need to extend an 8-inch , reducing down to 6-inch after the hydrant. 3. Provide Fire Flow Report/Letter indicating construction type , square footage , subsequent flow requirement , allowed reduction for sprinklering (50%), and resultant need (flow and number of hydrants). Location of/distance to existing hydrants should also be depicted on Site Plan . I realize most of this information is provided in building plans you submitted , but documentation is needed in file . 4 . Show location of FDC . Cannot be any further than 100 feet from fire hydrant. Will water design/fire protection you are proposing work for future building expansion? FDC for future building will also need to be a max of 100 feet from hydrant. If future building 's eve or parapet height is greater than 30 ', 26-foot fire lane required . 5. Isolation gate valve for fire line needs to specify AmPro USE , LL562 lockable lid or equivalent approved by City . 6 . Site Utilities Plan does not measure to provided scale . Might be a print i ng erro r. 7. Tapping sleeve may only be used if tap diameter is less than or equal to half the main line diameter. Will need to cut in tee and with additional valve on main line . 8. PUE dedication needed for public main outs ide limits of existing PUE . 9. Structural backfill required on public utilities under pavement. 10 . Waterline cover shall be a minimum of 4 feet. For bury less than 4 feet , ductile iron pipe is required with cement stabilized sand backfill. 11 . If flowline of connection to sanitary sewer main 2 feet or higher than flowline of existing main , then drop connection required . Provide flow line of service . 12 . Development blocking overland flow in drainage easement swale along southwest property line . 13 . Outfall from downspout drainage and parking lot shall be graded to drain to creek , not released toward adjacent property . 14 . Base flood elevation in this area is 265 '. Although flood map may pictorially indicate floodplain off of property , the 265 ' elevation should be delineated and defined as floodplain on this property . Although you may be exempt from detention requirments , you are proposing fill in the floodplain and need to address impacts . You may want to do a cut/fill balance for encroachment in this floodplain area . 15 . Erosion Control -Silt fence does not encompass all disturbed area . Northern third of berm is outside silt fencing . Add inlet protection to inlets in Colgate Drive . Include delineation and detail for construction exit. 16 . Driveway connection to Colgate shall refer to Driveway Detail ST2-03 . 17 . Tree proposed in Landscape Plan may conflict with access to fire hydrant. 18 . It is City 's preference that screening structures (sanitation) be placed outside any PUE . If maintenance of City utilities requires the removal of the screening structure , it must be replaced at Owner's expense. 19 . Sanitation enclosures shall not be placed in drainage flow areas . 20 . Striped end islands? 21 . Phase Lines? Reviewed by : Carol Cotter Date : September 3, 2014 ELECTRICAL COMMENTS REQUIRING IMMEDIATE ATTENTION 1. SITE PLAN/PLAT: Developer will provide CSU with a digital , AutoCAD dwg format , version of plat and I or site plan as soon as it is available. Email to: gmartinez@cstx .gov . 2. LOAD DATA: The developer will provide load data to CSU as soon as it is available . This information is critical for CSU to accurately determine the size and number of transformers , and other equipment, required to provide service to the project. Failure to provide load data will result in construction delays and, due to clearance requirements, could affect the final building footprint. Delivery time for transformers and other equipment not in stock is approximate 26 weeks . 3. EASEMENTS: Developer provides temporary blanket easement for construction purposes and upon completion of project must provide descriptive easements for electric infrastructure as designed by CSU . 4. If easements are existing , the developer will be responsible for locating easements on site to insure that electrical infrastructure is installed within easement boundaries . GENERAL ELECTRICAL COMMENTS 1. Developer installs conduit per CSU specs and design . 2 . CSU will provide drawings for electrical installation . 3. Developer provides 30 ' of rigid or IMC conduit for each riser conduit. CSU installs riser. 4 . Developer will intercept existing conduit at designated transformers or other existing devices and extend as required . 5. If conduit does not exist at designated transformer or other existing devices , developer will furn ish and install conduit as shown on CSU electrical layout. 6 . Developer pours electric device pads or footings , i.e . transformers, pull boxes, or other dev ice , per CSU specs and design. 7. Developer installs pull boxes per CSU specs and design, Pull boxes provided by CSU . 8. Final site plan must show all proposed electrical facilities necessary to provide electrical service , i.e . transformers , pull boxes , or switchgears , all meter locations , and conduit routing as designed by CSU . 9. To discuss any of the above electrical comments please contact Gilbert Martinez at 979.764 .6255 . Reviewed by: Gilbert Martinez Date : September 4 , 2014 FIRE 1) Fire Lane will need to be striped throughout due to the unconventional shape . 2) If building is required Fire Sprinkler all IFC rules for FS apply 3) Fire Hydrant should be moved for better sight distance from the Dumpsters . Reviewed by : Steve Smith Date : September 3 , 2014 SANITATION 1. The dumpster pad shows to be 24x10 , but needs to be 24x12 in order to meet Sanitation standards . Reviewed by : Wally Urrutia Date : August 21, 2014 ~ ........... .,.""' __________ _::CITY OF C ou.EGE S TATION Ho me of Texas A&M Uni versity " -· t f'w·1"H' ''b'. MEMORANDUM DATE : August 19 , 2014 TO: Katie Burch, AIA, via; katie@collierconstruction .com FROM : Jerry Cuaron, Staff Planner SUBJECT: FELLOWSHIP CHURCH NEXT STEP PROJECT (SDSP) Thank you for the submittal of your Site Plan -Design Review Board application . Jason Schubert, Principal Planner, Erika Bridges , Graduate Civil Engineer, and I have been assigned to review this project. It is anticipated that the review will be completed and any staff comments returned to you on or before Wednesday , September 3 , 2014 . If you have questions in the meantime , please feel free to contact us . PC: Rodger Lewis via; rodger@fellowshipbcs.org P&DS Project No . 14-00900183 t • Pla11ni11g & Development Services P.O. BOX 9960 • 1101 TEXAS AVENUE · COLLEGE STAT IO N · TEXAS · 77842 TEL. 979.7Gi!i;:35-.7.0 . FAX. 979.764.3496 csb1.gov/devservices .... ) .'• ~i :i. .. ' ..... CITY OF C o 1.Lr·:c;i~ ST1\TIO N Home ofTexns A6·M University " MEMORANDUM DATE :August4 ,2014 TO : Katie Burch , AIA , via ; katie@collierconstruction.com / FROM : Jason Schubert , Principal Planner SUBJECT: FELLOWSHIP CHURCH NEXT STEP PROJECT (SDSP) Thank you for the submittal of the fire flow related documents . The following is the preliminary list of the remaining items needed to complete the submittal. Please submit the following information so this application can be forwarded for review : Provide two full-size copies of plan and profile for the proposed public water line ; and Provide a simplified drainage report . Please be aware that if this application is not completed before Monday , September 29 , 2014 , it will expire and a new application and fees will be necessary to continue the site plan process . For questions regarding the needed engineering documents , please contact Carol Cotter , Senior Assistant City Engineer, at 979 .764.3570. Also , if you have other questions , please call me at 979 .764 .3570 PC: Rodger Lewis via ; rodger@fellowshipbcs.org / P&DS Project No. 14-00900183 Plllnn ing & D eve lop men t Servius J'.(). HOX 9960 ·I JOI TEXAS AVENU~. • COLLE(;E.~TATJON • TEXA:-, • 7784 2 fEL. 979.76,i.3570 ·FAX. 979.76-! .. ~4% cstx.gov/devservices CIT Y oF C oLI..EGE STATION Home a/Texas A&M Univmity • CASE NO .: DATE SUBM ITTED : ----''-----___:::=---~ T IME: ) 0 ·, 2-2- STAFF : C\':>b PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT SERVICES TRANSM ITTAL LETTER Please check one of the options below to clearly define the purpose of your submittal. 0 New Project Submittal ~ Incomplete Project Submittal -documents needed to complete an application . Case No.: \L\-\g.2 0 -Ex ist ing Project Submittal. Case No.: We are transmitting the following for Planning & Development Services to rev iew and comment (check all that app ly ): 0 Comprehensive Plan Amendment D Non-Residential Architectural Standards D Rezoning Application D Irrigation Plan D Master Development Plan D Variance Request D Preliminary Plat D Development Permit D F inal Plat 0 Conditional Use Permit D Development Plat D FEMA CLOMA/CLOMR/LOMA/LOMR D S ite Plan D Grading Plan D Special District Site Plan D Other -Please specify below D Special District Building I Sign D Landscape Plan INFRASTRUCTURE AND ENGINEERING DOCUMENTS All infrastructure documents must be submitted as a complete set. The follow ing are included in the complete set: D Comprehensive Plan Amendment D Waterline Construction Documents D T xDOT Driveway Perm it D Sewerline Construction Documents D TxDOT Utility Permit D Street Construction Documents D Drainage Letter or Report D Easement Application D Fire Flow Analysis D Other -Please specify Special Instructions : 10/10 rt' C ITY oF C ollEGE STATION~-------------••••••111-Home of Texas A&M Un iversity • --=e:"rt - MEMORANDUM DATE: July 23 , 2014 TO : Katie Burch , AIA, via ; katie@collierconstruction.~ FROM : Jason Schubert , AICP, Principal Planner SUBJECT: FELLOWSHIP CHURCH NEXT STEP PROJECT (SDSP) I reviewed the above-mentioned Design Review Board Site Plan application and determined it to be incomplete . The following is the preliminary list of items needed to complete the submitta l. Please submit the following information so this application can be forwarded for review: Provide two full-size copies of plan and profile for the proposed public water line ; Provide a fire flow analysis report ; and Provide a s implified drainage report . Please be aware that if this appl ication is not completed before Monday , September 8, 2014 , it will exp ire and a new application and fees will be necessary to continue the site plan process . For quest ions regarding the needed engineering documents , please contact Carol Cotter, Senior Ass istant City Engineer, at 979 .764 .3570 . Also , if you have other questions , please call me at 979 .764.3570 PC: Rodger Lewis via ; rodger@fellowshipbcs .org P&DS Project No . 14-00900183 Pla11ni11g & Development Services P.O. BOX 9960 · 11 01 TEXAS AVENUE • COLLEGE STATION • TEXAS · 77842 ,. TEL. 979 764.3570 ·FA X. 979 .764.3496 cst>t.gov/devservices CITY OF COI.LEG E STATION Ho~ ofT= A&M Univerrity" FOR OFFICE USE ONLY CASE NO .: I 4 - \ 'O":? DATE SUBMITTED : , a r 1 s 1 14: T IME: \ \ ·. L{ Q STAFF: [\=er PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT SERVICES TRANS MITT AL LETTER Please check one of the options below to clearly define the purpose of your submitta l. 0 New Project Submittal ~ Incomplete Project Submittal -documents needed to complete an application . Case No .: ~~~~~~~~-0 Existing Project Subm ittal. Case No .: Project Name f.@A AAfsllip ck\1Jl2£l± Contact Name ~B t?V~ Phone Number (C(14) c'Ol .....,l+I L}S We are transmitting the following for Planning & Development Services to review and comment (check all that apply ): D Comprehensive Plan Amendment D Rezoning Application D Conditional Use Permit 0 Preliminary Plan D Final Plat D Development Plat D Site Plan O Special District Site Plan O Special District Building I Sign ~.#Landscape Plan ~~RU~~D ~tER~~UMENTS D D D ~ D ~ Non-Residential Architectural Standards Irrigation Plan Variance Request Development Permit Development Exaction Appeal FEMA CLOMA/CLOMR/LOMA/LOMR Grading Plan UPc;>~ ~ Other -Please specify below / .$.t~ ~ s ~-tv \ All infrastructure documents must be submitted as a complete set. The following are included in the complete set: O Comprehensive Plan Amendment D D TxDOT Driveway Permit TxDOT Utility Perm it O Drainage Letter or Report O Fire Flow Analysis Special Instructions: 10/10 D Waterline Construction Documents D D D D Sewertine Construction Documents Street Construction Documents Easement Application Other -Please specify Carol Cotter To: Katie Burch Subject: RE: plans/permit app Hi Katie, I have forwarded the Electrical Plan to Gilbert for his review. Was curious if the black dots represent light poles? One of them looks like it is to be placed on top of the storm sewer. This should be relocated outside the PU E or as close to easement edge as poss ibl e. Landscape Plan does not need to be revised, but trees should be planted as far to the easement edge as poss ible so as to not interfere with storm sewer . People get upset when mature trees are removed or damaged when utilities have to be worked on. Thanks, Carol From: Katie Burch [mailto :katie@collierconstruction.com] Sent: Monday, October 13, 2014 11:09 AM To: Gerardo Cuaron Cc: Carol Cotter Subject: plans/permit app Good morning Jerry, I am attaching a copy of our building permit application to this email. If you would not mind forwarding it on to the proper authorities, I would be very appreciative. Darcee Haveman from our office will be over just after lunch to drop off the sets of building plans for Ben, in addition to a printed copy of this application. We will drop off the updated landscape plan, and electrical site plan, in addition to the other copies of the approved civil plans, by Wednesday, as well as the items needed for DRB. Thanks, Katie Burch, AIA COLLIER CONSTRUCTION Construction Managers General Contractors Ph (979)836-4477 Fx (979)836-4940 1 ATTACHMENT 1: ELEVATION SQUARE FOOTAGES Total vertical square footage minus openings (for each building fa<;ade separately) SOUTH 1809 sq . ft. NORTH 1505 sq. ft. EAST 1906 sq . ft. WEST 1915 sq. ft. Total vertical square footage of each building material (for each fa<;ade separately) SOUTH CMU 489 sf Stone 221 sf Hardi-board siding 1099 sf NORTH CMU 0 sf Stone 220 sf Hardi-board siding 1285 sf EAST CMU 0 sf Stone 521 sf Hardi-board siding 1385 sf WEST CMU 0 sf Stone 564 sf Hardi-board Siding 1351 sf Total vertical square footage of each color (for each frn:;ade separately) <SAME AS CMU> Fellowship Church: The Next Step Project ATTACHMENT 2: MATERIALS LIST AND RENDERING 1. GALVALUME METAL ROOF 2. SPLIT FACE CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT 3. NATURAL QUARRY-CHOPPED STONE 4. GALV ALUME GUTTERS, DOWNSPOUTS , TRIM 5. EXTERIOR PAINT: SHERWIN WILLIAMS 7016 (MINDFUL GRAY) 5 Fellowship C h urch : The Next Step Project